NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

maim' Enamel i TA I riiT urtninir nntrrnni MIATrlift 

IIHEIULL 1111 DIEifitill I ilium - 11E111ULE bUilIOUL OTOIEMO 

Air. 

Force 

Special 

Projects 

• Production 

Facility 

History 

Volume_I 

Overview 

DIRECTORATE OF SPECIAL PROJECTS 

OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF THE AIR' FORCE 

131rE 15254-iq 

40-P-SECREF 

Classified by BYE 1 • 

.bternOt from general deciassif Icat ■on.- 

Schedut4 of Exect.)tve Order .11652 " 

xemiitten :category is5 55 (2)1 

Automat tally declassified on . , • 

IMPOSSIBLE TO DETERMINE • 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

Waling 

This document captains affecting the natiOnaleemirity of .the United. 

States within the meaning of the espionage laws U:S. .Coder Title 18; lections.193 

and 794. The law prohitsitn its tranamifision ,or the :terelatioeorltn-contents 

any manner to an unauthorized. person, anweilsis itq use in any nianner preht- 

.diriiallo the safety or interest .of the United 'Staten or for the lienefit of,anysforeign 

gOvernment to the. detriment of the United Stateti, to;'Seeti only- , 

personnel iespecially,inciOctrinated:and-:autiiortzed \to receive information in 

designated control cinumeln. Its security innst-be maintained actordence, with, 

regUlationi perlaining to. thedeel v gnated controls; "1 . 

. 

Published By 

_ 

HQ AIR FORCE SPECIAL. PROACTS'PRODUCTION FACILITY, 

- ' 
- • 

- ------- 

ADDSY r PROO,F-SF.:ED -- Copy 2 of 8 Copies 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

—.09—Silleiltemtor HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

31 July 2014 

AIR FORCE SPECIAL PROJECTS PRODUCTION FACILITY HISTORY 

VOLUME I 

OVERVIEW 

1 September 1976 

B111111541116 11111111111111 II 

S 

This volume consists of 291 pages. Volume I of III Volumes 

BYE 15254-76 

11600-600.159-■ HEXAGON / GAMBIT'S.' 

+tevitiirrifelyerre704111erd"ftertrIlo' 

Controls Only 
•1.0,0 90elle HEXAGON /GAMBIT =I 

ii 

-0,440e-rocrEgermeivrATeleMmi4erhele-. 

Controls Only 

BYE 15254-76 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

Tpagl..SGOODE'erHEXAGON / GAMBIT 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

PUBLICATION REVIEW 

This report has been reviewed and is approved. 

e-9fic,favecRI HARD E. McLAU IN 

Lt Colonel, USAF 

Commander 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

-TO4a-BNOBS116-HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

FOREWORD 

Throughout the past decade and a half, earth satellite reconnaissance has provided strategic intelligence 

at each key juncture in international affairs which involved our national security. This period started in 

the late 1950s with the Government's investigation into our apparent "missile lag" and runs through the 

current verification of the Strategic Arms Limitation Treaty (SALT) agreements. Without this reconnaissance 

satellite capability and the reliability of the acquired and exploited intelligence, the history of this country 

would likely have been quite different. 

The history of the Air Force Special Projects Production Facility (AFSPPF) is closely related with the 

evolution of earth satellite reconnaissance. The Facility was established to support the SAMOS Program, 

which was a project derived from studies in earth surveillance from space that began as early as 1946, and 

which achieved minimal success in 1960. The Facility expanded in mission, technical ability, and production 

capability as earth satellite reconnaissance systems were improved through development of the CORONA, 

GAMBIT, and HEXAGON Programs. History has already shown that AFSPPF was a key element and 

contributor in the overall success of these vital national programs. 

This history consists of three volumes. Volume I provides an overview of the Facility's organizational 

history to include: (1) a background summary on the establishment of AFSPPF, (2) the evolution of this 

organization and its mission, (3) a resume of the security aspects involved in the operation of this Facility 

and, (4) a summarization of significant accomplishments over these past 16 years. Volume II centers 

around the various priorities and resources of AFSPPF. Specifically, Volume II discusses: (1) the growth 

in number and technical types of personnel, (2) the associated contractors and their relationships to this 

organization, (3) the equipment items assigned to each functional area, and (4) the evolutionary acquisition 

of the plant and its annexes. Volume III outlines: (1) the phasedown decisions, (2) the planning factors 

involved in the phasedown and transfer of the Evaluation, Production, and Research and Development 

functions, and (3) the details surrounding the final closure and deactivation of AFSPPF. Appendices have 

been provided which consist of significant historical references to present a more complete documentation. 

The story has been written not only to preserve the significant role this organization has played in the 

National Reconnaissance Program (NRP) but also as a dedication to all of the men and women who created 

the history of AFSPPF through their individual and collective accomplishments. 

Although many credits and acknowledgements are due for the writing, organizing, compiling, and 

reproduction of this history, the following are deserving of special recognition for their significant contributions. These individuals are: Lt Colonel Herbert J. Duval, Jr. who worked in several positions in 

the Analysis/Evaluation area for 11 years prior to his retirement in November 1975 and was largely 

BYE 15254-76 

-VOI"IHROINFT4- HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

iii 44erndie-rferelernerrO4stent-ftylistr 

Controls Only 
-.11100--SECHREars HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

VED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

responsible for the creation of this history; Major Thomas S. Moorman, Jr. who served in the Analysis 

Division and as Executive Officer from 12 November 1970 thru 15 July 1974; Colonel Verl R. Stanley who 

served as Director of Evaluation and Vice Commander from March 1970 to July 1974; Captain Michael J. Riley 

who was assigned as an RD Development Engineer in 1969, later became Chief of the Special Activities Section, 

and finally was Executive Officer from July 1974 thru July 1976; Mr. George J. Myers who was hired as the 

Chief Scientist to the RD Director in July 1966 and was elevated to the position of Technical Director to the 

Commander in November 1969, where he remained until his retirement on 30 September 1976; and Miss 

Catherine M. Walsh who was the clerk-stenographer to the Director of Evaluation from July 1967 thru 

July 1975 and then assigned to the Administrative Office of AFSPPF from July 1975 thru December 1976. 

-114)1P—OHOINIMFR HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

iv 

BYE 15254-76 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

TOP ECIUT 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

HEADQ

UARTE

RS, AIRFORCE SPECIAL PROJ

E

CTS PROD

UCTION FACILITY 

BYE 15254-76 

TOP SIGUET 

lo LJyc IL I Vy vl 

V Controls Only 
—Iimp64MOMBIT--HEXAGON/GAMEMT 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

lit 

ROOM CONFI

GURATION WITHIN BUILDING P-1900 

8n!0

VAVARti 

FF 

L. 

rd 

2 ids gtot; wi0 

00 000 rttamtt 

00,,.x.00000.ww ViVO 

yrrw..00000 

BYE 15254-76' 

..alF0110-101101. HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

Vi Controls Only O
N 

N 

N 

w 

cn Li j <

w 

0 

a 

0 ct 

0 

z 

—.1.051-41EGGEG— HEXAGON / GAMBIT WI 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

g 

Er 

Cd• 

" 

N 

N 

Le .1.1,14 

rrir-ri 

H" N g4C 

BYE 15254-76 

--111F0G-iNNINS/E-.- HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

Hartrile less Riisprrum /Talon t • Kassivsla 

Controls Only vii 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

'11/1P-BEBOBBI-- HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

TITLE PAGE 

PUBLICATION REVIEW 

FOREWORD 

PICTURE OF AFSPPF 

ROOM CONFIGURATION OF P-1900 

ROOM CONFIGURATION OF P-1875 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

DISTRIBUTION 

SECTION I - INTRODUCTION 

SECTION II - MISSION AND ORGANIZATIONAL EVOLUTION 

SECTION Di - COVER, SECURITY, & COMMUNICATION 

SECTION IV - MAJOR ACHIEVEMENTS 

APPENDIX - REFERENCES 

Page 

ii 

iii 

vi 

vii 

viii 

ix 

1-1 

2-1 

3-1 

4-1 

A-1 

BYE 15254-76 

••AMNII-GECILE.T... HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

viii 

Controls 

— 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

--1P01114iNGEIGN-. HEXAGON / GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

DISTRIBUTION 

Organization 

For Copy 

Attention of Number 

SAFSS - Col L. C. Butt 1, 2 

SAFSP-2 - Col D. P. Parrish 3, 4, 5, 6 

Central Intelligence Agency/OD&E - 7 

National Photographic Interpretation Center - J. Hicks 8 

BYE 15254-76 

.X4PD—SIGGIIMIP.■ HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

ix 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

■•01MDP•46641641 HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

SECTION 

INTRODUCTION 

The Air Force Special Projects Production Facility (AFSPPF) was a unique organization created to 

meet requirements for the processing and duplication of earth satellite reconnaissance imagery and for 

research and development to originate and improve related photographic techniques and equipment. The 

organization was established on 15 December 1960 by Secretary of the Air Force Order Number 116.2 as 

the Air Force Satellite Photographic Processing Laboratory (AFSPPL) at Westover Air Force Base, 

Massachusetts.' The following message from the Office of the Secretary of the Air Force announced the 

establishment of AFSPPL, stated its mission, identified initial resources, and gave guidance to 

information officers for response to inquiry: 

"Confidential from SAFMS 70285 For: SAC, ARDC, AFBMD, 8 AF, AFBMD (SAFSP), 

and AFCCDD. Attn: Commander and Information Officer. This is a joint SAF))/L5 and 

SAFOI message. Subject is establishment of the Air Force Satellite Photographic Processing 

Laboratory. This message in 2 parts. Part 1. The first steps toward establishment of 

an Air Force Satellite Photographic Processing Laboratory were taken on 15 Dec by an order 

of the Secretary of the Air Force specifically establishing this organization, defining its 

command and support structure, mission, and giving specific guidance to be followed in 

implementation. The laboratory will be an integral part of the SAMOS project and will be 

under the direct command of the Director of the SAMOS project, 2400 East El Segundo 

Boulevard, El Segundo, California. It will be largely created from the 8 Reconnaissance 

Technical Squadron at Westover Air Force Base, Massachusetts, and will be located at 

Westover Air Force Base. It will be attached to the Air Force Command and Control 

Development Division, Air Research and Development Command, L G Hanscom Field, 

Massachusetts, for administrative, logistic, and some contractual support. The mission 

of the laboratory embraces both research and development and processing and production 

of photographic materials. Specifically, its mission will be to conduct the research and 

development necessary to provide the best possible equipment, techniques, and knowledge 

applicable to satellite photography, to insure that the processing and duplication of 

photography obtained from satellite vehicles is of the highest possible quality, and to 

process, duplicate, and distribute this photography to designated users. Physical space 

and some resources and manning for the laboratory will be taken from the 8 Reconnaissance 

Technical Squadron. The 8 Reconnaissance Technical Squadron will remain as a separate 

unit with the Satellite Photo Processing Laboratory having priority over all resources. 

Some personnel will be drawn from other Air Force organizations. Actual transfer of 

spaces, manpower, and other resources will follow approval of a detailed plan to be 

submitted to the Secretary of the Air Force by the Director of the SAMOS project. This 

plan is based upon early work accomplished by ARDC, SAC, and the Air Staff, and is 

expected to be finally approved at an early date. The organization Commander of the 

new laboratory is expected to be named within a day or so and will immediately assume 

the duties as representative of the Director of the SAMOS project. Further implementation 

instructions will follow final approval of the plan mentioned above. Part 2. For Information 

Officer. No press information will be initiated on this subject by any Air Force organization 

or contractor. This also applies to internal media. The following may be used, in answer 

1 SAF Order 116.2, 15 Dec 1960, Organization and Functions of the Air Force Satellite Photographic 

Processing Laboratory (Appendix, Item 1). (C) 

BYE 15254-76 

'rem awe'nw'r HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

1-1 daadlfiA424 400644001itle... 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

'-'1`01P-OBEIIBT-s HEXAGON /GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

to specific inquiry: 'The Air Force has established a Research and Development Satellite 

Photographic Processing Laboratory at Westover Air Force Base, Massachusetts. The 

laboratory will be attached to the Air Force Command and Control Development Division, 

ARDC. Its primary mission will be to conduct research and development necessary to 

develop techniques to be employed in future satellite photographic processing. The 

research laboratory will share the building occupied by the 8 Reconnaissance Technical 

Squadron of the 8 Air Force since it possesses one of the most modern laboratories of 

its kind in the country.' This answer to query will be used only if absolutely necessary 

and no further elaboration will be made. Objective is low key press treatment, if any." (C) 

Very significant in this message, in light of subsequent security actions, is the admission of the earth 

satellite photographic mission. The changing policy with regard to security is discussed in Section III of 

this Volume. Also discussed in this Volume is the continuing concern with Base relations that began with 

the disruption of the 8th Reconnaissance Technical Squadron (RTS) mission in support of the 8th Air Force 

at Westover Air Force Base. 

The organization continued as specified by SAF Order 116.2 until 25 August 1964 when SAF Order 116.3 

changed the designation significantly to the Air Force Special Projects Production Laboratory, omitting 

reference to satellite photography.2 From 26 January 1961 until 10 November 1965, the organization also 

was designated the 6594th Test Squadron, normally with AFSPPL appended in parentheses. The 

designation was further refined to the Air Force Special Projects Production Facility (AFSPPF) by a 

revised SAF Order 116.3. 3 The special order which organized the AFSPPF also discontinued the use of 

the organizational name, 6594th Test Squadron (AFSPPL).4 

in January 1962, this organization hereafter will be referred to as the Facility 

or AFSPPF. The Facility was supported administratively and logistically in turn by the Air Force 

Command and Control Division, 

the Space 

Systems Division, Air Force Systems Command (AFSC), Los Angeles Air Force Station, California;8 

and the Space and Missile Systems Organization, Los Angeles Air Force Station, California.9 

2 SAF Order 116.3, 25 Aug 1964, Organization and Function of the Air Force Special Projects 

Production Laboratory (Appendix, Item 2). (FOUO) 

3 SAF Order 116.3, 10 Nov 1965, Organization and Function of the Air Force Special Projects 

Production Facili (A. •endix Item 3). (FOUO) 

SAF Order 116.3, 28 Sep 1971, Organization and Function of the Air Force Special Projects 

Production Facility (Appendix, Item 7). (U) 

-.604a-BBERBT-x HEXAGON/GAMBIT 

OierieNewmolliyerierr.441sol.44eyhele• 

1-2 Controls Only 

BYE 15254-76 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

--1110B—GIBGBISEL. HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

While many organizational realignments and nomenclature changes occurred during the life of the 

Facility, the primary mission of processing and duplication of earth satellite reconnaissance imagery and 

conducting related research and development remained. The mission of assessing the performance of 

camera systems was added in early 1963. Thus the Facility came to have an operational mission consisting of these three broad tasks. The relationship of the performance of these tasks was synergetic, as 

each individual function in many ways stimulated and nourished the other. The Facility also developed 

full logistic and civil engineering support capabilities over the years. Details on the evolution of the 

mission and organizational structure are presented in Section II of this Volume. 

The earth satellite reconnaissance projects which the Facility was tasked to support were SAMOS, 

CORONA, GAMBIT, and HEXAGON. A history including a description of each of these reconnaissance 

systems, its development and antecedents, was prepared for the National Reconnaissance Office (NRO) 

by Mr. Robert Perry and published by the Facility in June 1974.10 

The Facility was established and configured to support the SAMOS Project; however, this project was 

fraught with technical problems and emphasis was redirected to support the CORONA Program. The 

CORONA camera system was designed to acquire large area coverage for the purpose of search and 

surveillance. CORONA was followed in the development cycle by the GAMBIT Program. The GAMBIT 

camera was a high resolution pointing system used for specific target coverage. The CORONA Program 

was replaced by the HEXAGON Program. The HEXAGON camera is a search and surveillance system 

designed to provide high resolution with large area coverage. 

Support of SAMOS was a primary mission of the Facility until the fall of 1962. By this time, the 

Facility's laboratory had developed into the most highly technical and precision production unit in the DoD. 

Therefore, it was not surprising that this Facility was selected to process and duplicate reconnaissance 

material during the Cuban crisis and that period shortly thereafter (October 1962 - April 1963). It was 

through these efforts during this period of immediate threat to our national security and the earlier 

support of the SAMOS Program that the Facility was presented the Air Force Outstanding Unit Award." 

The citation for this award stated: 

"The 6594TH TEST SQUADRON (AFSPPL) (AFSC) distinguished itself by outstanding 

service from 1 May 1962 through 31 December 1963. During this period the 6594TH 

TEST SQUADRON, through exceptional achievement in the field of photographic science, 

rendered significant support to military operations which materially aided in the 

detection of and alleviation of a threat to the security of the United States of America. 

This outstanding contribution, effort, and devotion to duty brought highest credit on 

all assigned personnel of the 6594TH TEST SQUADRON, the Air Force Systems 

Command, and the United States Air Force." 

10 A History of Satellite Reconnaissance Report, Volumes 1, HA, IIB, DIA, and 11113, Robert Perry, 

Oct 73 to Jan 74, BYE 17017-74. (TS) 

11 AFOU Award, SO-GB-252, Hq USAF, May 62 Dec 63, 15 Sep 64 (Appendix, Item 8). (U) 

BYE 15254-76 

CUET- HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

1- 3 Controls Only 
11110VED FOR RELEASE 

—61480-611160Marm-111EXAGON / GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

From the early days of the Facility, research and development was a dynamic part of the mission. 

It was essential in maintaining and developing techniques and equipment to ensure the most current 

expertise, quality, and production unit capability to accomplish this unique mission in imagery processing 

and duplication. It was also recognized that an interest in basic research was also essential since 

available technology was clearly insufficient at the time. A Research and Development Evaluation Team 

was established in April 1961 and chaired by the Facility with participation from personnel of recognized 

competence in the field. Representatives included scientists and photography experts from the Rochester 

Institute of Technology (RIT), Rome Air Development Center (RADC), and Aeronautical Systems Division (ASD). 

The team evaluated all equipment and technique development proposals gathered from the community by the 

Facility and recommended those that should be pursued. 

12 Through the foresight of the Facility research 

and development people, many developments were identified in this early period which resulted in short 

range improvements, while others involving more basic research required eight to ten years before their 

full significance was realized. An example of this latter type of effort was in the research done on nonconventional films (Free-Radical, Dry Silver, Silver-Color, Amorphous, etc.). As early as October 

1961, there is evidence of Facility recognition of the significance of the Horizons' effort to the National 

13 

Reconnaissance Program. 

In 1962, the Configuration Control Board (CCB) was established for the management of research and 

development in support of CORONA film processing and duplication. Subsequently as the CCB mission 

expanded to also include support for GAMBIT and HEXAGON, the Facility provided technical evaluations 

of research and development proposals (PARs) presented by the primary contractor, Eastman Kodak (EK). 

The Facility was instrumental, through its own research and development efforts, in stimulating the 

development of alternate sources within the photographic industry. Frequently, these sources were 

selected by the CCB to pursue a development through the Facility in lieu of Eastman Kodak. This tended 

to encourage competition with its attendant rewards in creativity and cost savings, but more importantly 

the development of improved capability proceeded with greater vigor than would likely have occurred had it 

remained solely with one organization/contractor. 

Although not clearly stated until early 1965, it was evident that the Facility mission would have to 

include an imagery analysis section tasked to evaluate the camera and duplication systems. Two study 

groups were convened which reviewed available knowledge and techniques of imagery analysis and 

12 Letter, 6594th Test Squadron (AFSPPL), 25 Apr 1961, Summary of Activities. (C) 

13 Letter, 6594th Test Squadron (AFSPPL), 24 Oct 1961, Summary of Activities. (5) 

BYE 15254-76 

-1110111.-SSCAN.T.111EXAGON /GAMBIT 

1-4 

Controls Onlyrg 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

-1.0.11-SEGIN6411- HEXAGON /GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

recommended courses of action which would lead to the development of a capability to evaluate camera 

system performance. These groups were the Drell Committee, chaired by Dr. Sidney Drell from 

Stanford University, and the Swing Committee wit 

=as Chairman. This work was closely monitored and in many cases pursued within the Facility's 

research and development staff headed by Lt Col Leroy A. Williams. The magnitude of this work ultimately 

led to the establishment of the Directorate of Evaluation. The Evaluation Directorate became a key center 

for imagery analysis within the national reconnaissance structure and made significant contributions to the 

success of the CORONA, GAMBIT, and HEXAGON Programs. 

In October 1963, the Controlled Range Network (CORN) was established as a program designed to support 

the imagery analysis task by providing a series of permanently "fixed" ground truth resolution targets of 

varying sizes and types throughout the United States and Canada. In addition to these fixed sites, there 

were nine mobile target field units formed which moved by truck or air to operationally selected locations. 

These mobile units were tasked to display canvas resolution targets to be photographed by aircraft and 

satellite reconnaissance cameras. The use of deterministic targets photographed operationally prompted 

major advances in imagery analysis. The Facility assumed the responsibility for directing CORN 

operations and for establishing and managing the contracts under which targets were fabricated, 

maintained, and deployed to meet evaluation requirements. As camera performance assessment through 

imagery analysis became more complex, CORN requirements became more specific and incorporated a 

variety of different size and types of targets in addition to the resolution targets. 

Beginning with CORONA Mission 1001 in August 1963, the Facility was tasked as the primary 

alternate to the processing and duplication capability of the Eastman Kodak Company at Rochester, 

New York. EK had been contractually processing reconnaissance imagery for the Central Intelligence 

Agency (CIA) since the first clandestine flight of the U-2 and from the first success of the CORONA Program 

in August 1960. Exactly what was originally intended by this term "alternate" (sometimes referred to as 

"Viable Backup") relationship was never totally clear. In the beginning, CORONA tasking consisted of 

producing duplicate imagery for selected customers. This customer list increased over the years and 

original negative processing requirements were added on several missions. By the end of the CORONA 

Program (Mission 1117), all the original negative processing and duplicate imagery production were 

accomplished at the Facility. This was due largely to EK's involvement with the replacement program, 

HEXAGON. After the products from Mission 1117-2 were received by the intelligence community, Major 

General Lew Allen, Director of Special Projects (SAFSP) specifically cited the Facility in stating: 

"It is fitting that the original negative processing of final CORONA imagery be done by 

the SPPF, which has consistently contributed in a major way to the success of the 

national reconnaissance program. On the occasion of this significant processing 

-60611-4EGHTTIP-NP HEXAGON / GAMBIT UM 

1-5 -Iiiesoiim•imaomewho6leimmi-14.04ele 

Controls Only 

BYE 15254-76 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

-.ZOSL.INNHENT- HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

milestone, please extend my congratulations and gratitude to all of your certified people 

for a job well done. As we go forward with new tasks and increased capabilities, I know 

that the SPPF will continue to justify my confidence and that of the NRO." 14 

Other Facility commendations were received at the termination of the CORONA Program from the 

15 

Director of the CIA, Mr. Richard Helms, and the Director of the National Reconnaissance Office, 

16 

Dr. John L. McLucas. 

AFSPPF produced duplicate imagery from the GAMBIT Program beginning with the first mission, 

4001. The Facility demonstrated the capability, through both in-house training and Operational Readiness 

Tests (ORTs), to successfully process the 9.5 inch GAMBIT original negative. After processing the 

original negative and producing all duplicates on GAMBIT Mission 4337-1, in January 1973, the Facility 

received the following commendation from Dr. McLucas: 

"I would like to extend my congratulations on the outstanding processing task recently 

completed at AFSPPF. The results were directly indicative of the fine professionalism 

which is consistently displayed at the Facility and also readily visible every time I visit 

there. Please express my gratitude to all involved personnel for a first rate job." 17 

A message was also received from SAFSP which stated: 

"The success of GAMBIT Mission 4337 surpasses all expectations. Subject to PET 

confirmation, this flight resulted in the acquisition of the best GAMBIT resolution to 

date. To say the least, Dr. McLucas and members of the intelligence community were 

delighted with the results of this outstanding mission. They were specifically impressed 

with the sample enlargements from 4337-1 which reflected the processing quality of your 

Facility. Congratulations to you and your people for a job which demonstrated a high 

degree of technical competence and professionalism - extremely well done." 18 

The evaluation of camera system performance on-orbit was formally included in the Facility mission 

in support of GAMBIT. A Performance Evaluation Team (PET) was established with participation by 

governmental and contractor agencies involved in all phases of the camera system development and 

operation. The Facility supported the team with evaluated data collected through imagery analysis, 

provided a meeting place where imagery could be reviewed together with the collected data, performed 

final evaluation tasking and automated/scientific analysis, produced selected imagery for documentation, 

and published all PET reports. 

14 Message, Charge 3037, 2 Jun 1972, Commending AFSPPF for Support of CORONA Program 

(Appendix, Item 9). (TS) 

15 Message, Pilot 4057, 26 May 1972, Commending AFSPPF for Support of CORONA Program 

(Appendix, Item 10). (TS) 

16 Message, Whig 0761, 2 Jun 1972, Commending AFSPPF for Support of CORONA Program 

(Appendix, Item 11). (TS) 

17 Message, Whig 0068, 19 Jan 1973, Commending AFSPPF for 4337-1 (Appendix, Item 12). (TS) 

18 Message, Charge 0864, 7 Feb 1973, Commending AFSPPF for 4337-1 (Appendix, Item 13). (TS) 

BYE 15254-76 

4013-SEGILEJE-11EXAGON /GAMBIT 

1-6 146044-4644660ead..1.1001.146021 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

41‘0111--fiNGINer- HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

As experience was gained in evaluation of system performance and as the scientific/engineering 

capability of the Facility was upgraded, it became evident that performance assessment should begin 

during the preflight testing phase. This allowed a firsthand insight into the characteristics of that system 

which were paramount to the planning phase of operations, as well as postflight evaluation. This concept 

of "closed-loop" evaluation was pursued in 1969-1970 and led to an expanded role for the Facility in the 

performance evaluation of the HEXAGON system. This was timely in that the HEXAGON Program 

provided for a much more extensive system of ground testing camera components and vehicle integration 

than any of the previous programs. 

The HEXAGON Project included a comprehensive preflight testing program employing large test 

chambers at the Sensor Subsystem Contractor's (Perkin Elmer, Inc.) plant, Danbury, Connecticut, 

and another at the Satellite Vehicle Integration Contractor (Lockheed Space and Missile Center), 

Sunnyvale, California. These test chambers were designed to simulate orbital conditions. Thousands of 

feet of film were exposed in testing each camera system in each of these chambers. The original 

negative film from the test chamber was processed and thoroughly evaluated at the Facility to determine 

the acceptability of each camera assembly and its readiness for flight. These tests were designed to 

determine the best exposure setting and to predict system performance on-orbit. Facility personnel were 

closely involved in mission planning for postflight analysis of performance, particularly with regards to 

the deployment of Controlled Range Network targets. This tasking was in addition to the extraction 

and data analysis during postflight performance evaluation and imagery duplication requirements of 

approximately two million feet per mission. 

On 1 June 1973, management responsibility for the HEXAGON Sensor Subsystem was reassigned from 

the Office of Special Projects, CIA to SAFSP (SP-7). A period of transition involving detailed planning, 

letters of agreement, and new policies followed wherein the responsibilities were shifted over to the 

Air Force. Near the end of 1973, Mr. Robert J. Kohler, who as Deputy Program Director had in fact 

been the key manager in the development and operation of HEXAGON for the CIA, forwarded the following 

letter commending the support provided by the Directorate of Evaluation: 

"As my involvement in the HEXAGON Program draws to a close, I cannot let the 

moment pass without taking note of the long-standing association of our two organizations in this effort. Most importantly, I want to salute the outstanding and significant 

contributions of the Directorate of Evaluation as a body and the people as individuals. 

I can say without question that the Directorate of Evaluation has been the single most 

cooperative, dedicated group on this program with which it has been my pleasure to be 

associated. 

More important, however, is what we achieved. In our early acceptance efforts, 

we accomplished something the contractor was incapable of doing. Throughout the 

acceptance process, data collected by AFSPPF allowed us to isolate out-of-spec 

BYE 15254-76 

-1110P-ABGINOW.- HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

1-7 

hisiviie-eierlayernerrod-Teler4-1404eis— 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

•1•01"ireellprm HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

conditions and insure that the acceptance was based on all the facts, not simply those 

the contractor chose to present. In retrospect, however, the single most important 

activities we undertook were the Readiness Reports. Not only was this activity 

unprecedented in the NRP, but it was, in a major way, responsible for the outstanding 

performance achieved by the systems on orbit. The ability to run the A-2 tests, 

quickly evaluate the data and readjust system parameters pre-flight was essential. 

I say this in full recognition of the fact that the past efforts were without question, of 

the highest caliber and greatest meaning of any such effort conducted to date. In my 

view, getting the system set right pre-flight is much to be preferred to finding out 

about it post-flight." 19 

The Facility, as it operated in support of the GAMBIT and HEXAGON Programs in the period after 

1970, bore little resemblance to the Facility that was established in December 1960. The tasking and 

the capabilities of the Facility had significantly grown to include: self-sufficiency to assure that the 

critical mission could be carried out under emergency conditions, which resulted in the addition of a 3000KW 

auxiliary power generation plant and a two million gallon water storage and pumping station; a fully capable 

civil engineering and logistics function; a high capacity EPA approved incinerator/silver recovery capability; 

and an industrial waste treatment plant to transform effluents to solids to reduce the effects of effluents, 

exhaust fumes, and smoke on the environment. 

Contractual methods became sophisticated compared to the early years as a result of a stimulus to 

the industry provided by the Facility's research and development efforts. To avoid continual reliance on 

the same two or three contractors, other industrial sources had been encouraged to develop into the precision 

photographic by-products field. This resulted in a more healthy and competitive procurement and was a 

significant change as initially sole-source procurement had been the rule. Many significant developments 

were directly contributed by the Facility research and development programs or were prompted because 

of the pressure of competition. Entirely new concepts were developed in processing black and white and 

color films, photographic printing technology, film titling, quality assurance on the production line, and 

imagery analysis. The use of imagery analysis expanded to determine product quality, evaluate performance 

of the acquisition system, and identify and quantify anomalous performance. 

The Facility became a storage center for films, chemicals, and photo-technical equipment in support 

of the nation's Overseas Processing and Interpretation Centers (OPICs). In 1965 for example, there was 

over $1 million provided to support Air Force and Navy reconnaissance technical units world-wide. On 

30 June 1969, the Facility was tasked to manage and operate the National Emergency Reserve (NER). Photo 

processing and image viewing equipment was stored and inventoried through in-house data software. This 

19 Letter, Central Intelligence Agency, 27 Nov 1973, Commending AFSPPF for Support of HEXAGON 

Program (Appendix, Item 14). (U) 

BYE 15254-76 

TOILANGUNIP•- HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

1-8 .klaacIlaiiiaZvegaaal-labast-146,4416- 

Controls Only 
--TSMo-driBOBB.+ HEXAGON / GAMBI 

VED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

system could be activated immediately to forward any item by Logistics Air anywhere in the world within 

days after requirement request/approval. The unique capabilities and exceptional performance of this 

Facility were recognized through the presentation of the Air Force Organizational Excellence Award on 

11 June 1973.20 The citation which accompanied the award stated: 

"The Air Force Special Projects Production Facility has distinguished itself by outstanding 

achievement in support of activities extremely significant to the security of the United 

States and the free world from 1 July 1971 to 30 June 1972. During this period, the Air 

Force Special Projects Production Facility conducted necessary research and development 

in production and evaluation techniques in support of special projects for the Air Force. 

Through the dedication of personnel assigned this Facility, important advancements have 

been made in the overall Air Force research and development program. Displaying the 

highest professionalism and effectiveness, the Air Force Special Projects Production 

Facility contributed immeasurably toward the successful accomplishments of their mission. 

The distinctive accomplishments of the members of the Air Force Special Projects 

Production Facility reflect credit upon themselves and the United States Air Force." 

The history of this Facility would not be complete without mentioning some of the key people 

responsible for the growth of this $50 million organization. Although all commanders were instrumental 

in the development of AFSPPF, two were in command during its most notable eras. Colonel Harold Z. 

Ohlmeyer was the first commander and held that position for eight years. It was during his tenure that 

this organization had to carve itself from HQ 8th Air Force (SAC) in human, plant, and equipment 

resources; establish rapid production response; develop close coordination for Base support; and expand in 

technical capability, equipment, personnel, and space to meet increased mission requirements. This was 

accomplished in the face of varied and in some cases intense opposition from the Base because of the 

struggle of priorities and the fact that this Facility was under a different parent command. 

In his three years, Colonel Ralph J. Swofford did more in actually promoting and expanding the 

capabilities of this organization than any other individual. He fought for and got approval to process 

original negative material from the CORONA, HEXAGON, and GAMBIT Programs; initiated a program to 

build up our technical expertise by getting more scientific related personnel assigned; strongly supported 

an organizational restructuring to become less dependent on contractor assistance; and campaigned for and 

gained approval to have the governmental pre and postflight evaluation of each HEXAGON camera system 

performed at AFSPPF. As the result of his efforts the Facility improved its production capability through 

automation control, new equipment, and increased manning. 

Lt Colonel Leroy A. Williams is considered to be the architect of research and development at AFSPPF. 

As a member of both the Drell and Swing Committees, he was able to remain current on the problems and 

efforts to develop new methods in assessing reconnaissance satellite systems and processing their 

20 AFOE Award, SO-GB-409, Dept of AF, Jul 1971-Jun 1972, 11 Jun 1973 (Appendix, Item 15). (U) 

BYE 15254-76 

41061.4001 HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

1-9 

Controls Only ON
-11LOP—SSGUEB— HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

VED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

products. He then channeled funding and scientists into the development of new equipment and techniques 

to improve the processing and analysis capabilities of this Facility. He monitored other research 

programs in the photo-science community and coordinated closely with industrial organizations involved 

in this type of hardware, software, and evaluation and photographic reproduction methodologies for 

application to our mission requirements. Specifically in February 1961, he established an RD Evaluation 

Team comprised of Professor Shoemaker (MT), Mr. Silkman (RADC), Mr. Berry of Wright Air Development 

Division, and his staff to review all efforts being pursued in this field. He was the first to require that each 

piece of equipment being developed be tested and evaluated in its breadboard stage. 

Colonel Verl R. Stanley was originally assigned as Director of Evaluation on 1 March 1970. He then 

became Vice Commander on 15 May 1973 and served in that capacity until his reassignment on 19 July 1974. 

Colonel Stanley was the individual who coordinated each detail with the HEXAGON Program Chairman on 

the evaluation tasks of the preflight and postflight analyses phases performed on each camera system. 

Due to the significant increase in workload to support the HEXAGON Program, Colonel Stanley initiated 

action and received approval to increase his scientific and data processing staff, upgrade the precision 

data collection and data processing equipment, and enlarge the physical space to be used for these types 

of evaluation. He fostered a feasibility study to see what costs and factors were involved in managing 

and operating the Controlled Range Network Program with Air Force resources. He also forced the CORN 

contract into competitive versus sole-source bidding. Using cost comparison data from his feasibility 

study, he was able to more closely evaluate future CORN contract bids which at the time had risen to over 

As a result, this competitive bidding saved the Air Force approximately $600, 000 in the 

first year alone. Colonel Stanley was also tasked to plan for the Facility phasedown. He accomplished 

this through a carefully timed programming plan which outlined manpower reductions; equipment, personnel, 

and document movements; transfer of Facility functions to new operating locations; and preparations for 

closing the physical plant. 

More on the personnel of this organization who provided significant contributions to its history is 

presented in Section I of Volume II. 

A decision was reached to convert Westover Air Force Base from an active duty base of the Strategic 

Air Command to an Air Force Reserve (AFRES) Base effective 1 May 1974. It was decided further that 

many of the support functions would be deleted and/or reduced in scope. This caused the Commander 

(Col William E. Callanan), the Director of Special Projects (Brig Gen David G. Bradburn), and the 

Director of the National Reconnaissance Office (Dr. John L. McLucas) deep concern over the future of 

AFSPPF. The factors in question were adequacy of Base support; the actual need to retain a backup 

capability for processing in the face of stringent economy reductions; ever increasing operational costs; 

BYE 15254-76 

4741P--SIEGISSOm. HEXAGON/GAMBIT 

1-10 Waadieweofilepeasow6Taise4.44e0eir. 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

4POII—GIGGIES HEXAGON / GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

security and cover of the Facility's mission; feasibility of alternate operational procedures in lieu of 

reduction or loss of Base support; and the DoD directive which required percentage reductions in military 

manning. At the direction of Dr. McLuca.s and Brigadier General Bradburn, the Facility accomplished a 

study of ten available options for continuing to perform AFSPPF's assigned mission at Westover AFB. 

21 

The course of action recommended by the Facility is stated in a message to Brigadier General Bradburn 

and Brigadier General John Kulpa who, at that time, was Chief of Staff of the NRO. As a result, 

Colonel Callahan was immediately directed to cancel construction and procurement of real property related 

equipment pending the final decision of the future of the Facility. 

The staff of the Facility, led by Colonel Stanley, Major Moorman, and newly assigned Commander, 

Colonel Clark E. Davison, continued to study and assess the availability of Base support from AFRES, 

identify other sources of support, and negotiate host-tenant agreements in the best interests of the welfare 

of assigned Facility personnel and mission accomplishment. This work was severely hampered by the fact 

that the Facility was directed by the NRO Security Office not to make any statement concerning phaseout 

or closure of AFSPPF at Westover AFB. 

On 24 October 1973, Dr. McLucas, who had recently been named Secretary of the Air Force, announced 

22 his decision by message to phase down and ultimately close the Facility over a period from April 1974 

through December 1976. It was necessary to program this lengthy transitional period to allow for the 

operational preparation of the production, research and development, and evaluation functions at new 

geographic locations. 

It was not until 8 November 1973 that a limited release

23 

 to the DoD photo-science community was 

approved which discussed the future reduction/phasedown of the Facility. On 13 June 1974, a selective 

24 

release of the intention to close the Facility was approved, but again no public release was authorized. 

The staff at AFSPPF designed and coordinated a detailed programming plan

25 which addressed the 

action items and milestone events required to complete the orderly transition of the operational functions 

during the phasedown and ultimate closure of AFSPPF. 

The closure of the Facility marks the end of 16 years of development and achievement by the hundreds 

of men and women assigned to this organization. Their vital contributions to our national security through 

dedicated efforts in producing responsive, quality intelligence materials greatly assisted the United States Government in successfully meeting challenges such as the Cuban crisis in 1962, Vietnam in the mid-1960s, etc. 

21 Message Waddy 0668, 5 Jul 1973, Future of AFSPPF (Appendix, Item 16). (S) 

22 Message Whig 1324, 24 Oct 1973, AFSPPF Realignment (Appendix, Item 17). (TS) 

23 Message Whig 1400, 8 Nov 1973, AFSPPF Phasedown (Appendix, Item 18). (S) 

24 Message Whig 0780, 13 Jun 1974, AFSPPF Phaseout (Appendix, Item 19). (S) 

25 AFSPPF Report, 15 Apr 1974 (Revised 1 May 1975), Programming Plan PFP-1 (Realignment). (TS) 

BYE 15254-76 

HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

miiiemileawblitookmaa.(444601.44111816. 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 X.0.9-410GRIET - HEXAGON /GAMBIT= 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

SECTION II 

MISSION AND ORGANIZATIONAL EVOLUTION 

BACKGROUND 

The operational mission/tasking of the Facility, while changing in scope and complexity, has 

continued to be the processing and duplication of earth satellite reconnaissance imagery, imagery analysis 

for the performance evaluation of earth satellite systems, and photo-related research and development. 

Many other operational functions were added over the years; for example, the contractual and operational 

management of the Controlled Range Network (CORN), logistics support to other photo squadrons around 

the world by supplying film and chemistry in emergency situations, administratively managing and 

maintaining the National Emergency Reserve (NER) which provided a source of production/analysis 

equipment for all NRO facilities, etc. Each part of this organization's mission evolved as knowledge and 

experience were gained in the pioneering of reconnaissance from space. This Facility was established to 

support the SAMOS Project, and then successively adapted its resources and efforts to assist in the development and testing of each new program (CORONA, GAMBIT, HEXAGON 

The Facility was born into what now would be considered a relatively simple organizational structure. 

An office within the Air Force Ballistic Missile Division (AFBMD) of the Air Research and Development 

Command (later to become the Air Force Systems Command) was tasked with the responsibility of pursuing 

earth satellite programs. Some of these programs were conceived as early as 1946 and referred to by 

several various names/nomenclatures. The most significant of these was Weapons System 117L (WS-117L) 

from which the SAMOS Program was developed. The man in charge of this office was designated the 

Director of Special Projects (SAFSP) and was assigned to the Office of the Secretary of the Air Force 

(OSAF). SAFSP was one echelon under the OSAF, and AFSPPF at Westover AFB was but one echelon 

removed from SAFSP . 

As the SAMOS Program faltered because of technological deficiencies associated with acquiring and 

electronically transmitting imagery from space, another satellite reconnaissance system was well into the 

development and test stages. This program was named CORONA and was a "spin-off' from much of the 

work done by AFBMD on WS-117L. The plan was to develop a search and surveillance satellite camera 

system and then perfect a re-entry and recovery procedure to physically recover the original exposed 

imagery. CORONA was covert and originally a joint effort of AFBMD and the CIA. The CIA had the 

responsibility for the payload system and contracted with the Eastman Kodak Company (EK) for the 

processing and duplication of the imagery. Two histories have been published on the CORONA Program, one 

TOZISEMEM— HEXAGON /GAMBIT.= 

2-1 

BYE 15254-76 

Hanrile. via Flyarnan 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

_zaa-sracarval - HEXAGON /GAMUT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

based on the views of CIA26 , and the other on the interactions of the NR0.27 

When the SAMOS Program was cancelled, the capability of the Facility was applied to CORONA in 

a supporting or alternate role to EK, who was the primary processing/duplicating contractor. This 

role relationship, tasked by OSAF/NRO, continued throughout the CORONA, GAMBIT, and HEXAGON 

Programs. The growth of research and development efforts to further improve photo processing equipment 

and techniques, the expansion of the Facility's evaluation mission, and the increased tasking to provide 

logistics support opened avenues to other technology laboratories and outlets in the government and civilian 

community. While this organization continued to be directly responsible to SAFSP and its mission, 

direction and tasking also came from another element of OSAF, the Office of Space Systems (SAFSS). 

Indirect tasking, in the sense that it had to be approved by SAFSP, was also received from the HEXAGON 

Program Office (CIA), subcommittees of the United States Intelligence Board (COMIREX, EXRAND), the 

Configuration Control Board (CCB), and the Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA). Operational work, as 

well as research and development studies, increased to a point in the late 1980s/early 1970s where it was 

necessary to coordinate/prioritize all projects at AFSPPF with activities at several different Government 

and industrial agencies. The complexities of tasking during this period are outlined in Table 2-1. 

TABLE 2-1 

AFSPPF'S TASKING INTERACTIONS 

Tasking/Coordination Interaction Agency/Committee 

Direct SAFSP 

SAFSS 

Indirect HEXAGON Program Office (CIA) 

NRO Committees (CCB, Color Committee) 

USIB Committees (COMIREX, EXRAND) 

DIA 

Coordination of Efforts National Photographic Interpretation Center (NPIC) 

DIA 

Hq USAF (IN, AFSSO, AFRDR, MPC, ACIC) 

Hq AFSC (ASD, AFAL, RADC, CRL, FTD) 

Hq TAC/Hq SAC/Hq MAC/Hq PACAF 

NISC 

Defense Mapping Agency (DMA) 

26 CORONA Program History, Volumes I-V, CIA, 19 May 1976, BYE 15274-74. (TS) 

27 IBID Footnote 10, page 1-3. 

-Tor-spienrom- HEXAGON /CANUTE= 

2-2 

BYE 15254-76 

14evel4e-rierliyericomi4eieM•4404018— 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

VOIP-11BeIVET-0 H1EXAGON / GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

TABLE 2-1 (CONT'D) 

Tasking/Coordination Interaction Agency/Committee 

Contractors (Eastman Kodak, Perkin Elmer, Itek, 

TRW, Aerospace, Data/Mead Corporation) 

Consultants (NBS, HIT, Eikonix, Technical 

Operations) 

As the technical capabilities of AFSPPF improved and expanded so did the mission; this was evidenced 

by the ever increasing demand to support more and different types of reconnaissance systems requirements. 

AFSPPF was given added responsibilities not only because of its expertise and technology but recognized 

for its continual efforts to develop/refine and manage resources which included personnel assignment and 

training, plant facilities, equipment, and other support areas. The success in every phase of the state-ofthe-art resulted in elevating AFSPPF to the most advanced imagery production facility in the Armed 

Forces of the United States; the center for government evaluation of camera system performance both in 

the preflight and postflight phases; a primary source of innovative development of aerial reconnaissance 

photographic processing-related equipment, films, and techniques; and a source of competitive development 

which prompted EK to conduct a dynamic research and development program in response, to National 

Reconnaissance Program requirements. 

The command and control structure of the Facility was as follows: (1) Operations, AFSPPF was 

under the operational control of the SAFSP; (2) Administration, AFSPPF received budgetary and administrative management direction from Space and Missile Systems Organization (SAMSO) and the personnel 

offices at Westover AFB; and (3) Research and Development Support, AFSPPF was provided program 

contractual support from Rome Air Development Center (RADC), Griffiss AFB, the Air Force Avionics 

Laboratory (AFAL), Wright Patterson AFB, and procurement/contractual Air Force units at Westover 

AFB. The following is an historical summary of the development of the different organizational elements 

within the Air Force Special Projects Production Facility. 

THE PRODUCTION DIRECTORATE (PD) 

Prior to the establishment of the Facility (as AFSPPL), Building P-1900 housed the 8th Reconnaissance 

Technical Squadron (8RTS). One of the primary tasks of 8RTS was the photographic processing and duplication of Air Force U-2 mission imagery. It was because of: (1) the modern photographic laboratory 

capability, (2) the proximity to Rochester, NY and Washington, DC, and (3) the fact that it was part of a 

large and active base that Building P-1900, Westover AFB was the site selected for this organization. 

In 1961, the Operations Division, as it was known then, made several lab modifications in parallel 

with the development of production techniques to print and reproduce the product from the first 35mm 

BYE 15254-76 

-62010-51BOBBIE-m HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

2-3 

Controls Only 
401a—SBESHrrs. HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

OVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

photo-electronic satellite system. Three high speed 35mm spray processors (Houston Fearless SP-120) 

were installed for processing this new material. This relatively small format reconnaissance photography 

made it necessary to acquire interim printing equipment to reassemble 35mm frames from the SAMOS E-1 

System onto a 9.5 inch format. This interim printing system led to the purchase, installation, and testing 

of two printers manufactured by EK. The Reassembly Printer was a prototype automated, high resolution 

projection instrument which utilized a strobe light source and was capable of printing 35mm strips onto 

9.5 inch duplication film. The Cadillac instrument was the first continuous contact printer to use a mercury 

vapor lamp light source. It was purchased in early 1962 and used as the primary duplication printer. The 

Cadillac Printer was capable of printing black and white duplicate material up to 9.5 inches at a rate of 86 

feet/minute. The lab personnel were trained, equipment made operational, communications teletype readied, 

and the Shipping Section placed on alert for SAMOS. Unfortunately because of the lack of success of this 

project, only one mission was processed and four duplicates produced. The acquisition quality of the film 

from this initial attempt at obtaining satellite reconnaissance was so poor that the other programmed 

launches of this project were cancelled. 

During 1961 through 1963, the production capability of the Facility was mainly utilized to duplicate large 

volumes of tactical reconnaissance film in support of the Southeast Asia conflict. In Octo.ber 1962, the 

Cuban crisis brought with it the requirement for immediate original negative processing, duplicate 

reproduction, and reporting on ten U-2 flights of Cuba each week for a six week period. AFSPPL was 

selected to be the primary processing/duplicating facility for U-2 mission operations flown during this 

crisis. Production footage from this coverage exceeded 500,000 feet. As a result of this and related 

photo reconnaissance operations, the importance of imagery reconnaissance was publicly recognized and 

the vital role of precision processing to the national intelligence effort was fully demonstrated. 

The increasing demand for better quality photography generated the need for more sophisticated 

equipment and processing standards. This led to the development of programmable processors and 

improved printers, sensitometry, and quality control. The following were technological outgrowths based 

on operational mission experiences: (1) the concepts of infrared density scanning of partially developed 

images; (2) spray versus immersion processing, which contributed to the development of the Yardley and 

Trenton advanced processors; (3) development of a tri-gradient tone reproduction system; and (4) a Data 

Monitor System which provided a means for real time accumulation, evaluation, and control of essential 

film processing parameters. The Facility's technicians also made contributions in other areas, for 

example: major authors of Air Force Manual 95-13,28assistance in developing the Precision Photo 

Processing Course (AFSC 234X0) for Air Training Command instruction, etc. 

28 AFM 95-13, Dept of AF, Volumes I & II, Jun 66/Jul 67, Principles and Practices for Precision 

Photographic Processing Laboratories. (U) 

BYE 15254-76 

-610P-prremer.- HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

2-4 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

...areiPOGONG4P+. HEXAGON /GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

Beginning with Mission 1001 in August 1963, the Facility began duplication of photo reconnaissance 

imagery from the CORONA satellite system. This consisted of producing approximately 375,000 feet of 

70mm film monthly for as many as 25 customers. To prepare for original negative processing of CORONA 

materials, an Operational Readiness Test (ORT) was conducted in 1966 at AFSPPF. This ORT was 

requested by SAFSS and included the following participants: EK, NPIC, NRO, and CIA. As the result, the 

Facility established/refined operational procedures, was certified by the OSAF, and subsequently processed 

the original negative and produced all duplicates from Mission Segments 1047-1, 1115-2, 1116-2, and both 

1117-1 and 1117-2. 

Table 2-2 summarizes CORONA production at AFSPPF from August 1963 until the end of the program. 

TABLE 2-2 

CORONA PROGRAM PRODUCTION PER MISSION SEGMENT 

Year Originals Duplicates Footage 

1963 - 5 1,375,000 

1964 - 23 4,100,000 

1965 25 4,500,000 

1966 - 16 5,522,106 

1967 18 6,479,434 

1968 1 16 5,584,910 

1969 12 9,499,101 

1970 8 2,795,838 

1971 1 4 1,417,022 

1972 3 4 1,725,039 

The increase and subsequent decrease in requirements reflected in Table 2-2 were functions of CORONA 

scheduling. After August 1963, the Facility was involved with some type of photo production requirement 

from every CORONA mission and was assigned the total production of the last CORONA system flight, 

Mission 1117, in May 1972. 

When the GAMBIT Program flights began in July 1963, the Facility was again tasked to produce 

duplicates for each mission. Up until September 1966, the newly renamed, Directorate of Operations, was 

required to reproduce four duplicates, five in 1968, and in 1969 tasking was increased to all Priority 3 and 

Priority 4 production, a total of nine duplicates. Starting in mid 1971, the Directorate of Production conducted a series of ORTs to gain certification approial to process original negatives from GAMBIT missions. 

The final test conducted by the NRO, augmented by Eastman Kodak, NPIC, and GAMBIT Program Office 

BYE 15254-76 

410P-GSGBEN— HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

2-5 martnntrElermarrO-Terlerrt-IdeOeie—. 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

"Ver""911,110T-- HEXAGON / GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

personnel, in September 1972 was successful and approval granted by OSAF.29 In January 1973, the Facility 

processed all requirements for GAMBIT Mission 4337-1, with great success.3°,31 

Table 2-3 summarizes the GAMBIT imagery originally processed and that duplicated by the Production 

Directorate (renamed from the Operations Directorate in January 1971). 

TABLE 2-3 

GAMBIT PROGRAM PRODUCTION PER MISSION SEGMENT 

Year Originals Duplicates Footage 

1964 4 436,500 

1965 4 466,800 

1966 5 548,085 

1967 5 898,899 

1968 None (All production done at EK) 

1969 9 498,318 

1970 9 1,071,900 

1971 9 1,155,856 

1972 - 9 571,409 

1973 1 9 1,117,703 

1974 4 481,230 

1975 4 147,112 

In 1971, the HEXAGON Program brought to this organization a new challenge in mass production of 

high quality reconnaissance imagery. New distribution concepts implemented for this program, which 

specifically identified the required imagery for each customer (selected target complexes versus all 

receiving selected area coverage) reduced requirements from what they could have been under the old 

concept. Priority 1 and Priority 2 Target Complex Coverage and Priority 3 and Priority 4 Area Coverage 

were duplicated by the Facility. The amount of duplication varied from 11 to 30 copies depending upon the 

priority area being reproduced. The annual total production at the Facility increased from 8 to 9 million 

feet in 1970 to approximately 16.3 million feet in 1972 largely as the direct effect of HEXAGON requirements. 

This increase in volume greatly compounded production, shipping, and management problems. 

29 Message, Whig 1176, 8 Sep 72, GAMBIT ORE at Westover (Appendix, Item 20). (TS) 

30 IBID Footnote 17, page 1-6. 

31 IBID Footnote 18, page 1-6. 

BYE 15254-76 

EXAGON /GAMBIT 

2-6 Controls Orlyn 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

- HEXAGON/GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

The HEXAGON Acceptance/Readiness procedures included comprehensive tests of each camera in large 

test chambers equipped to simulate orbital operation. Between 15 and 30 thousand feet of original film were 

exposed through each sensor subsystem under nominal conditions in each of two chambers: Chamber A at 

Danbury, Connecticut, and Chamber A-2 at Sunnyvale, California. Frequently, the Chamber A-2 Readiness 

tests had to be repeated in part as many as three or four times to assure proper camera adjustment onorbit. This resulted in another significant increase in the film volume. In June 1971, the Facility started 

processing HEXAGON test chamber original film. Although the volume per mission varied, it involved 

approximately 125,000 - 150,000 feet annually for an average of eight to nine camera systems. 

Table 2-4 summarizes the production figures in support of the HEXAGON Program. 

TABLE 2-4 

HEXAGON PROGRAM PRODUCTION PER MISSION SEGMENT 

Year Test Originals Duplicates Footage 

1971 3 11 1,323,011 

1972 6 30 5,801,151 

1973 10 30 6,305,232 

1974 6 15 2,030,857 

1975 4 4 986,658 

1976 (thru May) 0 4 514,369 

Various additional tasks were assigned to the Production Directorate over the years. An example of 

these was the daily processing of U-2 reconnaissance coverage of Cuba during the crisis; after the crisis, 

the Facility was reassigned as the alternate photo production unit to the Naval Intelligence Support Center 

(NISC). As alternate, two missions were processed and duplicated at this organization, each mission 

resulted in approximately 60,000 feet of film. Another task was the processing of imagery from 1964 thru 

1968 in support of the Terrestrial Sciences Division of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and the 

Cambridge Research Laboratory's cloud physics studies. This involved the processing of approximately 

18,000 feet of original film annually in 1964 thru 1966 and about half that amount in 1967 and 1968. Figure 

2-1 lists a summary of the imagery footage produced by AFSPPF from 1961 thru 1975. Figures 2-2 thru 

2-4 present work flow charts during different periods of the 1970s. Figure 2-2 charts the duplicate production flow during the peak period of 1972 and 1973 under the automated control of the IBM 1130/1800 

System on-line; off-line in April 1974 with production control from the IBM 360/40 (Figure 2-3); and back 

on-line in June 1975 with control by the PDP-11/40 (Figure 2-4). This method of control and a detailed 

work order form filled out by the Production Directorate's Operations Division were the means utilized to 

monitor all assigned mission projects. Other automated programs were used to control such tasks as 

BYE 15254-76 

—14961-111501/60... HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

2-7 tialadleamaahoimem44sient-Keyheie. 

Controls Only 
9.0 9,_ 0 

9.6 

15.8 

11.0 

1.2 

6.8 

8.1 

9.9 

6.2 

1.7 

8. 1 

7.0 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

-7M041—SEGSWIL■ HEXAGON / GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

SUMMARY OF AFSPPF'S PRODUCTION 

(millions of feet) 

16.3 

62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 

CALENDAR YEAR 

FIGURE 2-1 BYE 15254-76 

.40.01P—SHEENET: HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

2-8 liesdie.rengyefflesTi-islest-Keyheie. 

Controls Only 

2 

61 
-1190ILSECIIEX.- HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

l'imefligmrtterner"-Ferlev#44eyhele• 

Controls Only 2-9 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

-164eP4iBeRNIV- HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

A FSPI)1 HISTORY 

Volume I 

--a 

dm 

a 

ca 

0 

DUPLICATE PRODUCTION WORKFLOW AS MONITORED BY THE 1800/1130 COMPUTER 

ws 

FIGURE 2-2 BYE 15254-76 
w 

cn 

< 

w 

w 

0 co 

0 w 

a_ 

0 0 

z 

DUPLICATE PRODUCTIONWO

RKFLOWAS MONITORED BY THE360/40 COMPUTER 

\/\ 

-14}P-imeener, HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

FIGURE 2-3 BYE 15254-76 

-1,01P-GOCHEM - HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

2-10 Haadlosia.gyamaam-LIaleat..44010ia. 

Controls Only 
FIGURE 2-4 BYE 15254-76 

-10613-66=541— HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

1 

J 

k. 

••••••.1 

i

).,,.... 

c22 Fi '.'''''''''' t I 

t, 6 g , 

.:. ;.= „.• 

w 

w J 

w 

O U_ 

N

OON 

DUPLICATE PRODUCTION FLOW AS MONITORED BY THE PDP- 11/40 COMP

UTER 

t

5 g 

— O 11 

E$ 

8 

gaa 

r 

6 

-8110P-INEGOBT-e. HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

2-11 Seediewae•SymosiorieleControls Only 

a d 

cc 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

41011-1160116.6•• HEXAGON /GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

quantitative/qualitative chemical analysis, granularity, image quality/resolution, tone generation/ 

reproduction, processing standards, etc. 

Throughout the history of the Facility a dynamic effort was made to upgrade the production capabilities, 

satisfy all current and projected requirements, assure the highest quality product possible, meet all 

suspenses, and to operate in as cost effective a manner as possible. In order to fulfill these goals, 

personnel were selected by name, the use of photo technology consultants and contractors expanded, the 

physical space of the laboratory enlarged, and production equipment improved. Of primary significance 

was upgrading the process control system with the following improvements: (1) advanced processors, 

(2) process sensor instrumentation, (3) automation of process monitoring functions, and (4) establishment 

of high precision, automated chemical mixing, analysis, and control capabilities. Other refinements 

were made in the establishment and maintenance of a Class 100 Cleanroom, automation of the production 

control function, and significantly improved materials analysis and sensitometry capabilities. Some 

specific improvements are summarized below: 

A. A bulk chemical hatching system was installed in 1969 to automatically weigh and precisely 

mix predetermined developers and fix constituents. This, together with the expanding chemical analysis 

capability, enabled the Facility to develop a special developer formula for normally high contrast SO-192 

Film in spray processors. This modified formula allowed for low contrast processing of SO-192 Film in 

regular production, without performing costly modifications to the processors for viscous operation. The 

automated batching system resulted in a significant savings in time, manpower, and materials. Figure 2-5 

shows a picture of the chemical mix area with the batching system's control panel in the background. 

B. The installation of an electronic monitoring/control system also known as the "Taylor Package" 

was made on a Dalton Processor in 1972. This system allowed all critical parameters of the processor 

to be remotely monitored with three options for effecting any process correction: (1) machine operator, 

(2) human intervention at the process control monitoring console, or (3) automatically by the IBM 1800 

Computer. After an exhaustive but successful testing period, the other Dalton and Trentons were also 

modified with this system. Figure 2-6 shows the enormous size and complexity of the monitoring/control 

panel. 

C. A chemical analysis study was conducted by the Stanford Research Institute in the 1969-1971 

period and the tests performed by Facility technicians. This study resulted in analytical methodologies 

which greatly enhanced the development of the chemical analysis procedures used by this organization. 

This work was also the prime impetus for increased technical personnel, equipment, and materials 

specialization which led to the expansion of the Chemical Analysis Laboratory. Figure 2-7 presents a 

picture of the chemical analysis area. 

BYE 15254-76 

410E1-4116CIMT..... HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

2-12 -14eprok-vie•gyeffleo+4464-14efkie 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

"TarSZCIMIL-- 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

AUTOMATED CHEMICAL MIXING AREA 

FIGURE 2-5 .10411-6661169-- 

2-13 

BYE 15254-76 

I•lerrelie-rsa.43yeomia.Aleat.14a0c46-- 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

FIGURE 2-6 

BYE 15254-76 

-4-terrtte-tterOyernerri-Terier+-14erheie-- 

Controls Only 

2-14 
CI) 

a 

a 

zx 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

-TOP-SEeitele-- 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

FIGURE 2-7 41011-4661INT BYE 15254-76 

2-15 Controls Only 
X0.11-610eitrr- HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

Support areas that made vital contributions are: 

A. The Materials Analysis Laboratory (MAL) 

In April 1970, this lab was established as a "spin-off' from the Research and Development 

Directorate. It was equipped to test and establish sensitometric and densitometric standards; accomplish 

initial testing of new films and processes; evaluate products through microanalysis, macroanalysis, 

sensitometric, spectrophotometric, photometric, and radiometric means; and perform standardization of 

materials and machine calibrations. Some of this laboratory's major achievements include: (1) discovered 

the negative effects of film base pelloids in both original and duplicate materials. This study produced 

a report submitted to the NRO" which ultimately led to the development of nonpelloid duplication films by 

EK; (2) categorized different film types by their sensitivity wavelengths and photometric transmission 

signatures to determine the best combination of original negative to duplication material for optimum 

quality production; (3) represented the Government in interferometrically measuring the optics produced 

by a contractor to determine if they met required specifications prior to their being assembled into the 

optical bar HEXAGON cameras; (4) performed numerous tilt measurements on the chamber produced SyncFlash Targets to determine whether optics were properly aligned in the HEXAGON Camera System; (5) 

saved the Government approximately $60, 000 a year by developing a formula to replace the previously 

purchased developer (Dupe 1:1), this new formula was named SPPL 1 and has been refined throughout the 

years to meet the changes in film types, equipment, and processes; and (6) most recently in 1976, saved the 

Government $70, 000 in solving the focus problem in the Advanced Microcamera System. The solution was 

the development of nylon collars which allowed an even distribution of air flow onto the film being sensed 

by the focusing platen. 

Figure 2-8 shows a view of one of the laboratories within the materials analysis area. 

Although there have been several outstanding technicians assigned to this laboratory operation, it has 

been Mr. M. Worwood (1962-1976) who through his initiative, experience, and expertise has been 

responsible for the development of this photo science mensuration and standards laboratory. The 

laboratory has provided service not only to this Facility but also to many associated laboratories within 

the photo science community. 

B. The Select Print Laboratory (SPL) 

The Still Photographic Laboratory was established in 1962 under the Research and Development 

Division; transferred to the Technical Reports Division, Evaluation Directorate where it was renamed the 

Technical Reports Photographic Laboratory Branch during the major Facility reorganization in June 1966; 

and was reassigned under PD as the Select Print Laboratory in late 1970 when a reorganization took place 

32 Film Base Study, AFSPPF, Aug 1966. (U) 

TDASEGUEN-- HEXAGON /GANDA". 

2-16 

BYE 15254-76 

ilowelle.oitogotemem.1-Telewt-limyheie-- 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

-7.4111-0LVICET— 

A F SP P F HISTORY 

Volume I 

CALIBRATION/VIEWING/MICROGRAPH/DENSITOMETER EQUIPMENT 

IN MATERIALS ANALYSIS AREA 

FIGURE 2-8 BYE 15254-76 

iseA41e-we-Blivaiwa•ATaisa4.-ilf.e0e166. 

Controls Only 2-17 
SOP-4/460110T+r HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

to put all photo laboratory personnel under the same directorate. Originally this lab was confined to an 

approximate 890 square foot area to accomplish general purpose black and white photographic camera, 

process, and printing support. Most of this support Work was processed manually. In 1964, a giant step 

was taken toward speed and consistent quality in line and half tone work with the purchase of a LogEflo 

LD-24 Automatic Film Processor. By late 1970, the requirement to produce briefing aids and select prints 

for technical reports had significantly increased. This production increase was in support of the existing 

GAMBIT and CORONA Programs and the projected volume from the new HEXAGON system. To expand 

this area, the Baker Unit, a self contained portable cleanroom, with its 2,200 square feet of working space 

was transferred from RD to the SPL. This resulted in a better productional flow by allowing more than 

one task to be worked on at a given time. Figure 2-9 shows the printing/enlargement area within the 

Baker Unit. Figure 2-10 shows the original SPL area which was now used as a studio, copy camera, 

and microfilming/processing area. The capability of SPL expanded to include one-to-one or enlarged 

quality prints and 35mm and overhead vuegraph briefing slides in either black and white or color. Four 

men stand out in the development of this unit considered by many the finest still photography laboratory 

in the DOD. These men are: Mr. C. Rauscher, Technical Reports Division Chief (1962-1976), who 

with Sergeant R. Wagner built the framework and established the early black and white production 

procedures; Captain D. Sykes who doggedly pursued establishment of a color production capability; 

and Sergeant P. Schoen, Chief of the SPL (1970-1976) who refined and improved techniques, training, 

and equipment to meet the stringent suspenses posed by the GAMBIT and HEXAGON Program Offices 

and the NRO in support of special reproduction requirements. SPL significantly distinguished itself 

and the Facility through its quality reproduction of color and black and white illustrations and mission 

imagery photographs for high level documents, for example: two Color Task Force Reports for the NRO;33'34 

the five-volume CORONA History;35the five volumes of a history of satellite reconnaissance,36etc. 

C . Computer Division 

Before this division was established in 1966, there were a few successful systems developed 

toward automatically controlling the production process. The first was in the 1961-1963 period when the 

Macbeth Quantiscan was installed to read a step wedge to determine if the processing machine were in 

control. As the mission requirements increased in the mid 1960s, it was decided that the most practical 

33Use of Color Photography in the NRO, Color Task Force, May 1971, TCS 354012-71. (TS) 

34Technology, Status, and Future of Satellite Color Photography, Color Task Force, Dec 1974, 

TCS 363509-74. (TSRN) 

35IBID Footnote 26, page 2-2. 

36IBID Footnote 10, page 1-3. 

ZON—SiGGI&SEL. HEXAGON/GAMBIT 

2-18 

BYE 15254-76 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

SELECT PRINT LAB PRECISION PRINTING AREA WITHIN THE BAKER UNIT 

FIGURE 2-9 ZUP—DE-eiter BYE 15254-76 

2-19 Controls Controls Oniy 
SELECT PRINT LAB STUDIO/MICROFILMING AREA 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

FIGURE 2-10 2BYE 15254-76 

2-20 Controls Only Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

-1110P-SeeBel"PHEXAGON /GAMBIT 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

way to maintain uniformity and quality was to computerize the product control function. The IBM 1130 was 

purchased in February 1967 and supported production control up until it was discontinued in November 1974 

due to the pending closure of the Facility. Although it took approximately a year to develop operational 

software for this system, it was invaluable in revising a time-consuming manual operation into an 

automated product control/management tool. Approximately a year later, a proposal was made for 

the rental of an IBM 1800 Computer System to interface with the 1130 to further refine product control. 

This action was approved and the 1800 arrived on 7 November 1968. This system allowed direct 

on-line support, centralized process control, processor parameter monitoring and control through the 

Taylor instruments, and technical data collection/analysis/distribution within the PD lab area. The 1800 

was also discontinued (April 1974) because of the closure. Once the decision was made to discontinue the 

1130/1800, a study was made to find the elements within the production cycle which justifiably required 

automated support. These elements were defined and action taken to purchase a PDP-11/40 which was 

felt to be totally capable of providing production/quality control for this Facility's scaled down mission 

(10% of NRO duplication requirements). The system was installed in December 1974 and was declared 

operational after an ORT in June 1975. This system's software capability has been and will continue to be 

expanded to meet the ever improving technology of photographic processing. This PDP-11/40 will transfer 

with the Production function to Offutt AFB. Prior to the full operational control of the PDP-11/40, there 

was the interim use of a PDP-8E (on loan from the Evaluation Directorate) by the quality control personnel 

for density acquisition feedback and densitometer calibration. This system was never fully exploited as a 

support tool because it was designated for transfer with the Evaluation function. Off-line support (labels, 

breakdown listings, production control cards, etc.) was provided through the IBM 360/40 Computer 

assigned to the Data Division, Evaluation Directorate. 

Figure 2-11 is a view of the Computer Control Room from which the equipment monitored data/status 

of the entire production cycle. 

In the early years of the 1130 and 1800, much of the software was developed through the assistance of 

contractors (AIL, CSC, Data Corp, etc.) as the majority of personnel were photo processing technicians 

assigned from the PD lab to be computer operators. However, it was basically the in-house computer 

programmers who wrote and tested the operational software for the PDP-8E and PDP-11/40. The 

most significant figure during this time was Captain J. Hill, Computer Systems Analyst, who supervised, 

designed, and scheduled the rewrite and revision of all programs. Also, the work of MT. G. D'Amours on 

the initial documentation of the PDP-8E and Sergeant M. Strausbaugh on the transitional and future 

development of the PDP-11/40 deserves special recognition. 

BYE 15254-76 

-21111--111601te'r•- HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

2-21 

Hand lo via Ryaman / Talant .Koyholo 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

—Ttrib-Seettelf-- 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

VOLUME I 

THE COMPUTER MONITOR/CONTROL ROOM 

FIGURE 2-11 

..1n1L-ggelerr".. 

2-22 

BYE 15254-76 

-tateotikwoe-iikfoo46447a8449444—Kwat43.1.03— 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

.44:040-91101tier+11EXAGON /GAMBIT 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

D. Despooling/Downloading Complex 

In 1970, a proposal was made to install a despooling/downloading area in AFSPPF to give 

the GAMBIT and HEXAGON Program Offices a complete reproduction system alternative to EK. This 

proposal was approved and the complex installed by EK personnel in May-June 1971 at a cost MEI 

This gave the Facility the capability of despooling, splicing, and inspecting 70mm to 9.5 inch film from 

the Take-up spool of a test or operational camera system. Figure 2-12 shows equipment in this area. 

The dynamics of trying to improve the photo production operation continued throughout the history of 

AFSPPF through the use of the most current printer/processor/titler/analyzer equipment; contractor and 

in-house modifications due to new applications and/or techniques; and the development of new instruments 

to satisfy new, changing, and increased requirements. This improvement goal started with the Houston 

Fearless A-8 Immersion Dupe Processor right up to the Trenton and from the Morse A-2 11 Manual Control 

Printer to the Cayuga. Figure 2-13 shows the printing area as it was configured with five Redondos (modified 

Niagaras) prior to the transfer of the Production function. Figure 2-14 is a picture of the densitometer/final 

inspection/quality control area. 

As part of the phasedown, the Facility's mission was reduced to approximately 10% of the National 

Reconnaissance Office requirement for black and white mission imagery duplication. This was specifically 

defined as the requirement to produce all Priority 4 products for HEXAGON and GAMBIT missions. The 

new tasking became effective with Mission 1208 on 7 May 1974. In parallel with the reduction in mission 

came a decrease in personnel, processing equipment, and automated support systems. As the result of 

the manning reductions, there were only enough personnel to man two shifts (18 hours) versus three shifts 

(24 hours) during mission operations; thus PD was given a more relaxed delivery suspense (stated as, 

"on a timely basis"). 

The successful mission performance by the Production Directorate was totally a team effort. However, 

it was men like: Captains F. Battey and W. Neyman with their strong leadership and planning; the 

parochial and knowledgeable concern and guidance of Lt Col W. Kunde; the superior administrative and 

clerical support of Sergeants K. Bernhard and G. Fraley; and the firm photographic processing foundation, 

dedication, and expertise provided by the top noncommissioned officers in the field, for example: Sergeants 

L. Miller, L. Lee, L. Coulter, W. Ray, T. Schacklett, R. Webb, J. Laurendi, J. Moore, B. Vestal, 

W. Smith, T. Haga, and R. Poelman who were responsible for establishing this organization's reputation for quality and time-responsive production. Many of these men spent two or more tours at the Facility. 

The Production function; photo processing, computer, maintenance, and administrative technicians; and 

the production and computer equipment will be transferred to the 544th Aerospace Reconnaissance Technical 

Wing (ARTW), Offutt AFB Nebraska. This unit is scheduled to be fully operational by November 1976. 

BYE 15254-76 

ABOB-SECHET HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

2-23 Merolie•oierilyemeo.4TeleaWieoliele.-. 

Controls Only 
—aP4)1P-6•56411146*—• FIGURE 2-12 BYE 15254-'76 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

DESPOOLING/DOWNLOADING AREA 

-Fierveile-trerByev94001-Terle444-4314443-- 

2-24 Controis Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

-TOP-SENEBT-- 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

PRODUCTION PRINTING AREA 

■ •■■■ NNE NMI AM/ /IMP% 

FIGURE 2-13 

"1POP"firsfriHrrIF•■■ 

EYE 15254-76 

2-25 

HAr,d1Q „ka grarn2n/T Innt 6Ccoy1-210 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

PRODUCTION QUALITY CONTROL AREA 

FIGURE 2-14 4reil-geefenv-- 

2-26 

BYE 15254-76 

.1:164(iie•ipoe-Byemeen7LTe.iwrrt-^ttff rare 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

"TOT"Beeltre's. 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

THE RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT DIRECTORATE (RD) 

Right from the start, when plans were being formulated by the Office of the Secretary of the Air Force 

(OSAF) to establish a Government precision photo laboratory to support the duplication requirements of 

SAMOS, it was realized that this organization would also need a research and development capability. This 

decision was based on the fact that this operation would require new and unique pieces of equipment to handle 

the transmitted imagery from SAMOS and produce duplicates from a reformation of 35mm strips of original 

negatives. This method had never been used to reproduce any operational material. Lt Colonel H. Ohlmeyer, 

Commander of the 6594 Test Squadron (AFSPPL), was given a substantial budget and virtually a free hand 

in pursuing the development of this laboratory and the assignment of personnel. He was very fortunate to 

secure the assignment of a photo scientist from the Rome Air Development Center (RADC) by the name of 

Leroy A. Williams. Lt Colonel Williams reported in January 1961 and immediately embarked on building a 

research and development program geared to the improvement of photographic printing/processing equipment 

and techniques. This man turned out to be the most productive and dynamic personality ever assigned to RD. 

In the early 1960s photographic processing and duplication were more a matter of art than science, 

with the resultant product being primarily dependent upon the dedication and experience of the technicians 

rather than the type of equipment and process control. The basic plan developed by offices directly attached 

to the OSAF (specifically SAFSS and SAFSP, the acronyms by which they are presently known) and the 

Command Staff from the Facility was to build a mass production, clean room, precision controlled photographic laboratory. In February 1961, Colonel Williams established an RD Evaluation Team to visit 

various contractors and review/assess the expertise and equipment available to meet these goals. This 

group consisted of Colonel Williams, Chairman; Major Clarence Schmidt, Chief of AFSPPL's Photo 

Laboratory; Professor William Shoemaker, Director of Photographic Arts and Sciences at Rochester 

Institute of Technology (RIT); Mr. William Benz, contract engineer at the Wright Air Development 

Division (WADD), Wright-Patterson AFB, and Mr. Howard Silkman, a development engineering supervisor 

at RADC, Griffiss AFB. Based on this research, RD initiated many programs in an effort to improve the 

Facility's production capability, i.e., development of a Reassembly Printer with Eastman Kodak (EK); 

2X/4X Enlarging Printers with EK and the Morse Company; an improved LogEtronic SP-10/70 Printer, 

etc. RD also made a complete investigation into developing faster and continuous control processors to 

replace the existing EH-18 and the HTA-2 Processors. During this period, RD indirectly exerted influence on 

EK to develop large scale processors employing spray instead of deep tank immersion processing in an 

effort to gain speed and control. 

In the spring of 1961, RD in consultation with Professor Shoemaker formulated the specification 

standards for an "ultra-clean laboratory." A contract was awarded to Anderson-Nichols & Company from 

Boston, Massachusetts to architecturally draft the modification design to Building P-1900. Because it 

BYE 15254-76 

-TIMP-4BGBET-..113EXAGON / GAMBIT 

2-27 Controls Only 

HEXAGON GAMBIT 
VED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

►: • i• • : • 

•TOV—BBESHIT-• HEXAGON/GAMBIT 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

was estimated that these extensive modifications would not be completed before the fall of 1964, RD 

negotiated with the Baker Company of Biddeford, Maine for two of their off-the-shelf "Baker Units." The 

Baker Unit is a portable, self contained, environmentally controlled facility. These units were installed 

in P-1900. The larger of the two was used as an interim clean laboratory area while the other housed the 

newly procured Mann-Data Microanalyzer. RD's early charter was to improve the state-of-the-art in 

photographic reproduction. As there were only three officers and one secretary assigned during the 

early 60s, it was obvious that this task could not be handled in-house. This is when the relationships 

between contractors and the Facility started. The assigned officers did much toward encouraging industry 

to develop specialized processing and handling equipment for the support of the SAMOS photo-electronic 

system. The first relationships were with Houston Fearless in the production equipment area; Data Corp 

of Dayton, Ohio in developing mensuration instruments and photo science equipment; and Fairchild Hiller 

Corp, Germantown, Maryland which was enlisted to study areas such as cleanroom operation, quality 

control, and incineration and waste disposal. 

In the 1964 - 1966 period, a training program was established wherein military personnel with a background in photography were given a series of indoctrination lectures on advanced photo production techniques. 

A Photographic Science Seminar was organized by Lt Colonel Williams and ran from July 1965 to June 1966. 

This seminar consisted of lectures from experts throughout the community who spoke on many technical 

aspects 37 of photography, film, optics, camera systems, image analysis, etc. Consultants also studied 

the operational plans of the Facility and made recommendations on the laboratory configuration and procedures. Consultants, such as RIT Professor W. Shoemaker, also influenced the photo training programs 

at Lowry AFB Colorado by the cross-fertilization of ideas and training needs. In addition, they helped to improve the photo science curricula at RIT and worked with AFIT in establishing a Master's Degree Program for 

selected Air Force and CIA personnel. Subsequently, the majority of photo science and laboratory officers 

and civilian scientists/technicians assigned to AFSPPF received some type of photo-related training at RIT. 

Military and civilian scientists from all areas of the photo science community who were involved in 

developing reconnaissance satellite systems discussed their requirements for engineering data with RD 

personnel. This was particularly true in the relatively unknown field of techniques to measure system 

performance. Data Corporation personnel, namely suggested 

possible application of electronic engineering signal transfer analysis techniques and procurement of 

microdensitometers for image analysis. RD received approval to purchase two microdensitometers, one 

from Ansco Corporation, Washington, DC and the other from the Joyce-Loebel Company. Data Corp also 

began the development of an advanced microdensitometer with the D. W. Mann Company, Burlington, 

37 Agenda, 6594th Test Sq, 16 July 1965, Photographic Science Seminar (Appendix, Item 21). (U) 

aTEMII-OGGININ—NIEXAGON/GAMBIT 

2-28 

BYE 15254-76 

Controls Only 
-TOID—IHNHIG46— HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

Massachusetts, which was to be the standard for analysis for many years. During this era, RD was manned 

by two officers, one enlisted technician, two civilian scientists, and one secretary. 

In 1962, Lt Colonel Williams established the Optics and Materials Standards Laboratory (later to be 

renamed the Materials Analysis Laboratory) to provide an in-house standards laboratory capability for 

support of the photographic production and image analysis missions of the Facility. 

In late 1963, the Sidney Drell Committee made a study of the evaluation technology of satellite systems 

and recommended an intensive effort to apply techniques such as Modulation Transfer Function (MTF) and 

Graded Estimated Measuring Samples (GEMS). Lt Colonel Williams, Captain S. McCulloch from RD and the 

following consultants: Data Corporation; Itek Corporation; Dr. G. 

Parrent, Technical Operations; Pe - tion; and Dr. James Eyer, 

University of Rochester, served on the Drell Committee and its outgrowth, the Swing Committee (July 1964). 

The major subject addressed by these committees was the Image Quality Evaluation Program. The 

objective of this program was to develop and validate an analysis system for determining the quality of 

satellite photography. As a result of the committee's action, a study called "Crossover" was implemented 

for the inter-laboratory comparison of microdensitometric and data processing procedures from five 

facilities: Eastman Kodak/BRIDGEHEAD, Itek, Perkin-Elmer, Data Corporation, and AFSPPL. This 

was the first scientific evaluation program undertaken by this Air Force organization. Although the results 

of this experiment were discouraging due to the many variables (different microdensitometers, procedures, 

calibration, environment, etc.), it did give this Facility its first community exposure in the field of image 

analysis. AFSPPL also started development of new resolution targets with Wright-Patterson AFB sciehtists 

which were to become the standards for the community. In 1963, AFSPPL contracted for the deployment 

of the Mil Std 150, Tribar, and Gray Scale targets to provide ground truth data for assessment of on-orbit 

performance of satellite camera systems. This was the beginning of the Controlled Range Network (CORN) 

Program which lasted from October 1963 until the managerial responsibility was transferred to SAFSP in 

the summer of 1974 after confirmation that this Facility was to be phased out. CORN was used to support 

the CORONA, GAMBIT, HEXAGON, Red Dot, andlillirograms. A more detailed discussion of the 

CORN Program can be found on pages 4-55 thru 4-70. RD also began the sponsorship of a formal research 

effort with Data Corporation on target design, construction, and analysis. 

In 1962, RD developed the capability to produce very high quality prints and enlargements of operational 

photography. The best studio type printing and processing equipment was procured and assembled into 

what became the Select Print Laboratory (SPL). This SPL grew from a small still photographic laboratory 

encompassing approximately 890 square feet to an entire Baker Unit (2, 200 square feet) and a two room 

studio (Rooms 67 and 67A). This highly sophisticated laboratory was regularly tasked to supply the NRP 

BYE 15254-76 —116W—BGGIMET+- HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

litaaelemeZioaaaa4-Taireatailaybaia.. 

2-29 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

..TOILABGIMPT.T: HEXAGON / GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

community with large numbers of special order black and white and/or color prints and positive transparencies. 

Due to the increase in activities, RD was enlarged to six officers, six enlisted technicians, three 

civilian physical scientists, and two secretaries in 1964. This staffing included more diversification as 

two of the officers were technical managers while the, other four were photo trained. One of the enlisted 

men was a procurement specialist and the other five were photo technicians. One of the civilian positions was 

made that of Technical Director of Research and Development (GS-15). This position was transferred to 

the Facility command level in November 1969. 

The research and development program expanded continuously and, with it the funding level, to a point 

where the amount reached approximate...in 1965. The funding program had been formalized 

into the following categories: research and development (P-3600), off-the-shelf hardware (P-3020), and 

services (P-3080). The funding was transmitted to SAF111111by means of a monthly automatic data report 

called the Program Financial Status. Formal reporting on the progress of individual programs was written 

in a quarterly report prepared for SAFSP and was also included in the Quarterly Program Report to the 

NRO. The first quarterly reports were almost entirely of the RD efforts; whereas in later years, these reports included data on operational mission production, evaluation efforts, logistical support, and personnel. 

In late 1966, RD categorized this program into ten areas to better improve management control and 

budgeting. These major areas were: 

A. Image Analysis 

This included all research into imagery evaluation and the CORN Program. 

B. Processors 

This included processor development, film dryers, and color processing. 

C. Photographic Environmental Standards 

This included all materials handling, clean photo laboratory standards, and quality control 

methods. 

D. Materials Research 

This basically involved research and development of the non-conventional film systems. 

E. Printers 

This included development and modification of all printers. 

F. Quality Control 

This included automation, sensitometric instrumentation, etc. 

G. Laboratory Auxiliary and Support Equipment 

This included bench test and other types of T&E equipment. 

0051-644.1164P-.• HEXAGON /GAMBIT WM 

-14ritirverl5yernamr4alerrt-liveyheleBYE 15254-76 

2- 30 Controls Only 
P-3800 P-3020 P-3080 Total 

IIIPOEWBGGIIEN■ HEXAGON/GAMBIT 

VED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

H. Photochemistry 

This included film developers, controlled development, etc. 

I. Film Inspection and Viewing 

This included light tables, microscopes, etc. 

J. Conservation 

This included film salvage, chemical reclamation, and pollution control. 

In later years, these categories varied to some degree as new areas of investigation or a major shift 

in emphasis occurred. Notably among these were the following special projects: Digital Reconstruction 

System (BIKINI Printer), CORN Services, and Advanced Technology. 

Generally, the funding operation was to budget for RD programs in the 10 major areas referenced 

above. The Director of RD had the primary responsibility for the preparation, coordination with the other 

directorates and staff within AFSPPF, and presentation of the budget request to the CCB and the Director 

of Special Projects (SAF/SP-1). The budget for the following fiscal year was prepared during the third 

quarter of the present fiscal year. The budget was broken down into three categories (P-3600, P-3020, 

and P-3080). A summary of expenditures by funding areas from FY 69 thru FY 76 is shown in Table 2-5. 

TABLE 2-5 

SUMMARY OF RD EXPENDITURES FROM FY 69 THRU FY 76 

Fiscal 

Year 

1976 

1975 

1974 

1973 

1972 

1971 

1970 

1969 

TOTALS 

* Includes funding of CORN operations 

NOTE: The decline in expenditures for FY 75 & FY 76 is largely because of the transfer of the CORN 

Program to SAF/SP-6 and to the reduced number of new RD Programs due to pending closure 

of AFSPPF. 

niMMI"IGGIBGBL4HEXAGON / GAMBIT BYE 15254-76 

.tia.aa)a.tailivacoaaaalaataliaida 

2-31 Controls Only 
^Tefis-ENGE HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

VED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

The budget was administered by RD to include: (1) receipt of the approved budget from 

(2) transfer of funds to the procurement agency, (3) coordination in obligations and expenditures, and (4) 

the reprogramming within a specified category to fund additional expenses. The RD funding was actually 

provided by the NRO through a representative in SAFSS. Consequently, program approvals originated at 

that level using the CCB for technical review. For the annual budget submission the proposed budget was 

presented to SAF/SP-1 for his concurrence after CCB recommendations had been made. An agreed upon 

rank order of program priorities was then finalized approximately two to three months prior to the beginning 

of the new fiscal year. When funding approvals were sent by the NRO representative, individual programs 

and, in some cases, groups of programs were named. In cases where a desired program could not be funded, 

it was placed in one of two categories: "protected" or "deferred." If protected, the program might be 

funded later in the fiscal year; if deferred, the program could not be considered until the following year 

unless funds were transferred to it from an approved or protected program. Once the formal, annual budget 

request/approval cycle was complete, adjustments continued to occur throughout the year. Significant program 

approval changes were made a matter of discussion at the Executive Session of the quarterly CCB. In emergency cases, decisions were arrived at through telephone, teletype, or personal coordination. Beginning 

in 1973, a more informal coordination procedure was implemented. This procedure consisted of telephone 

coordination between the Commander of AFSPPF and SAFSS (NRO) for program approvals/changes and then 

AFSPPF relaying this information to SAFIlliand AFAL to record any of those approvals or changes. One 

of the nicest features of the budget method was its flexibility. Approved funds could be transferred and 

utilized on any program within the specific category for which they were approved, i.e., P-3600 funds may 

be used on any approved RD program within the P-3600 Category. 

Procurement of RD programs was accomplished by procurement agencies at AFAL, RADC, SAMSO, 

ARDC, and Westover AFB. RD and LG procurement efforts include acquisition of supplies and materials to 

support research programs. A typical RD program would go through the following procurement sequence: 

A. Concept generation. 

B. Technical definition. 

C. CCB Program approval request. 

D. NRO Program funding. 

E. RD generation of Statement of Work (SOW). 

F. Forward SOW and letter of instruction to a central procurement office, i.e„ AFAL/RWF-4. 

G. AFAL/RWF-4 project engineer would be assigned to prepare purchase request (PR). 

H. PR forwarded to Aeronautical Systems Division (ASD) procurement. 

I. Procurement prepared and mailed a Request for Proposal (RFP) to the firms on the bidders' 

list or if sole source, to the selected source. 

-S042-81601 HEXAGON /GAMBIT BYE 15254-76 

*lemellewootoliveiikera.41aleat.4thalii. 

2-32 Controls Only 
"IMHSWWWrtwHEXAGON/GANMUT 

VED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

J. Proposals received and evaluated by the AFSPPF Proposal Review Board and then the AFAL 

project engineer. 

K. Contract awarded. 

L. Contractor advised of AFSPPF participation in technical monitoring. 

M. RD and contractor cooperation during contract performance. 

N. RD participation in acceptance testing and performance of the test and evaluation phase. 

0. RD recommendation for program application, follow-on effort, or termination. 

The image evaluation effort had grown considerably by 1964 with AFSPPL performing major services 

in measuring the performance achieved by each CORONA and GAMBIT system. In the development of an 

image evaluation capability, RD established the Data Analysis Section. This Section was formed to reduce 

the massive amount of data being collected. An IBM 1710/1620 Computer System was rented and RD 

personnel assigned to develop the software and methodology required to automate the image analytical 

process. The volume of requirements continually increased, especially in support of the GAMBIT camera 

system development. Because of this significant increase in work load, it was essential to auginent the 

RD group assigned this task. However, in a meeting with the NRO and SAFSP, it was learned that additional 

tasking of research and development programs and operational requirements were projected for the Facility. 

As a result, in mid 1966, AFSPPL was reorganized into five directorates and was upgraded to a Wing level 

organization. The Evaluation Directorate (EV) was created out of RD resources to handle the system performance evaluation function. The Select Print Laboratory was moved to EV and renamed the Technical 

Reports Photographic Laboratory Branch. The computer facilities and personnel were also transferred 

to EV as the Technical Data Division to support the analysis of CORONA and GAMBIT systems. 

In 1966, at the suggestion of Captain Robert Koch (USN) who was assigned to the SAFSS, RD upgraded 

their Materials Analysis Laboratory to provide a calibration center for NRO activities. Funding was 

provided for the procurement and/or development of the best state-of-the-art sensitometric and densitometric 

instrumentation for the Facility. As a result the capabilities of this laboratory exceeded the original 

expectations. This was due to the purchase/acquisition/development of primary density, resolution, and 

color standards equipment. The existence of this standards facility led to direct tasking in support of 

the HEXAGON Program and organizations such as NPIC, TOPOCOM, and DIA. 

Until mid 1967, RD's manning remained at the same level (17 personnel) as it was prior to the reorganization. RD continued to conduct research in image analysis and microdensitometry in support of the EV 

mission, and the financial/contractual management control of the CORN Program and CORN target research. 

PD was assigned operational control of mission CORN requirements. 

• ell-906110117—MEXAGON / GAMBIT 

2-33 

BYE 15254-76 

Newellemwolilyensi614011918- 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

HEXAGON / GAMBIT 31 July 2014 .-1110P-OGGINP16• MI 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

In July 1967, the manning level of RD was increased to allow for more in-house hardware development 

work. The philosophy was that breadboard or experimental models of processing hardware ought to be 

fabricated and tested at AFSPPF before large scale contracts with industry were negotiated. Part of the 

problem of supporting contractor developed hardware was that the length of procurement cycles ran 6 to 9 

months during this period. Three experimental machine shop technician slots and an engineering draftsman 

position were established to enable the start of what eventually became known as the Feasibility Section. 

Also, three enlisted military photo technician positions were added to enable in-house test and evaluation 

of developmental systems. This resulted in a manning structure of five officers, nine enlisted personnel, 

seven civilians, and two secretaries. 

In 1966 - 1968, RD concentrated many of their efforts on improving photo production operations by 

solving equipment problems and increasing automation. Programs were started on contact printing 

research, use of laser light sources, automatic printing analyzers, and improved exposure control devices. 

A large scale effort was begun to develop high speed production, 70 millimeter and 9.5 inch machines which 

could process at speeds of 200 feet per minute. Improved quality control and more efficiency were attempted 

by means of the development of an automated processing control system utilizing an IBM 1800 Computer. 

A consulting effort was begun with the Airborne Instruments Laboratory, Deer Park, New York for the 

design, software, and installation of the 1800 Process Control System with customized peripherals. 

Developmental engineering continued during the 1968 - 1969 period as the major emphasis was placed 

on improving photographic production operations with new processors, vacuum film dryers, microwave 

dryers, and cleanroom area conditions. The chemical mixing facilities were highly automated with automatic 

batching machinery and the film shipping area was upgraded to handle more volume. The Laboratory 

Standards Contract by Data Corporation continued while a new consulting firm, Information Technology 

Corporation (renamed EIKONIX in 1971), Burlington, Massachusetts, founded by Mr. Jack Finley formerly 

of Data Corporation, was funded to continue the image analysis services he was providing to EV. 

By 1968 - 1970, under the leadership of the Commander, Colonel Ralph Swofford, AFSPPF had attained 

a major role in the RD efforts of the NRO. RD was undertaking efforts in all facets of photo reproduction, 

system performance evaluation, and equipment test and evaluation. Two community-wide image analysis 

conferences were hosted at AFSPPF. RD was fulfilling a more active role in support of the Configuration 

Control Board (CCB), where heretofore AFSPPF had acted only as an observer at its quarterly meetings. 

In 1969, NRO assigned RD to review the work of EK/BRIDGEHEAD and to provide engineering consulting 

services to the CCB on all of their proposals. In many instances from this point in time, programs for 

RD resulted from tasking developed at CCB meetings, i.e., development of an RS Material Printer by Itek, 

the Total Object Contrast (TOC) Process at Technical Operations, a study of atmospheric contrast attenuation, 

etc. As a result of this growth in activity, RD's manning was increased to 23. 

-11040-90434109 - HEXAGON / GAMBIT BYE 15254-76 

HandIP VIA Ryarpan / To-t wayiset, 

2-34 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

TOB-1601ME-w HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

In 1969, RD became involved in an investigation of selective area printing in an effort to reduce the 

volume of duplicates in the reproduction of HEXAGON requirements. A printer was fabricated by PerkinElmer Corporation to demonstrate rapid reproduction of selected areas in chip, strip, or roll form from 

one machine. Another printer development was started with Baird-Atomic, Incorporated, Bedford, 

Massachusetts, to demonstrate how a high quality step and repeat printer could be used for chips or strips. 

These programs proved to be successful but the selective area printing concept was never fully adopted for 

operational use. 

AFSPPF was also one of the first organizations involved in the study to determine the feasibility of 

color satellite photography. RD approached this subject from many directions as there was virtually no 

mass production color capability in existence. A process was devised which could develop color film at 

50 feet per minute using the available EH-75 High Speed Processor built by Houston Fearless. Higher 

quality color originals and duplicates were demonstrated using a "Silver-Color Process" which involved 

the addition of silver to the green layer of color film after development. The science of color sensitometry 

within the community was inadequate, so RD initiated a program with the MacBeth Division of Kollmorgen 

Corporation, Newburgh, New York for research in this area. As a result, a colorimeter (KCS-1S) and a 

color precision densitometer (TDA 1000) were developed for transparent roll film. Research was conducted 

by MacBeth on the control of color in a mass production environment and the techniques to measure small 

color differences. There was also very little known or practiced in color microdensitometry. Therefore, 

RD administered research into this area with Mead Technology Laboratories and EIKONIX Corporation. RD 

also contracted with Technical Operations to study and propose a color performance evaluation system. 

During this period, the CCB became acutely aware of the loss of image quality transfer in duplication due 

to the rapidly improving camera systems. Because of the proven scientific evaluation capabilities of AFSPPF, 

RD was tasked to analyze the potential of all conventional and non-conventional duplication materials. This 

program required major efforts not only by RD but the other analytical resources of AFSPPF as well. The 

results- of this conventional versus non-conventional evaluation were reported at CCB meetings and in a 

report published by AFSPPF in the latter part of 1971. The results of this six film study showed that the 

Itek RS Film had the potential for almost zero loss at 200 lines/millimeter; the Free-Radical material 

reached comparable resolution transfer only when grossly overexposed; and 3M Dry Silver had less 

potential than the standard duplication Type 2430. The latter result was important in itself because the 

NRP community was expending vast sums of money developing Dry Silver hardware systems. However, the 

final selection was based on the image analysis and photointerpretability studies performed by AFSPPF and 

NPIC which both showed a preference for the new conventional duplication material from EK, SO-192. 

Up until 1970, RD had operated a special photographic facility in the Baker Unit for the test and 

evaluation of development processing equipment. Chief Master Sergeant Takeda and three enlisted photo 

TO11-11201164I.HEXAGON / GAMBI 

2-35 

BYE 15254-76 

Controls Only 
.411110VED FOR RELEASE 

1PENP—Ane HEXAGON /GAHM/ 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

technicians were assigned and handled all photographic reproduction from selected target exposures 

to roll-to-roll duplication. These personnel also produced the photo enlargements from mission material 

required for the PET and TERO reports produced by EV. During this era, the enlisted photo personnel of 

RD regularly augmented PD's photo laboratory force to assure that all production schedules were met. 

During 1970, the Baker Unit was transferred to the Production Directorate along with three enlisted photo 

technicians where it was renamed the Select Print Laboratory. The Materials Analysis Laboratory function, 

the civilian in charge (Mr. M. Worwood), and three enlisted personnel were also transferred to PD. 

In May 1970, RD was relocated from Building P-1900 to P-1875 which had been modified extensively 

to provide sufficient room, power, and environmental control for test and evaluation of large printers, 

processors, and other developmental equipment. A picture of P-1875 can be seen in Figure 4-2, page 4-11 

of Volume II. An area was established for a machine shop, named the Feasibility Section. The best 

available machine tools and sheet metal equipment were assembled to enable in-house preparation of 

breadboards and models to support the RD engineers. This shop also provided emergency repair service 

to the Production, Evaluation, and Civil Engineering Directorates. Figure 2-15 shows personnel from the 

Feasibility Section working at the Biidgeport Milling Machine and on the drill press in support of specialized 

fabrication requirements. Several "wet" rooms were constructed to support the research in color film 

processing. A color sensitometric spray processor which enabled precise control over each step in a 

process was designed and fabricated by Mead Technology Laboratories, Dayton, Ohio. In addition, an EK 

1411 and an EK 1811 color processors were procured and integrated into one system to allow study of the 

multi staged Silver-Color Process. This combined system was called the 3211, see Figure 2-16. 

With these new facilities, RD implemented a policy which had been originally suggested by the AFSPPF 

System Analysis Team in a September 1971 report.38 The policy was to do as much advance study and testing 

in-house before embarking on a formal contract for a piece of equipment, and to do all test and evaluation 

under the direction of and by Government personnel. Support for the in-house color research and development 

efforts, such as development of a production model spray type color processor, development of the SilverColor Process, etc., was obtained by contract for the services of Dr. R. Goldberg. The first contract 

in August 1970 was with Dymat, Incorporated, and later with Richard J. Goldberg, Incorporated which was 

formed by Dr. Goldberg so that he could concentrate on specific areas of color research. 

Starting in late 1968, Mr. George Hunter of RD directed a study into the problem of pollution control 

and reduction of water consumption at AFSPPF. Considerable interest in the subject was appearing 

nationally and local newspapers were criticizing Westover AFB for polluting the Chicopee River. The 

38 Facility Systems Analysis Report, AFSPPF, 10 September 1971, Recommendations, BYE 15268-71. (TS) 

HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

2-36 

BYE 15254-76 

14eodie•ove44yeais44-Teien4-16orthele—, 

Controls Only 
FEASIBILITY SHOP ACTIVITY 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

-11143P-9seiteir-- 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

FIGURE 2-15 —TrOP-SiEOM!' 

BYE 15254-76 

rrarrarrresyerrartTvert-tterrais2- 37 Controls Only 
THE INTEGRATED 3211 COLOR PROCESSOR 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

*OP 46411SW 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

FIGURE 2-16 -T.0111-4MNE7P-'— 

BYE 15254-76 

11Mr7Trammarrii-Telerr4-14eri4e4e-- 

2-38 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

HEXAGON /GAMBI 31 July 2014 —100-GleeltE4r- T ,1111.11 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

study resulted in a recommendation to build a plant to process the water, concentrate the waste, and 

recover the silver. RD, in close coordination with the Facility Civil Engineering Directorate, conducted 

a crash program with Food Machinery Corporation, Santa Clara, California to eliminate all effluents from 

the Facility. Several research programs were also started to determine methods for disposal or regeneration 

of solid wastes removed from the effluents. This work resulted in the design by FMC of the Industrial Waste 

Treatment Plant. The plant was completed in August 1974 and marked the successful completion of one of 

the nation's first photographic pollution control efforts. 

After 1971, RD entered a period where the emphasis was placed more on applied research and development 

than on the upgrading of production hardware. A program of large volume color satellite reconnaissance 

missions was never adopted by the NRO, therefore, a hold was placed on the major color development efforts. 

The conventional/non-conventional evaluation study resulted in the selection of SO-192 as the standard 

duplication material for HEXAGON; thus reducing emphasis on Free-Radical, RS, and Dry Silver as 

candidate production systems. 

RD was tasked to investigate advanced technologies for possible applications to photography. Programs 

were conducted on charge-coupled-devices (CCD) for microdensitometry, imaging photographic printing, 

and a non-linear model of the photographic process. A method for transmission of imagery by means of 

light beams, called "Pandora's Box," was also investigated, but not implemented. A new piece of printing 

equipment, called the "BIKINI Printer," using high speed ink-jets was funded and built for AFSPPF by Mead 

Technology Laboratories. However, Headquarters USAF/IN requested it be given to Foreign Technology 

Division (FTD), Wright-Patterson AFB Ohio. This instrument arrived at FTD in 1971 and another likeinstrument was delivered to the Naval Intelligence Support Center (NISC). Both BIKINI Printers are 

presently being used in an image reconstruction program. 

RD attempted to solve production problems immediately after they occurred and were identified. 

Examples of this type of effort were investigations into new concepts of titling. The Ink-Jet Titler was built 

by the Fairchild Space Defense Systems (FSDS) in November 1971, and units installed at AFSPPF and 

Eastman Kodak for evaluation. These Titlers were not operationally acceptable due to their inconsistent 

performance. FSDS also made a study of color ink-jet printing; however, with the problems experienced 

with the black and white Ink-Jet Titler, no color hardware was fabricated. 

A major effort was expended on improving the state-of-the-art in microdensitometry. A new commercial 

microdensitometer made by Photometric Data Systems (PDS), Webster, New York was modified extensively 

and became the "workhorse" of EV during the 1970 - 1974 evaluation of the HEXAGON camera system 

performance. Figure 2-17 shows a picture of the PDS, Model 1050, and its operational components 

(a PDP-8I Minicomputer with magnetic tape and chart recorder and a teletypewriter). Research into 

-EUE-SIGGIEBT.- HEXAGON /GAMBIT BYE 15254-76 

Neneliewegloope01-140-.. 

2-39 Controls Only 
T

HE PDS, MODEL 1050 MI

CRO

DEN

SITO

M

ETER 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

-MT SECRET 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

BYE BYE 15254-76 

FIGURE 2-17 

4.60,46.oie-gyee404-Te4e1+41'er&6u-- 

2-40 - Controls Only 
IFEFP-0114111/016- HEXAGON /GAMBI 

VED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

microdensitometry resulted in the design and fabrication of a "New Generation Microdensitometer" 

embodying all the latest advances in optics and electronics. Units were installed at BRIDGEHEAD and 

NPIC and were still undergoing an operational evaluation at the time of the Facility phaseout. This system 

is unique in its use of three lasers for light sources, linear performance at high resolution, and use of 

laser interferometry for micrometer precision in platen movement. A more detailed discussion on the 

evolution of microdensitometry can be found on pages 4-4'7 thru 4-55. 

In 1971, RD was tasked by the CCB to design production hardware for Free-Radical materials, as it 

was optimistically felt that this film would be successful. Full-scale engineering models of both printers 

and processors were developed and used in evaluation of non-conventional materials. Failure of the FreeRadical material to achieve a camera speed finally caused cancellation of this program. 

Test and evaluation activities continued as a major effort for RD up until the transfer of their function 

in September 1976. Equipment such as a printer and a heat processor for Free-Radical materials and a 

processor for Dry Silver reproduction were installed and evaluated. Figure 2-18 is a picture of the Dry 

Silver Processor which was evaluated by the T&E personnel assigned to RD. Automatic roll film scanning 

densitometers such as the AIL Densitometric Control System, the ITT Dynamic Color Scanner, etc. went 

through several testing cycles after being developed on contract. Figure 2-19 presents a picture of the ITT 

Scanner undergoing T&E in October 1973. 

The in-house research efforts became concentrated on improvements in color materials and processes. 

A major program was started on developing a single layer, full color film system called Isocolor. Dr., 

R. Goldberg formed a group of as many as six local photo technicians to work in RD on this color research 

project. An off-base laboratory was rented in South Hadley, Massachusetts, to provide work space for 

some of his people who did not have a security access to the Facility. This program was still operational 

at the time of the phasedown of AFSPPF. 

Development of advanced printing concepts using lasers, the Airgate principle, and the Baird-Atomic 

idea continued for several years. In 1974, AFSPPF was able to embark on its most notable printing hardware achievement. This requirement came from th hich was experiencing much 

difficulty in resolving the problem of reassembling the system's four original negative parts into a single 

composite roll of duplicates. RD felt the best approach would be to modify the Baird-Atomic (BA) Step and 

Repeat Printer developed in 1969 - 1970. Therefore, in September 1974, RD let a contract with Baird-Atomic 

to modify the old Step and Repeat High Resolution Printer to meet th. equirements. This new 

development machine was named the Automatic Composite Step and Repeat (ACSAR) Printer. The success 

of this effort resulted in the purchase of three additional ACSAR Printers to be used in the baseline compositing of a roduction. More information on the BA Step and Repeat Printers can be found on 

BYE 15254-76 

HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

1111161rvornserritrrrO4eleut-Seyhele. 

2-41 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

-70110-geeitEll—• 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

DRY SILVER PROCESSOR 

FIGURE 2-18 4101514iEGibirsiiiBYE 15254-76 

Uudlal,iiaZitemaa,ZJakia4.-1444e3e—.—, 

2-42 Controls Only 
ITT D

YN

A

MIC COL

OR SC

AN

N

ER 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

arerircurr— 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

FIGURE 2-19 .4.011..soester-- 

2-43 

BYE 15254-76 

Controls 

— 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

"r010•1111011GIP.■ HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

pages 4-39 thru 4-42. 

The RD organizational structure was divided into the following sections: the Research Division which 

planned and conducted research into specialized photographic processing, evaluation techniques, and 

equipment to advance the accomplishment of the mission; the Development Engineering Division which 

initiated, monitored, coordinated, and documented the engineering efforts contracted with industry; and 

the Test and Evaluation (T&E) Division which performed the T&E of research and development materials 

and equipment developed in-house and on contract. 

The following support areas within the organizational structure of RD provided 'valuable contributions 

to AFSPPF's operational mission: 

A. The Feasibility Section 

In July 1967, the Feasibility Section was established in the RD Directorate to enable more 

in-house developmental efforts. A model shop was equipped and staffed to prepare breadboards of photographic processing hardware prior to seeking formal contracts. In the late 1960s, this shop assisted in 

the production of several successful developments, i.e., a high speed automatic splicer which operated 

at the tandem speed of a processor capable of performing at 200 feet per minute. This made the EH-67 

(70 millimeter) and the EH-75 (9.5 inch) Processors feasible for mission support operations for, in the 

past, operators could not splice at those high speeds. The Feasibility shop developed high speed "takeoffs" 

for the processors to eliminate the need for the operators to cut and switch film "takeoffs." Another 

development was a successful lid popper to enable the rapid removal of lids from plastic film cans which 

had become a "roadblock" in PD's mass production cycle. The lid popper was made in three sizes to handle 

film formats from the CORONA (70mm), HEXAGON (6.6 inches) and GAMBIT (9.5 inches) Programs. This 

development was so successful that units were fabricated for BRIDGEHEAD, NPIC, and DIA. Another major 

effort was the fabrication of the AFSPPF named Model 3211 Color Processor. This processor was used for 

in-house research into the Silver-Color Process. This was essentially a mating of the EK Model 1411 and 

EK Model 1811 Color Processor with the addition of peripheral equipment (frame, rollers, fast exposure 

system, etc.) to handle the multi-step Silver-Color Process. After the announcement of the Facility 

phaseout, the Feasibility Section became more involved in parts fabrication and machinery modification 

versus total hardware development. The men assigned to this shop were Mr. R. Meunier, an experimental 

sheet metal worker; Mr. E. Cwieka and Mr. E. Molloy, who were machinists; and Mr. R. Lucas, an RD 

laboratory technician. The Section was operated and directed by Mr. G. Hunter, Chief of Research. 

B. The Test and Evaluation (T&E) Section 

The T&E Section was formed to provide an in-house capability for evaluating developmental 

hardware after Government acceptance. In the past, the Air Force employed contractors to run such tests. 

This method of operation proved expensive, slow, and frequently non-conclusive. In late 1971, as a result 

BYE 15254-76 

-TEUI—AGGRGIE-rHEXAGON /GAMBIT 

Ialearillswiaaatemem.1—Tepies,4—KeySeie 

Controls Only 2-44 
APOP-IiGGSBO+ HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

VED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

of a proposal by the Facility's System Analysis Team, the decision was made by SAFSS and SAF/SP-1 to 

allow the Facility engineers to direct the T&E on their assigned projects. The T&E technicians had the 

responsibility of determining and assuring that the power, water, space, and environmental support were 

readied prior to the arrival of the hardware. In addition, they would assist in designing the T&E plans and 

procuring the test materials (films, precision targets, special instrumentation, etc. ). The people assigned 

were, in most cases, senior NCOs with experience and expertise in the state-of-the-art of the photographic 

processing equipment and procedures used at AFSPPF. Their backgrounds varied, but most of the personnel 

also had a working knowledge of photointerpretation, system performance analysis, electronics, and/or 

computers. These talents were critical as many of the systems going through T&E involved control systems 

or automatic data reduction. 

The T&E Section could handle any size piece of equipment from small densitometers to a 40 foot folded 

high speed processor. When large equipment, such as the Cayuga printer, was delivered it had to be installed 

in its permanent operating position in the mission production laboratory. The T&E people would then perform 

acceptance and evaluation tests on the equipment after permanent installation. 

The capabilities of this Section were greatly complemented by the Photo Laboratory, the Standards 

Laboratory, the Photo Maintenance Branch and the other support service areas of AFSPPF. 

The major pieces of equipment which went through T&E at AFSPPF were the: FSDS Free-Radical Heat 

Processor, PE Free-Radical Printer, 3M High Capacity Dry Silver Processors, ITT Dynamic Color 

Scanner, AIL Semi-Automatic Densitometric Control System, BA Step and Repeat Printer, HF Micro-Wave 

Dryer, AIL Airgate Printer, and the EK High Intensity Precision Sensitometer. 

An important requirement of the RD Directorate was the coordination, preparation, and publication 

of the Five Year Plan. This plan was broken down into the following six sections: Mission Statement, 

Assumptions, Objectives, Areas of Concentration, Manning, Plant Modifications and Expansion. The 

contents of this report were derived through a meeting of the Facility Proposal Review Board (PRB). The 

PRB was comprised of all Directors, key staff members, and was chaired by the Vice Commander. In 

this meeting each Director would submit a proposal to include the justification and estimated cost of all 

support programs his directorate required during the next five year fiscal period. Upon completion of a 

review of all requirements, each program was discussed and rated. The PRB would then arrange these 

projects in priority order by specific year. The draft of this plan was then submitted to.the Facility 

Commander for his approval. Once approval was gained, the report was published and sent to SAFSS, 

SAF and SAF The last Five Year Plan39was produced in April 1971. 

34 AFSPPF Report, 30 April 1971, Five Year Plan (1971 - 1975), TCS 354010-71. (TS) 

BYE 15254-76 

ABOG6.416GBEXAGON /GAMBIT 

2-45 

llacalra.ligigolandad-TaigaWIGOQ10— 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

4111,0P-Seellrelr: HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

Another vital yearly administrative task was the production of a detailed justification for the next fiscal 

year's financial program. This report was divided into the three funding categories and an estimate of the 

costs for film and chemical supplies. This data was determined by the same procedure as that used to 

prepare the Five Year Plan. The format of each category listed the RD line number, title, estimated 

cost, and textually summarized the problem and proposed solution of each program. Each fiscal year 

Financial Program Report was produced in two versions: one was system classified and the other prepared as a SECRET document. This was done for wider dissemination of the work being performed and 

controlled by the RD Directorate at AFSPPF. The last report in this series40 was produced for FY 75. 

When the decision was made in October 1973 to phase out AFSPPF, the future of the Research and 

Development function was not settled. The programs under way at the time continued while the future of 

the Air Force involvement in the ground handling of satellite photography was reviewed and discussed. The 

RD Director at that time, Lt Colonel Butt, convincingly briefed higher headquarters and the CCB that an 

Air Force research and development group had a vital role to play in the development of processing equipment, photographic materials research, support of th e support to the CCB, and continued 

scientific assistance to the NR0's evaluation mission at NPIC. The decision was made by SAFSS to 

continue the RD effort at the same level until mid 1976 when the function and four military engineering 

officers would be transferred to CIA/Image Technology Division (ITD) in the Washington, DC area. 

Program plans were made to continue all major study efforts in areas such as electrostatic laser recording 

materials, amorphous duplication materials, Isocolor, and microdensitometry. The ITD was tasked to 

combine all exploitation and production/processing research and development in support of NRO programs, 

other than that being performed at BRIDGEHEAD. The test and evaluation of developed equipment, i.e. , 

AIL Semi-Automatic Densitometric Control Systems, EK High Intensity Precision Sensitometer (HIPS), 

AIL Airgate Printer, PE Free-Radical Printer, etc. would be continued by the new group using laboratory 

areas established for that purpose at th 

These plans were implemented and by September 1976 all personnel and records and most of the 

equipment were in place at the new operating location. 

The successful evolution of RD at AFSPPF can be attributed to its dedicated engineers, scientists, 

and photo technicians. Some of the personnel who provided major contributions and program continuity 

include the following directors: Lt Colonel Leroy Williams (1961 - 1966), the "Architect of RD"; the 

organizational and managerial abilities of Major Francis Bernier (1966 - 1969); and the determination of 

40AFSPPF Report, 31 March 1974, AFSPPF FY 75 Financial Program. (5) 

BYE 15254-76 

hlemeNer 

41143P-9HONEAT - HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

2-46 Controls Onlyrg 
VED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

./per-/OBOIRE/Y-0 HEXAGON / G 

ontributors were: Chief Master Sergeant V. 

Leroy Miller in color equipment and proof non-conventional materials; Lt John Hilten 

ing the IBM 1620/1710; Captain Barry Britton 

stem; Major Jay Johnson for his dynamic 

ensitometer; Captain Michael Riley as the 

illiams and Joseph Brassard, procurement 

George Hunter, the most productive civilian 

socolor, Silver-Color, etc.) and hardware 

75, Pollution Control, Incineration, Chemical 

Lt Colonel George Hansen (1971 1974). Other outstanding 

Altenhein as Chief of the T&E Section; Chief Master Sergean 

cessing research; Staff Sergeant Allen Scott in the evaluation 

who developed the first computer system analysis program u 

for work in image analysis and the Advanced Microcamera S 

perseverance in the development of the New Generation Mic 

project engineer of the CORN Program; Sergeants Benjamin 

technicians who monitored and prepared the funding; and Mr. 

engineer ever assigned to RD, who worked both in research 

and system development (3211 Color Processor, EH-67, EH 

Mix System, etc.). 

THE CIVIL ENGINEERING DIRECTORATE (DE) 

Building P-1900 was designed and constructed in the mi 

facility. AFSPPL was activated on 15 December 1960 and :1 

8RTS, until 1963 when the expanding mission necessitated 

building, originally 54, 000 square feet, was expanded to 106 

of construction projects costing over...to provide 

photo processing plant in the DoD. These changes were req 

processor capability, high level security, computer sophisti 

As a tenant unit, the Facility received maintenance and 

Squadron on a "priority" service call basis during the period 

rendered based on the high level interest/coordination betwe 

this organization to meet its vital mission. There was no fo 

within this organization at that time. The photo processing 

AFB storm sewer system which flowed directly into the CM 

abatement program. A small Electrolytic Silver Recovery 

spent hypo solution. The building air conditioning and other 

Chrysler Refrigeration units totaling 200 tons. 

e 1950s as a reconnaissance technical 

red P-1900 with its original tenant, the 

t AFSPPL utilize the entire building. The 

960 square feet and modified through a series 

e best and most current state-of-the-art 

red to meet the demands of increased 

ation, and other advancing technologies. 

tility support from the 814th Civil Engineering 

from 1960-1963. "Priority" treatment was 

the OSAF and SAC in establishing/developing 

mally assigned civil engineering capability 

fluents were introduced into the Westover 

pee River. There was no formal pollution 

stem was in use to reclaim silver from the 

nvironmental control were provided by two 

The first Military Construction Project (MCP) was awa 

in 1962. This project was called "Modification to P-1900" 

this project was concerned with providing an environmental 

scheduled for the Facility. Three refrigeration machines to 

equipment, a plenum area above much of the existing Facilit 

ed to the Franchi Construction Company, Inc. 

d was valued at dollars. Specifically, 

ntrol capability for the new processors 

ling 660 tons, cooling towers, air handling 

an electronic control/monitoring system to 

HEXAGON /G MBIT 

2-47 

BYE 15254-76 

Fieseliewoom-liogosss.,40ent-140.e1e-- 

Controls Only 

MERIT 
10011-46611646& HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

VED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

hold temperatures with + 1/4 degree, and a 750 KVA electrical substation were built/installed. Capability 

to control humidity within 5% of a set point and systems to provide heating and cooling needed for the 

processors throughout the year made it necessary to include boilers because the central base system at 

Westover was shut down during the summer. Other systems included in this project were: a wet-dry 

central vacuum, oil free compressed air, and instrument compressed air. The total area added to the 

building under this contract was 2,600 square feet in addition to the second story plenum area of 27,350 

square feet. Figures 2-20 thru 2-22 present pictures showing the immense scope of work involved in this 

project. 

Soon after the completion of the "Modification to P-1900" Project, it was realized that this control 

system could not be properly operated and maintained by transitory personnel. Therefore in late 1963, 

the Base Civil Engineers permanently assigned a 15-man air conditioning and refrigeration section to 

provide a three-shift, 24-hours per day, 7-days per week operation and maintenance capability in support of 

this organization. This work force was also supplemented by the Base Refrigeration Shop. During the first 

few years of operation, the system worked well because of its design and the quality of equipment; but, by 

1966, lack of dedicated and specialized maintenance caused degradation to the capability of the existing control 

system. Additional equipment, including another 274 ton refrigeration machine and a 300 ton cooling tower, 

was added under another MCP named "Augmentation to the Modification of P-1900" in 1963. By late 1968, 

the increase in equipment, coupled with SAC going to an austere "breakdown maintenance" system, made 

the maintenance program untenable. Therefore, a manpower package41 was formulated in January 1969 

to establish an in-house civil engineering capability to support the existing plant and the programmed 

power production and water plants. 

The original Electrolytic Silver Recovery System became saturated by the speed of the processors. 

Attempts at recovering silver were abandoned during the summer of 1964 when the Facility was being 

configured for the Trenton and Dalton processors. In late 1966, an ion exchange system of steel wool was 

installed. During this period, pressure was exerted at all levels of the Government to establish environmental control and in particular to stop the pollution of waterways. The problem of treating photo wastes 

to prevent contamination was extremely complex. Several contractors were involved in the research along 

with AFAL, Wright-Patterson AFB Ohio. In 1968, a classified materials destruction system was contracted 

through Fairchild Hiller. A mulcher-incinerator system was installed in 1968 and accepted in December 

1969 for a contract cost of.. Silver was recovered as a process by-product from the ash produced 

by this system. 

41 Manpower Package, AFSPPF, Jan 1969, Justification for Increased Manpower Requirements (Appendix, 

Item 22). (U) 

BYE 15254-76 

-6041-11480.13.-wilEXAGON /GAMBIT 

2-48 

Hamileaabgysakeel-Takot-Aepiwals■ 

• Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

rn r. 

44 

z C=1 

1.1 

E-4 

12+ 

0 

z

0 

L) 

E-I 

r2 

0 

0 

1-1 

BYE 15254-76 

FIGURE 2-20 

kiaa4kiwaapaYeaw4-Tele00-44vel 

2-49 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

-X4313-66641-ERP-- 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I CO

NSTRUCTION OFMECHANICAL ROOM WHICH HOUSES P-1900 REFRI

G

E

RATIONUNITS 

FIGURE 2-21 -Tev-seester-- BYE 15254-76 

2-50 Controls Controls Only- 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

W 

a, 

2 

a, 

A. 

z 0 

E-4 

z 0 0 

W 

4.1 

E-1 

[x1 

E-1 

0 

6 

6 0 

(October 1962) 

FIGURE 242 —TOS-6641169-- 

BYE 15254-76 

2-51 Controls Only Only 
31GA.SIBBREVrIlEXAGON /GAMBIT 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

A history of periodic power failures/fluctuations occurred during the early and mid 1960s. As the 

production requirements increased the need for consistent stable power became critical. In 1967, an MCP. 

Project was programmed for FY 1968 to provide three 1000 KW generators and associated switch gear to 

give the Facility its own dedicated power source capability. The work on this Emergency Power Plant 

started in June 1969 and was accepted in January 1972 at the cost of 12 Figure 2-23 is a view of 

the construction of forms and the erecting of steel reinforcement for the foundation. Figure 2-24 shows the 

outside of the completed plant, while Figure 2-25 presents a picture of the power equipment. 

Because of the unreliability of the base water system, especially in 1967 and early 1968, AFSPPF 

decided to sink several deep water wells with the idea of severing dependency on the base system. The 

Facility contracted with R. E. Chapman of Oakdale, MA to drill five wells during the summer of 1968. 

After the quality of water from these wells was determined and an engineering economy analysis made, it 

was decided to abandon this project in favor of constructing a storage tank and booster pump station. 

There were several other major construction projects during the mid to late 1960s. The first was the 

"Augmentation to the Modification of Building P-1900" which was completed in August 1964 at a cost of 

approximate' he items included in this project were: (1) a new 3,840 square foot Chemical 

Mix area; (2) rehabilitation of the old Chemical Mix area to provide rooms for three new Dalton Processors; 

(3) a Pneumatic Tube Carrier System connecting the Dalton Processor area with the Quality Control/Chemical 

Analysis Laboratory/Chemical Mix areas; and (4) four new air handling systems (AC-6 thru AC-9). In 

1966, the south corner of Building P-1900 was modified to create a vaulted area to house the Data 

Division's 360 Computer System. This project included special wiring, air conditioning, and structural 

changes which cost Also in 1966, the project, "Phase III modifications to P-1900," was started. 

This included the installation of the Ion Exchange Silver Recovery System, and a series of interior modifications throughout the building to upgrade the Photo Laboratory area and to provide additional vaulted work 

areas. Phase HI was a 1967 MCP item completed in December 1967 at a cost of In 1968, a small 

project was completed to raise the floor in the Production Directorate's control room to accommodate the 

1130 Computer. After completion of the Phase III modifications, a contract was let to install the mulcherincinerator Classified Waste Destruction System. Although this project had problems, particularly the 

development/design of the mulcher, the installation preparation and accomplishment of the final system 

were sound and exact. A P-341 Emergency Construction Project (ECP) was started in 1968 at the contract 

quote of to provide a communications facility and an environmentally controlled film storage area. 

This expansion to Building P-1900 resulted in an additional 7,700 square feet of space. Figure 2-26 shows 

construction of the steel framework and roofing of the communications/film Storage addition. Figure 2-27 is a 

42 DD Form 1354, Dept of Army Engineers, 18 Jan 72, Acceptance of EEP Addition. (U) 

—arev-preserr- HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

2-52 

BYE 15254-76 

Hanrlia via Rypirn,vs Taiani -Kayhnla 

Controls Only 
OMIN.11/11M 

1,Z1.7i.■=; 

*Amp , 

41116.- ,, 2,1 MP* ar•dz, • • vim . ■•• •■• • r _ 

■■ • 

#11111 Mi. INN 'MN 

issilr—C111111 IMMIL 

1011111W_ aria • s • -arzialillY 4 .111,1=1111 fiL 4140' Verdi MIMS s 

121111ra 1111111M1 sirAt" -44 4111111111t 

It 

ill1111111MAIR 

laikiLIBILItin , 

1111111111111111 

fisv-.11alr _ AlIONIAMP 

Ai,. I OPP-'1"".r.,. 

AMAIN 

N. IOW 2 

NIL unialtarir _ 

/1"rt 2.fr .ameowid. Atv. 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

-TOP-SiEerri"-- 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

IL •W I• Ma•0 • IP V Er , ,1,111 &I 

"Ks. -Am n t ‘,61.., 

1,f, 

z . 

\ 1111W-N4 BIN /Mr. ■,1, Viz, 

• . ii. ill AIM IRV pi .Q.,- 

....1 \ 1 r 11 INATACX1 da 

A. I $ sir il am aammal \ MIMI, 

....p...__ — - " AiVA IIIIIIIRW.JE 4 I MY,' 1 

--• ——it 1C-tit/11 111 111111111191INNISIr AA 

il ---Viseleil Miiirtir A 

-.-1 —14-111111110 wommawr As 

1 —__NIII' 1111Wilitilly..4111 

_ '-i —'111 aft 1101W111111 

71 ___A4.11111 t IV \, 'if 

FIGURE 2-23 "TOP-SECRET-- BYE 15254-76 

1-tarrtirwr 

2-53 Controls Only 

CONSTRUCTION OF FOUN

DATION FOR EMERGE

NCY POWER PLANT 

(September 1969) 

ommir. 

MENLO 
FIGURE 2-24 COMPLE

T

ED EMERGENCYPOWER PLANT ADDITION TO P- 1900 

2-54 

BYE 15254-76 

Controls Only Only 

11111 1111111111 

11111 1111111111 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

aar-seerrrAFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

7.419—SECREZ 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

EMERGENCY POWER PLANT EQUIPMENT 

FIGURE 2-25 TOP SECRET BYE 15254-76 - 

Dycl■ laii/ ,1 y I .vic. 

2-55 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

"TillTrStrierrAFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I CONSTRUCTIONOFFOUNDATION FOR COMM

UNICATIONS/FILM E

NVIRONMENTAL FACILITY 

(Februa ry 1969) 

FIGURE 2-26 

-11L041-4/Eeiteil-- 

2-56 

BYE 15254-76 

4400414e&44■66#146444443 0aja4014.■ 

antrO:S gn!y 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

--TO1P-Itzeiter=liEXAGON /GAMBIT 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

picture of the completed addition with the exception of the transshipment door. Specifically, this project 

provided 1,300 square feet for a new secure vaulted communications area and 6,400 square feet of 

environmentally controlled space for the handling/storage of film. Due to cost considerations and the 

fact that the existing chilled water system was nearing capacity, the air conditioning installed for these 

new areas was a series of three roof mounted, direct expansion, independent package units rather than an 

extension of the existing system. 

It was in January 1970 that the Directorate of Civil Engineering was formally established. Up until this 

time the planning, programming, maintenance, and operations functions in support of this Facility had been 

1111111.11 

handled by the Westover AFB civil engineers in close coordination with AFSPPF managers who performed 

this job on an additional duty basis. Two men who served in that capacity were and Major 

W. McCabe who were both officially assigned to RD. Based on the inadequacies of the existing support/ 

maintenance arrangement, the Command Section drew up a manpower package to propose the formulation of a 

Civil Engineering Directorate. This complicated package involving host-tenant agreements, additional 

manning, and the transfer of slots was indorsed by General R. A. Berg, Director of SAFSS, on 6 January 

196943 and forwarded to Air Force Office of Manpower and Organization (AFOMO) where it received final 

approval. Major W. Clark was the first official civil engineering officer assigned. During his tour from 

January 1969 to August 1973, he supervised the growth of this Directorate from 1 officer and 1 senior NCO 

to 1 officer, 1 senior NCO, and a draftsman in the Directorate office staff, and 17 Refrigeration, 13 Power 

Production, and 5 Water and Waste spaces. In 1972, the Utilities Section consisting of 8 slots was transferred from the Maintenance Division of the Logistics Directorate to Civil Engineering bringing the total 

authorized manning to 46. The organization of this new directorate was divided into the office staff and 

the following functional elements: 

A. Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Division 

This element was responsible for installing, operating, modifying, and maintaining all 

refrigeration and air conditioning, dehumidifying, and atmospheric control equipment, machinery, and 

related systems. 

B. Electrical Power Production Division 

This element was responsible for installing, operating, and maintaining all generators and 

support power equipment under the jurisdiction of AFSPPF. 

C. Water and Waste Division 

This element was responsible for installing, operating, modifying, and maintaining all 

equipment which supplies, processes, and discharges water/waste at AFSPPF. 

43 Memo to AFOMO, SAFSS, 6 Jan 69, AFSPPF Civil Engineering Manpower Increase. (FOUO) 

Ter-*MENWW.411ExAGON/GANMMT BYE 15254-76 

2-58 Controls Controls Only 
-T018-Tregtel`mintlEXAGON /GAMBIT 

VED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

AFSPPF's emphasis on water pollution abatement, spurred on by the Water Quality Act of 1965, 

continued to research ways to stop the pollution of local streams. The FY 71 MCP item, Industrial Waste 

Treatment Facility, valued at1.11.11 was started in July 1972 and completed in August 1974.

44 It 

was designed to recycle all water used in photo processing and separate the chemical waste. This plant 

was a pilot operation which had great potential to explore various process treatments. In order to allow 

for recycling of used hypo and to provide for more complete silver recovery, the Ion Exchange Silver 

Recovery System was replaced with an Advanced Electrolytic System capable of recovering 98% of the 

silver from the used hypo. This new electrolytic system was completed in 1972. The addition of this 

plant enabled all effluents from the building to be treated either by the waste treatment plant or the base 

sanitary system, thus terminating the long term pollution caused by this Facility to the Chicopee River. 

Figure 2-28 shows the Industrial Waste Treatment Plant under construction; Figure 2-29 an outside view 

of the completed plant; and Figure 2-30 the treatment processing equipment. 

In April 1973, the requirement for more secure working space due to the deep involvement of all 

phases of production and evaluation of the HEXAGON Program led to the design of more vaulted areas in 

the Facility. Also, in June 1973 with the added mission responsibilities, the Commander/SAO requested 

that the security alarm system be upgraded. These projects were both cancelled in June 1973 upon 

announcement of the phasedown of the Facility. 

The Utilities Division was transferred to the Directorate of Civil Engineering in 1972. The military 

plumbers, carpenters, electricians, and civilian maintenance mechanics provided greater resources and 

flexibility to respond to minor modification and equipment installations. Thus with this addition the Directorate controlled the total civil engineering's operation and maintenance capability within AFSPPF. Administrative support was provided by the Facility's administrative office and by the clerk-typists assigned 

to the Production Directorate. 

An elaborate system of sprinkler and fire detection systems was installed as part of the safety modification and rehabilitation project completed in April 1972.45 

In terms of a self sufficient utility capability, the 3,000 KW Emergency Power Generation Plant 

became operational in January 1972. This plant provided a stable emergency source capable of supplying 

full operational power to the entire Facility. To alleviate the pressure problems from the base water 

system, a 2, 000, 000 gallon water storage tank and booster pump station were constructed at a cost of 

44 DD Form 1354, Dept of Army Engineers, 14 Aug 74, Acceptance of Industrial Waste Treatment 

Facility. (U) 

45 DD Form 1354, Dept of Army Engineers, 13 Apr 72, Acceptance of Sprinkler and Fire Detection 

Systems. (U) 

BYE 15254-76 

—900P-81601-111EXAGON /GAMBIT 

2-59 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

TO-Saerri 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

z 0 

U 

E-1 

0 

U 

tz) 

6 

z 

c; 

fa4 cn '-4 

tzl 

;1.1 

tx 

Lx1 

ca 

FIGURE 2-28 199111-steiter2-60 

BYE 15254-76 

-14a041e-ose-Byemesi-Tele04-14eyireie-- 

Controls Only 
I 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

Velx-raBeitElP. 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

tOrmeMe-tItrgyeniesi—Teleftt—Kel4eie--. 

Controls Only 

FIGURE 2-29 

2-61 

BYE 15254-76 
INDUSTRIAL WASTE TREATME

NT PLANT EQUIPMENT 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

FIGURE 2-30 —Sail-SEeltSf BYE 15254-76 

via Qyernan fit • ey i0 te 

2-62 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

-0410-010e11CrvilEXAGON /GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

They were accepted in June 1973.46 Figure 2-31 shows a picture of this Water Storage and 

Pumping Facility. 

Other construction projects during the 1970s included the modifications and rehabilitation of the photo 

laboratory areas and the installation of fire protection systems throughout the building which totaled 

approximately Building P-18'75, which is directly adjacent to the back of P-1900, was acquired 

to house the expanded research and development function in 1970. Approximately was spent to 

modify the building and to install a new fire alarm system. An addition to P-1900 was constructed for the 

Feasibility Section and accepted in May 1974.47 Feasibility was assigned to RD and consisted of mechanics 

tasked with testing, evaluating, and modifying equipment, This project, plus the initial collection tanks for 

the Industrial Waste Treatment Plant, was completed in March 1974 at a cost of 

The Directorate of Civil Engineering met, and in many cases surpassed, its mission of providing 

support to the photo production, research and development, imagery analysis, data processing, report 

reproduction, and logistic functions of AFSPPF. The area responsibilities grew from the original 54,000 

square feet in P-1900 to the following in 1976: 

Building Identifier Function Size (square feet) 

P-1900 Operations 106,960 

P-1875 RD 10, 245 

P-3101 Pump Station 806 

P-3102 Industrial Waste Treatment 5, 800 

T-2404 Warehouse 9, 600 

P- 3100 Water Storage (2, 000, 000 Gallon Water Tank) 

NOTE: In 1972, this organization also had two additional storage warehouses (Buildings 7502 and 7504), 

each consisting of 30,400 square feet. 

The sophistication of DE's tasks covered a spectrum from operating and maintaining 21, 504 square feet of 

Class 100 Category Cleanroom area requiring exact temperature, relative humidity, and static pressure 

control to a centralized control room which had the capability to monitor equipment status and the 

environmental conditions within each room/laboratory of the Cleanroom area. Figure 2-32 shows the 

control panel which monitored these lab areas. An idea of the scope of responsibility in the refrigeration area alone is provided by the equipment which included 2, 025 pieces of air moving systems (air 

showers, fans, filters, etc.), 7,865 indicating and control panels (controllers, valves, electrical wiring, 

46 DD Form 1354, Dept of Army Engineers, 25 Jun 73, Acceptance of Water Tank and Pumping 

Station. (U) 

47 DD Form 1354, Dept of Army Engineers, 22 May 74, Acceptance of Addition and Alterations to 

Building P-1900, SPPF (Appendix, Item 23). (U) 

ang-STIMIL'Ir- HEXAGON /GAMBI'11.11 

2-63 

BYE 15254-76 

Controls Only On
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

ireP4eestieir-- 

AFSPPF 1-IISTORY 

Volume I 

z 

9, 

u 

P4 

caZ 4 0'3 

ra) N g 

ria 

A 

W 

0 

BYE 15254-76 

-14}11"6664 *40040r4*440"41$4146"144"444e--- Controls ONY 

2-64 FIGURE 2-31 
NRO APPROVED.FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

—114,P4felerf-- 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

T74 

O 

t1 

O 2z 

9, 

4.1 

z

Q 

z

2 H 

5 

a 

x 

8 

0 

0 U 

rra 

FIGURE 2-32 -Ter-treiter2-65 

BYE 15254-76 

44enelievierByefreni--Tege00-14ey49e 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

—T.051-10ReErr: HEXAGON / GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

indicators, etc.), 13 water systems, 10 refrigeration units (approximately 1,000 tons), and 20 miles of 

pipe varying from 1/8 inch to 12 inches in diameter. 

One thing that has remained abundantly clear throughout the existence of this service-oriented Directorate 

is that it could not have successfully accomplished its mission without the extreme dedication, technical 

expertise, and ingenuity of those military and civilian personnel assigned. Men like Sergeant R. Buckelew 

who spent 11 years at this organization, the first tour in structuring the Refrigeration Section and the second 

(1971-1976) as the Directorate NCOIC and the man most responsible for making the Industrial Waste 

Treatment plant operational; Sergeant R. Travers (1962-1969, 1970-1975) who was instrumental in the 

design, development, and utility construction of much of P-1900; Sergeant J. Anderson who established 

the operating procedures for the Emergency Power Plant; Sergeant B. McCord who took over the Refrigeration Division in the peak years from 1969-1973 and developed a complete in-house maintenance capability 

and the manning for that Division; the two foremen who both have been part of the organization from 1965, 

Mr. B. White (Maintenance) and Mr. G. Wilcox (Operations); and the guidance, management, and planning 

of Lt Col R. McLaughlin who, as the last DE Director and the last Facility Commander, provided vital 

assistance in the relocation of the Production, Research & Development, and Evaluation functions, and was 

the man responsible for managing the physical closure of AFSPPF. 

The collection of precision equipment, physical facilities, quality control/monitoring techniques, 

maintenance practices, and technically talented and dedicated personnel will never again be equal to that 

assembled under the Directorate of Civil Engineering. It is unfortunate that this carefully maintained and 

sophisticated equipment will remain as real property to Buildings P-1900 and P-1875 and be turned over 

to Westover AFB as excess to Air Force needs at the phaseout of this Facility. The only exceptions were 

the Silver Recovery System which was relocated with PD at Offutt AFB, and 21 various sized chemical 

mixing tanks which were transferred to the NER. 

THE LOGISTICS DIRECTORATE (LG) 

A firm requirement existed for a logistics section to support the development of the newly established 

Air Force Satellite Photographic Processing Laboratory (AFSPPL) upon its activation on 15 December 1960. 

In January 1961, the Commander, Colonel H. Ohlmeyer, assigned two Supply and three Maintenance Technicians to provide this support. The name of this unit was the Division of Material. In mid 1965, this 

Division was upgraded to the Directorate of Material, and in August 1971, was renamed the Directorate of 

Logistics. 

During 1961, the supply account consisted of approximately 300 line items. The Supply Branch stored 

the supplies in two buildings with a total floor space of 4,300 square feet. One of these warehouse buildings 

(T-1831) was shared with the 8RTS. This supply account used two methods for procuring materials. All 

-,ILOP—GOOTWOM-- HEXAGON /GAMUT 

2-66 

BYE 15254-76 

flimaillamia.Bowom.4.4W14.44eyhder 

Controls Only 
—refl-SOGBEN-w-MXAGON /GAMBIT 

VED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

"Federally Stock-Numbered" items were requisitioned from the Sacramento Air Material Area (SAMA). 

All other items were purchased through the Westover AFB Procurement Office. Items purchased through 

Base procurement included films and chemistry purchased from Eastman Kodak. In the 1962 - 1963 

period, AFSPPL received permission to brief a purchasing agent supervisor at Westover AFB. The rationale 

was to have someone with the basic knowledge of the importance of the Facility's procurement requirements 

and also one who could, if necessary, expedite purchase requests. 

During 1961, the three Maintenance Technicians shared shop space in Building P-1900 with 8RTS 

Maintenance personnel. A close personal relationship developed within this group, and it was not unusual. 

for them to lend assistance on one another's projects. 

The Division of Material was augmented by two civilians (Mr. Amen and Mr. Schick) in early 1962. 

The operational requirements remained relatively stable. However, some supply difficulties were 

encountered with both SAMA and Base procurement. The difficulties with SAMA were not because of a 

lack of cooperation but because of the geographic separation involved. The problem with Base procurement 

centered around the amount of time required to process a purchase request. As a result of these difficulties, 

the following steps were taken to improve the Base Supply support: 

A. An Imprest Fund of $500 was established to allow procurement of routine requirements up to 

$150 and emergency requirements up to $250 directly from the vendor. 

B. A classified miscellaneous supply account (non-reporting) was assigned by the direction of 

SAFSP.48 

C. A DoD Urgency Category of BRICK-BAT, an Industrial Priority of DX-01, and a USAF FAD-1 

were authorized by SAF49 for use by this Facility. The BRICK-BAT Urgency Category means Presidential 

approval; the DX-01 Priority can be defined as receiving the first "copy" of the requested item which comes 

off the assembly/manufacturing line of the contracted vendor, regardless of whom it was scheduled for; and 

the USAF FAD-1 (Force Activity Designator) allowed this organization the highest DoD requisition priority. 

D. The SAMA personnel on-loan to this organization were replaced with permanent party military 

and civilian personnel. 

In July 1963, the authorized manning for the Division of Material was increased by two personnel, a 

Budget Technician and an Administrative Clerk. This increased the total to 32 personnel. The organizational 

structure and alignment were as follows: the Chief and his Staff (a Clerk and a Budget Technician); the 

Supply Branch (9 military and 1 civilian); and the Maintenance Branch which consisted of a Photo Section 

48 SAFSP Letter, 10 June 1963, AFK Account Number K0997. (C) 

49 SAF Message, 6 March 1968, reconfirming request of 17 May 1965 for: "Support for the AFSPPF." (C) 

BYE 15254-76 

4941-SECIECI...HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

4nierielie.voer*ermere,14eier4-14eyheyie 

2-67 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

aiN4-11,001MEIrmHEXAGON/GAMMUT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

(10 military photo maintenance personnel), an Electronics Section (6 military electronics technicians), 

and a Utilities Shop (1 military carpenter, 1 electrician, and 1 plumber). So as of that date, the Materials 

Division had evolved from a fragmented group, staffed by individuals on loan or TDY from other military 

units, to a well organized support section comprised of permanently assigned specialists. The primary 

reason for this personnel buildup was to support the newly assigned Facility mission of producing duplicates 

of imagery taken from the CORONA satellite reconnaissance system. 

During this period (December 1961 - July 1963), the supply account grew from 300 to over 700 line 

items. This growth surfaced a problem that was never satisfactorily resolved. The problem was the 

availability of adequate warehouse space. The total warehouse area expanded from 4,300 square feet in 

1961 to approximately 20,000 square feet in mid 1963. This storage space included: two Bomb Storage 

Igloos (3, 750 square feet each), two Butler Buildings (1,650 square feet each), six refrigerated vans (320 

square feet each), and Building 1831 (7,500 square feet). 

With mission expansion came the parallel requirement to increase the supply of film and chemicals. 

The main facilities used for this bulk storage of film and chemicals were two concrete bunkers located in a 

bomb storage area approximately three miles from AFSPPF. Additionally, the Facility required refrigerated 

storage for their more sensitive mission materials. This was accomplished by using six environmentally 

controlled vans which were located in a parking lot approximately two blocks from the Facility. This 

forward supply point precluded the logistics personnel from having to drive six miles round trip every 

time they had to issue film. 

The maintenance work load also increased significantly. The 8RTS equipment was removed and, in 

many cases, was replaced by prototypePone-of-a-kind" pieces of equipment. This caused many maintenance 

problems, primarily because of the lack of knowledge/experience in the new mechanical and electronic 

systems. As a result of this increased work load, it became necessary for the Maintenance Branches to 

man a 24-hour shift operation during missions and a rotating stand-by schedule during non-mission periods. 

The Supply Branch worked a rotating stand-by schedule during mission operations. 

During 1963 and 1964, new state-of-the-art equipment continued to be received by the Facility, i.e., 

two Houston Fearless (EH-67) High Speed Processors, and one Trenton and two Dalton Processors from 

Eastman Kodak. None of these processors was a standard Air Force equipment item and, therefore they 

required specialized/advanced maintenance training. Generally this training was only available from the 

manufacturer. The Maintenance Branch was also responsible for the alarm system in P-1900; the Taylor 

Environmental Controls System used to regulate the air conditioning in P-1900; the closed-circuit Security 

TV System; the two Mann-Data Microdensitometers; and numerous light tables and evaluation equipment 

assigned to the Technical Analysis function of RD. Because of this increased responsibility, the Branch 

BYE 15254-76 

-1149064SCRELN.REXAGON/GAAMUT 

I•leroolowie4yeneivr-leleni•Keyhele■ 

2-68 Controls Only 
—S011--GEGINIatir HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

OVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

was maimed with a Maintenance Officer and augmented from 19 to 26 personnel. 

In 1964, this Division was tasked with the "World-Wide Logistical Support" of the Overseas Processing 

and Interpretation Centers (OPICs) under the responsibility of the NRO. This program had a two-fold 

purpose: (1) to provide a single point of control for the supplies and equipment required to support these 

overseas centers, and (2) to provide a cover story for the working relationship between EK and the OPICs. 

Figure 2-33 presents a picture of the locations that AFSPPF supported during this program. This method 

of overseas support continued from 1964 until 1968. Since 1968, this requirement significantly decreased 

because of the phaseout of the OPIC concept. This overseas support program was very beneficial to AFSPPF 

for it acted as a forerunner to the National Emergency Reserve (NER) Program assigned to this Facility in 

1969. 

During the reorganization of the Facility in mid 1966, this Division became the Directorate of Material. 

Lt Robert Beaver, the Director, instituted a plan to formalize the control/operational procedures governing 

this function. His first action was to assign additional duties to the Supply Division. The Imprest Fund 

Officer (Mr. E. ICruz el) was tasked with establishing and maintaining a supply/equipment research library. 

An Inventory Management Specialist (Staff Sergeant E. Nelson) was appointed as the Facility Equipment 

Manager; and Technical Sergeant R. Priest, a Materials Facilities Specialist, was assigned as the Film 

and Chemical Monitor. Because the supply account had now reached 1,200 line items, the next step was 

writing, publishing, and implementing a set of formal operating procedures° for processing requests for 

supplies, equipment, and services. This procedure not only put a tighter control on purchasing, but enabled 

the Supply Division to maintain a status on each request and, in most cases, expedite delivery. As mission 

tasking increased, competition developed between the various operational functions of AFSPPF for funding 

to meet operational requirements. Therefore, it was proposed that an Equipment Review Board51be 

established to review all requests for equipment which exceeded $1,000. The Equipment Review Board was 

the forerunner to the formulation of the Financial Management Board,52and consisted of all directors 

and was chaired by the Commander or Vice Commander. The purpose of the Financial Management Board 

was to keep the Commander and his Staff advised of the Facility Operations & Maintenance (O&M) expenditures. 

Control of the funding for O&M at AFSPPF began in 1961. O&M funding was originally received from 

Air Force Appropriation 3600, RDT&E under Budget Program Activity Code (BPAC) 690, Program Wide 

50Logistics Operating Instruction 

Supplies, Equipment, and Services. 

51 Logistics Operating Instruction 

Review Board. (U) 

52 Logistics Operating Instruction 

(Appendix, Item 26). (U) 

67-2, AFSPPF, updated 26 February 1973, Processing Requests for 

(U) 

67-18, AFSPPF, updated 11 June 1973, Responsibilities of the Equipment 

172-1, AFSPPF, updated 11 June 1973, Financial Management Board 

BYE 15254-76 

VOIa—litEGOBIE-. HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

1;laailiewia4Ifewea4.40€444e0ele 

2-69 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

—11114141-464466-- 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

8 

H 

r:4 

0 

csa 

H cf) 

0 

0 

H 

FIGURE 2-33 BYE 15254-76 TimurrmemZ-70 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

—IPOP-EpaGIIEAL. HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

Management and Support. This fund category, which was consistent with AFSPPF's so-called "cover story," 

provided for those Air Force organizations whose primary mission was research and development oriented. 

Annual budget submissions as well as fund status reporting were made to the Space and Missile Systems 

Organization (SAMSO) because, as an intermediate command, that office had administrative control of all 

Operating Budget Account Numbers (OBAN) and allotments issued from Headquarters, Air Force Systems 

Command. However, AFSPPF's annual funding requirements have historically been forwarded for an 

initial review and justification to SAFIllprior to being forwarded to SAMSO for approval. Up until 

1964, AFSPPF's financial plans were prepared at SAF y Facility personnel in TDY status. From 

1965 until 1976, this budget was compiled at AFSPPF. 

The start of the normal budget submission cycle began in September when a "Budget Call" was received 

in letter form from SAMSO. This call detailed the criteria to be used for formulating the next fiscal year's 

budget input. The call also included any assumptions that should be taken into account in preparing the 

budget, i.e., a budget ceiling, civilian pay raises, etc. The Director of Material then forwarded budget 

preparation packages (instructions, pertinent information, forms, and suspense date) to the other AFSPPF 

directors. After these packages were returned, the Budget Technician and Director compiled and consolidated the various inputs into a single document called the "FY_ _ Initial Budget Submission." The 

Director then briefed the Financial Management Board on the proposed submission and at that time, it was 

modified/approved. Upon final approval by the Commander, the document was reproduced in 20 copies. 

This unclassified submission was hand carried by the Director in late November to Los Angeles Air Force 

Station (LAAFS) to brief the Director of SAFE. Adjustments/modifications, if any, were made manually, 

and the Director then took the report to SAMSO/Accounts Control Budget Management (ACBM) for review by 

the Budget Programs Officer. Once the submission was formally accepted at this level, it was ready for 

consolidation into the AF Systems Command Budget. 

Beginning in FY 73, the AFSPPF's O&M funding was placed under Air Force Appropriation 3400, Base 

Operations and Maintenance. During this period, AFSPPF was directed to segregate their Civil Engineering 

costs by expense element and report this data separately. Annual financial plans continued to be forwarded 

to SAMSO/ACBM through SAFIllior review/approval. During this time period, a new internal reporting 

procedure was instituted within AFSPPF which provided cost data as utilized by the various directorate 

functions. This information proved to be a valuable management tool for the AFSPPF Staff. 

Table 2-6 presents a summary of the approved Operations & Maintenance Budget for AFSPPF by 

expense element indicator code (EEIC) from FY 70 thru FY 76. 

BYE 15254-76 

II0B-SUCIINGI— HEXAGON/GAMBIT 

2-71 tioniikwarbilomandaoisig.116464.-.. 

Controls Only 
AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

TO1P-BBENGEL-HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

VED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

TABLE 2-6 

SUMMARY OF AFSPPF O&M BUDGET FROM FY 70 THRU FY 76 

(dollars in thousands) 

EEIC 

39X Civilian Pay 

40X Travel 

49X Communications 

53X CE Svcs 

56X Contract Maintenance 

59X Misc Svcs 

61X/60X Supplies 

63X/62X Equipment 

TOTAL 

FY 70 FY 71 FY 72 FY 73 FY 74 FY 75 FY 76 

-4-- Budgeted by 

Additionally, the Director was responsible for submitting a budget input for: (1) mission film and chemicals 

from the classified portion or "black" P-3080 Category to fund the Eastman Kodak contract; (2) off-the-shelf 

equipment from the unclassified portion or "white" P-3020 Category; and (3) two "white" P-3080 Category 

line items (computer support and film and chemicals). The inputs were closely coordinated with the 

directorates involved with these functions, i.e. , film and chemistry with PD and RD, computer support 

with PD and EV, etc. Once the requirements were stated and justified, they were incorporated into the RD 

Budget submission and forwarded to SAP or review/approval. 

The manning authorization remained the same up to 1966, but as the mission tasking continued to 

increase personnel shortages were experienced in critical areas. The area encountering the greatest 

hardship was the Electronics Maintenance Branch. In September 1965, this shop's manning was down to 

two staff sergeants (William Topper and Richard Wagner). These men were working 12 hours a day, 7 days 

a week, plus alternating nights on stand-by. The work order backlog for this shop increased to over 900 

man-hours. As a result an emergency manpower requisition was forwarded to the Military Personnel 

Center for four electronics maintenance technicians. These slots were filled by July 1966 and the operational 

'11151P-Meenirr. - HEXAGON /GAMBV111111 BYE 15254-76 

iliendiew•ie4ihea 

2-72 Controls Only 
--rerp-ssester9rSEXAGON / GAMBIT 

VED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

and preventive maintenance programs were fully reinstated and the backlog of work orders completed by 

December 1966. 

The supply account had continued to increase and by mid 1969 contained 2,600 line items. This growth 

in volume had virtually exceeded the capacity of all available warehouse space. In the summer of 1969, the 

construction of the new 6,400 square foot cold storage addition to P-1900 was completed. This environmentally 

controlled warehouse was large enough to store all mission film stock from the six vans. AFSPPF turned 

in three of the refrigerated vans to Base Supply and used the other three for miscellaneous storage. 

On 25 June 1969, the National Emergency Reserve (NER) was formally established by an NRO Directive 

entitled, "Establishment of NRO Photographic Materials and Equipment Responsibilities." The NER was an 

extension of the world-wide logistical concept which the Facility had supported since 1964. The publication 

of this directive was one of the primary factors in the success of this program, as it clearly defined the 

responsibilities of all NRO agencies. 

The NER was an equipment pool stored at Westover AFB. The Directorate of Material was charged 

with the custodial and maintenance responsibility for this equipment. The primary purpose of the NER was 

to provide the NRO community with a reserve of state-of-the-art photographic processing equipment which 

would allow the augmentation of any processing facility in the world on short notice. A secondary purpose 

of the NER was to provide storage and maintenance facilities for any equipment that became excess to the 

current requirements of the NRO. 

The three primary agencies involved with the NER were the NRO, AFSPPF, and Eastman Kodak. The 

NRO had the overall responsibility for the NER items and approved/directed all equipment transfers. The 

NRO also made all budgetary projections for equipment acquisitions and modifications. AFSPPF was 

directed to perform the management control and in-house maintenance for the equipment in the NER. This 

responsibility included receipt, storage, operational inspection, and accounting for all stored and loaned 

NER assets. Eastman Kodak had the responsibility for maior maintenance and modification. This was a 

very practical contract for the majority of the NER equipment was manufactured by EK. 

The NER was not difficult to manage, but it did require a lot of warehouse space. AFSPPF negotiated 

with the Westover AFB Commander and received one of the bays (Bay 8) of a 99th Bomb Wing hangar to 

store NER equipment. A more detailed summary of the NER Program can be found on pages 4-1 thru 4-11. 

By 1971, the authorized manning for the Directorate had increased to 48 personnel. This expansion was 

mainly due to the enormous amount of support this Facility gave the newly developed HEXAGON satellite 

system. In August 1971, the name of this group was changed to the Directorate of Logistics (LG). In 

addition to the advent of the HEXAGON Program, other factors significantly affected LG during this time 

-1000-669116.-•• HEXAGON /GAMBIT... BYE 15254-76 

2-73 Controls Only 
HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

OVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

period. The OPICs were phased out resulting in a large turn-in of equipment to the NER. This additional 

equipment, plus the increase in supplies to support the HEXAGON Program, again made warehouse space 

a critical situation. Once more, AFSPPF with the support of the Secretary of the Air Force negotiated with 

the Base. The Facility was given two aircraft nosedocks (Buildings 7502 and 7504). This provided LG with 

an additional 60, 800 square feet of warehouse area. Both nosedock buildings were used to store NER, PD, 

and RD equipment and supplies. Another subtask assigned to AFSPPF by the NRO was that the Facility 

would act as the alternate original negative processing plant to EX/BRIDGEHEAD. This required that LG 

order and store over worth of film and chemicals. This volume of material overfilled the cold 

storage area in P-1900. So the decision was made by the Commander and Director of Logistics to consolidate 

the lesser used film and chemistry in the uncontrolled environment of Nosedock 5 (Building 7504). This was 

not an optimum situation because the temperatures within this structure ranged from 20 degrees Fahrenheit 

in the winter to over 120 degrees Fahrenheit in the summer. These conditions caused the following problems 

over the years: (1) film degradation (loss of sensitivity and fogging), and (2) chemical deterioration, i.e., 

the acetic acid froze and could not be used for several weeks; the EA-5 chemicals completely decomposed, 

etc. At times, these types of discoveries resulted in reordering the material through emergency requisition 

to avoid mission delays in production. The Facility Systems Analysis study also had a great impact on LG 

in 1971. This study was conducted to ... "allow management to optimize resource allocation, production 

and process control, and information flow through organizational efficiencies and automation of tasks, 

where feasible and desirable." This quote was taken from the Introduction of Part I, Facility Systems 

Analysis Report 53 As a result of this investigation, the Utilities Maintenance Branch with its six assigned 

specialists was transferred to the Directorate of Engineering. This action reduced LG manning to 42 

personnel. This number of personnel and organizational structure remained the same until July 1974. 

The announced realignment of Westover AFB in April 1973, and the subsequent transfer of the host 

command from SAC to AFRES further compounded the warehouse space problem. This was mainly because 

Nosedocks 5 and 7 were located on a portion of Westover AFB which was projected to be turned over to the 

civilian community by June of 1974. Several different on-base facilities, i.e., Buildings 1850, 5375, etc. 

were examined, but were found to be unsuitable for various reasons. With the decision by the SAF in 

October 1973 to phase down and ultimately close AFSPPF, LG proposed that another NER equipment excess 

review conference (an unsuccessful review was held in 1971) be convened at this Facility. LG also suggested 

that the organizations present for this review be expanded to include both NRO and non-NPR) photographicrelated agencies. These proposals were accepted and a meeting was scheduled for 19 November 1973. The 

53 Facility Systems Analysis Report, 12 July 1971, Part I, Description of Present System, BYE 15268-71. 

(TS) 

BYE 15254-76 

—Ter-aarellt HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

2-74 Controls Only Only 
VED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

► : • " : • 

ZOILASCIWAI". HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

following organizations attended this review: EK, DIA, NISC, USAF/Intelligence, EPA, and CIA. Many 

pieces of equipment were claimed and approval was given by NRO to ship those machines. As a result of 

this conference, the NER was reduced from 120 to 42 line items. In November 1976, the remaining equipment 

in the NER will be shipped and officially transferred 

Other major LG support areas affected by the announced realignment of Westover AFB included: 

Transportation, Accounting and Finance, and Base Supply. In the fall of 1973, Logistics Air Service was 

discontinued at Westover AFB. Up until that time, this service had been transshipping material from EK 

to the 497th RTG at Wiesbaden, Germany. This service was actually cancelled in May 1974 when Westover 

AFB officially became an AFRES Base because of security and the lack of flight control/maintenance support. 

The supplies and equipment stored in Nosedock Buildings 7502 and 7504 were transferred to Building T-2404 

(12, 000 square feet), the Feasibility Addition of Building P-1900 (5,202 square feet), and in a 2,000 square 

foot, outside storage area adjacent to Building P-1900. Immediate action was taken by LG to reduce line 

items and stock levels so that these three areas would only have to store the materials required to produce 

AFSPPF's reduced mission tasking (10% of the total NRO duplication requirements). With the October 1973 

decision to close this organization by 1 January 1977 and transfer of the Evaluation function to NPIC, the 

Production function to Offutt AFB, and the RD function to an unspecified location, a phasedown/phaseout 

plan was written.54The major actions involving LG were: (1) to identify disposition of the supplies and 

equipment located at AFSPPF, and (2) to arrange for the shipment of these materials. A new, automated 

management program (Equipment Shipment) was designed by the Director, Captain T. Wilkinson, to 

control and list all available equipment by ultimate disposition. This program was written for the Digital 

Equipment Corporation , PDP-11/40 Minicomputer System, by Master Sergeant M. Strausbaugh. Initially 

the listing had six parts but was increased to 14 in mid 1974 to cover additional disposition to other 

organizations. This list provided a valuable managerial tool for AFSPPF/LG, EV, PD, RD and the 

SAFSS/NRO in the control of each individual piece of equipment being shipped from this Facility. 

By 1 July 1974, a reduction in authorized manning from 42 to 21 personnel had been completed. Although 

this reduction was accomplished through normal attrition (assignments, separations, retirement, etc.), 

it still had a profound effect on the support to the Production and Evaluation operational missions. It was 

at this time that an even closer and more cooperative relationship surfaced between the machine operators 

from PD and EV and the maintenance technicians from LG. 

The first major shipments of equipment took place in June and August 1975 when the Evaluation function 

was transferred to NPIC, Washington, DC. There were five truckloads of equipment (64 items) valued at 

54 AFSPPF Programming Plan PFP-1, revised 1 May 1975, Realignment, TCS 363501-75. (TS) 

-0108P—OL'Oefetw 

BYE 15254-76 

HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

2-75 14enekerlilyernerr*Tele044404101...... 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

-TOP—IMINNNMP+ HEXAGON / GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

Min support of this move. The next shipments of equipment took place in the summer/fall 

of 1976 in conjunction with the transfer of the RD function to CIA's Image Technology Division. Some 

RD equipment and the historical contract records were moved to th Building, 

Washington, DC where the RD staff offices are located; however, most of the equipment was shipped to the 

Illwhere test and evaluation areas were allocated. Four truckloads of RD equipment (72 items) valued at 

ere shipped during this transfer. Since May 1976, 27 truckloads of PD equipment (1,234 items) 

valued at have been shipped to the 544th ARTW, Offutt AFB Nebraska to support the transfer 

of the Production function. The last function to be transferred is the Materials Analysis Laboratory. The 

majority of this equipment will be shipped to DIA/Technology Division (DC-6) in the November/December 

1976 time period. 

Through the years there have been many personnel who have contributed to the success of the Directorate 

of Logistics. For it could have been the individual from Supply who drove to Boston to pick up special color 

printing paper; the Supply sergeant who locally purchased ink for the multilith presses; the Electronics 

Maintenance man who was able to keep the microdensitometers in 24 hour operation; the Photo Maintenance 

technician who fixed the Niagara Printer; or the Budget Technician who was able to get funding approved 

for a new piece of computer peripheral equipment that was responsible for AFSPPF meeting their mission 

requirements within the critically defined suspense periods. The following is a summary of some of the 

more significant contributions. Of special note is the caliber of Director- /Chief of this service-oriented area. 

No other Directorate was as consistently fortunate in having the leadership, dedication, and expertise of 

the men who directed this function. These officers met every challenge, i.e., organization, automation, 

operating procedures, logistical coordination, documentation, storage crisis, etc. In chronological order 

the Directors were: Captain Frank Curtis, Lieutenant Robert Beaver, Captain Billie Caskey, Captain 

Anthony Ashe, Captain William Gaeth, and Captain Thomas Wilkinson. Other key men were NCOIC, Senior 

Master Sergeant J. Byrd, who devised the work order control system; Master Sergeant William Topper who, 

in his 12 years of electronics maintenance service to AFSPPF, contributed significantly in many areas 

(maintained the Facility Alarm System, modified PDS Microdensitometers; altered ETC Ident Printer, etc.) 

Master Sergeant Donald Blair who, in two tours as Chief of the Photo Maintenance Branch, was the man 

responsible for keeping all photo production equipment operational; and Master Sergeant Joseph Harris who, 

as Chief of Supply and later as Directorate NCOIC, was responsible for organizing the many warehouse movements in the 1970s, assisted in the Facility Budget preparation, and documented/coordinated the movement 

of equipment/supplies during the phasedown period. Other technicians who stand out were: 

A. Master Sergeant C. Gault, Technical Sergeants D. Dunn and B. Webster, and Staff Sergeants 

R. Aird and W. Gavin from the Photo Maintenance Branch; Figure 2-34 shows personnel from this Branch 

working on the Redondo Printer. 

BYE 15254-76 

—reirtiesteirs HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

2-76 

Platick-ligiafeika0/4elerfl-Keerllefe-■ 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY. 

Volume I 

FIGURE 2-34 dror-smester- BYE 15254-76 

1-6446***441**4441–Te4.144—Ke■Mele 

2-77 Controls Only 
T'OP-1111e1MHP■pHEXAGON /GAMBIT 

VED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

B. Technical Sergeants C. Boulware and J. Smith, and Staff Sergeants K. Shultz, J. Barnes, and 

R. Wagner from the Electronics Maintenance Branch; Figure 2-35 shows Airman Charles Braun checking 

the voltage on a Quantiscan Automatic Recording Densitometer. 

C. Technical Sergeant G. Lachcik, and Staff Sergeants H. Ellis and T. Lyons from the Supply 

Division; Figures 2-36 (P-1900 Cold Storage) and 2-37 (Nosedock 5) show examples of the types and volume 

of storage maintained by this Division. 

A small contingent of Logistics personnel will remain at the Facility until the closure of AFSPPF in 

December 1976. These personnel will be engaged in coordinating the final equipment shipments, assisting 

in preparing P-1900, P-1875, and the Industrial Waste Treatment Plant, etc. for transfer to AFRES, and 

closing out the Logistics Directorate. The majority of these talented personnel will be reassigned into 

other Air Force organizations. One Supply and six Electronic and Photo Maintenance personnel were 

selected for transfer to Offutt AFB to support the PD function in their new operating location. 

THE EVALUATION DIRECTORATE (EV) 

Originating as a "spin-off' activity from the RD Directorate in June 1966, EV grew from a small force 

of one officer, two civilians, and approximately five enlisted personnel to a peak Directorate strength of 

45 which included a Director, Deputy Director, two secretaries, three Division Chiefs and a dedicated 

group of engineers, analysts, technicians, and specialists. This growth in manning and resulting diversity 

of skills reflected the dynamic requirements faced by both EV managers and working level personnel. The 

Technical Analysis, Data, and Technical Reports Divisions were distinct, specialized units, each having 

a separate function; however, the general flow of work from data extraction to data analysis to final 

documentation integrated the total Directorate into a unique activity which rapidly and accurately responded 

to all mission demands. 

The history of the Directorate of Evaluation is essentially a combination of the evolution of three units 

which were transferred from the Research & Development Directorate. The RD Directorate's main charter 

was "...to conduct the research and development necessary to provide the best possible equipment, techniques, and knowledge applicable to satellite photography..." 55 The major portion of these efforts in the 

1961 - 1962 period was centered around the goal of insuring"...that the processing and duplication of photography obtained from satellite vehicles is of the highest possible quality..." 56 In 1962 - 1964, RD activities 

increased and the mission expanded, e.g., upgrading the Standards Laboratory (August 1962); establishment 

of the Select Print Laboratory (late 1962); performance characteristics evaluations on each GAMBIT (July 

1963) and CORONA (August 1963) mission; development of the Controlled Range Network (October 1963); 

55' 56 IBID Footnote 1, page 1-1. 

400B-AECHETd- HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

BYE 15254-76 

tdandia.aaaliyaarli.aaleaLAeyboka—. 

2-78 Controls Only 
AN ELECTRONIC DIGITAL REPAIRMAN WORKING ON THEQUANTISCAN DENSITOMETER 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

FIGURE 2-35 2

BYEE 15254-76 

1444€1143-v44)(emeey4eisot-14e1.4,ele-- 

Controls Only 2-79 
FILMBEING STOCKEDIN P- 1900 COLD STORAGE WAREHOUSE 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

FIGURE 2-36 2--ZOP-Sirreitirr" 

BYE 15254-76 

2-80 Controls Only Only 
CHEMICAL SUPPLIESFROM NOSEDOCK 5 WAREHOUSE 

BEIN G R

EADIED FOR TRANSPO

RTATION TO AFSPPF 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

FIGURE 2-37 =81.--S.MitLPT" 

BYE 15254-76 

2-81 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 HEXAGON /GAMBI11111111 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

Project Eye Que, performing objective/subjective analyses for photointerpreter standards in image analysis 

(November 1963); support of the Image Quality Evaluation Program (January 1964); etc. Therefore, Colonel 

Ohlmeyer decided that a separate section had to be created to develop an image assessment capability 

and to perform camera system performance analysis. In late 1963/early 1964, two study groups (the Drell 

and Committees) were formed in the community to research the current state-of-the-art in the field 

of imagery analysis. The Facility representative in these groups was Lt Colonel L. Williams, Director 

of RD. These committees included some of the best known photo-optical and scientific authorities in the 

country. In July 1964, the committee chaired by111111.sought to improve analysis techniques 

in evaluation of reconnaissance photography, including transfer function analysis. This led to better 

methods of determining the camera system performance by microdensitometrically measuring the modulation transfer function (MTF) from an imaged edge. It was the establishment of feasibility of this basic 

technique that resulted in the Facility Commander's final decision to establish a separate section devoted 

to the analysis of satellite sensor subsystems. As a result, plans were made in November 1965 to 

transfer the Technical Analysis Branch (became the Technical Analysis Division), the Technical Reports 

Branch (became the Technical Reports Division), and the data processing segment of the Statistical 

Analysis Branch (became the Technical Processing Division) to the newly established Directorate of 

Evaluation in June 1966. Thus, the organizational structure of EV was established and the development 

of these three units continued to evolve. 

The following is a capsuled chronological summary of the events and efforts of the function of the 

Directorate of Evaluation from its inception in RD to its closure on 1 August 1975. 

Since 1963, support had been given to the GAMBIT and CORONA Program Office Evaluation Teams in 

performing density extraction, imaged and superficial film degradations, subjective CORN tribar resolutions, 

and objective Mann-Data Microdensitometer measurements for determining MTF/AIM system resolution 

performance. This support also included a convenient centralized location for members of the Performance 

Evaluation Team, consisting of both Government and contractor scientists, to review the measured data and 

imagery to evaluate overall system performance. 

In the mid 1960s, emphasis was placed on: (1) upgrading the imagery evaluation system, mainly 

through contract development with Data Corporation; (2) improving the methods used to prepare and publish 

technical evaluation reports; and (3) increasing the data processing capability with the replacement of the 

IBM 1620/1710 by an IBM 360/30 Computer System. 

In conjunction with the establishment of EV, a Military Construction Project was approved to 

establish vaulted work areas for all divisions. Vault doors were added outside the entrance to Technical 

-Ja0P-fifieftedr--' HEXAGON / GAMBITIM 

2-82 

BYE 15254-76 

1-tprip VIA Rynman / Talant . Keyhn1/40 

Controls Only 
NRO AP ROVED FOR RELEASE 

„suir-ssreerr- HEXAGON /GAMBI 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

Reports (Room 83A) and the Data Division (Room 88), and the southern corner (Rooms 86 to 88) of 

P-1900 was modified to a Class A vaulted area. By December 1967, all divisions were within security 

approved working/storage areas. In July 1968, Technical Processing Division was renamed the Data Division. 

The year 1969 was the most pivotal for the Evaluation Directorate. The biggest impact was the 

decision to hold preflight Acceptance and Readiness tasking and Postflight Analysis meetings at AFSPPF. 

This resulted in EV becoming more deeply involved in the support of HEXAGON than ever experienced with the 

CORONA and GAMBIT Programs. The Commander, Colonel Swofford, made the decision to upgrade the 

technical expertise by assigning more scientifically-oriented personnel to EV and by so doing significantly 

reduce dependency on contractual consultants. This resulted in changing the AFSCs of the officers in the 

Technical Analysis Division from Photo-Radar Intelligence Officers (AFSCs 8044 and 8016) to Reconnaissance 

Research Development Engineers (AFSC 2895A). Also in 1969, EV performed an evaluation" comparing 

the informational retention of three duplication methods. A plan was devised in 1969 to set up an active 

training program within the Directorate. Up to this time, EV personnel had been limited to General Military 

Training (GMT), Career Development Courses (CDCs), and On-the-Job-Training (OJT). This program 

was designed to have the Data Division personnel train with industry (International Business Machines 

Corporation, Digital Equipment Corporation, etc.) to learn the new equipment, software, and programming 

techniques. It also included visits by the Reconnaissance Research Development Engineers from Technical 

Analysis to companies (Photo Data Systems, EIKONIX, Technical Operations, etc.) working on the development of equipment which was planned for use in EV's production cycle. The Reports Division sent their 

lithographic pressmen to courses on the operation and maintenance of new offset presses, and the Division 

Chief to periodic Audio-Visual Conferences. In 1972, EV held internal briefing sessions for all its members 

to better acquaint them with how their contributions fitted into the evaluation phases of the HEXAGON and 

GAMBIT systems. Later in 1974, Captains Noland (EV) and Britton (RD) attended a seminar on image 

assessment and specifications sponsored by the Society for Photographic Instrumentation Engineers (SPIE) 

to observe the current state-of-the-art in image evaluation and new applicational developments in industry. 

In 1970, preparations were made for establishing the evaluation procedures and work flow for test 

film analysis of future HEXAGON systems. The prototype test was outlined in a report,58dated 28 May 

1970. The Dual Gamma Viscous Process was evaluated for determining adjacency effects on image analysis. 

Line Targets were introduced into the CORN Program and analytical software prepared. The non-linear 

methods of system performance assessment were being developed and tested to linearize the effects of 

Dual Gamma. Applications of microdensitometric mensuration for color analysis on the CORN Edge Target 

57Report, AFSPPF, 15 July 1969, Special Evaluation Report Comparison of Film Duplicating Methods, 

TCS 354022-69. (6) 

58Report, Acceptance Team, 28 May 1970, HEXAGON Sensor Subsystem Development Model Acceptance 

Team Report, BYE 107339-70. (TS) 

woo swroww. 

WhidliaaaVagaam.446.4-Keyhele2- 83 Controls Only 

HEXAGON /GAMBIT BYE 15254-76 
SOB-GnallENEXAGON / GAMBIT 

VED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

from the color film segment were tested on GAMBIT Mission 4326. The IBM 360/30 was replaced by a 

360/40 third generation 256K Core System. There was a marked increase in the request for color prints 

in technical reports. The Directorate completed a report" documenting the methods, procedures, and 

equipment used in the evaluation of original negative and duplicate photographic products. In this period 

the first minicomputer controlled, high speed, production-oriented microdensitometer was received from 

Photometric Data Systems (PDS), Incorporated, Webster, New York. A manpower study was performed 

resulting in the request for additional personnel to support operational HEXAGON requirements and 

indicating that all internal actions and feasible mission reductions had taken place. An automated calibration 

procedure was developed for the Mann-Data and PDS Microdensitometers. The CCB directed a study into 

atmospheric contrast reduction methods in an effort to reduce the uncertain properties that the atmosphere 

induces on CORN ground truth data. The Photographic Branch of the Technical Reports Division was 

transferred to the Production Directorate. EV assisted in performing an investigation into the methods used 

by the camera contractor in assessing focus from the Edge Target in the chamber target reticle. This led 

to the new 33-line Focus Target. The initial work on the Optimal Image Evaluation Program" developed 

by Mr. Jack Finley of Information Technology Corporation (later renamed EIKONIX) was received. The 

requirement to publish the CORONA Program TEROs terminated with the completion of the Mission 1110 

report, 28 August 1970. 

In 1971, EV prepared the first complete publication cycle of an operational HEXAGON camera system. 

This included the following: Interferograms, Acceptance, Readiness, Postflight Analysis, and Performance 

Evaluation Team reports. A second vastly improved PDS Microdensitometer was received which had a new 

stage design and optical stage position encoders. A subjective/objective evaluation, processing analysis, and 

characterization study 61 of non-conventional versus conventional duplicate materials was completed. 

Extensive software developments were written to support analysis of HEXAGON system, e.g., focus/motion/ 

target contrast from PFA Line Targets, analysis of Gray Scale Targets, image motion analysis, etc. 

Editorial and duplication support was provided for the first NRO Color Task Force report,62which discussed 

the feasibility of using color photography in the NRP. The Technical Analysis Division was upgraded with 

the arrival of two photo scientist staff officers and the Data Division received a Computer Systems 

Analyst (AFSC 5135A) position. The Reversible Line Target (RLT) which varied from 3, 8, 12, to 18 inches 

59 Report, AFSPPF, 15 April 1970, Photographic Evaluation Methods, Procedures and Equipment, 

TCS 354007-70. (TS) 

6°Appendices 1 and 2, Information Technology Corporation, January 1970, Optimal Image Evaluation 

ITC/2100501-FR- 1. (FOUO) 

61 Report, AFSPPF, 15 December 1971, Evaluation of Conventional/Non-Conventional Files. (C) 

62 IBID Footnote 33, page 2-18. 

-1110P-OGGOBIP-- HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

2- 84 

BYE 15254-76 

Hantlin .u+ Farm.", TsInmk 1491.1..^1" 

Controls Only 
-TOP-SOGINGB- HEXAGON /GAMBITIIIIIIM BYE 15254-76 

WagalicriaireapawaswcTalot-14eysi 

2-85 Controls Only 

-TOP-GSGHBO--1111EXAGON /GAMBI 

OVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

in width and the Two-Step Gray Scale Target became the primary targets utilized in determining the 

performance of the HEXAGON camera system. Mission 1201, which was launched on 15 June 1971, was 

EV's first operational experience utilizing the Visual Edge Matching (VEM) technique. The development 

of this technique was pursued by the HEXAGON Program Chairman with Itek Corporation so that analysts 

could microscopically examine cultural detail and characterize the scene's edge sharpness in terms of 

equivalent standard tribar resolution. This technique was chosen to complement the CORN Program because 

it allowed analysis of denied area coverage. Also in 1971, the Director of Evaluation (Lt Colonel V. Stanley) 

chaired, and the Deputy Director (Captain T. Moorman) was the officer of prime responsibility (OPR) on a 

seven month study 63 made of this organization and its procedures. The analysis was conducted in the 

following phases: (1) determination of management objectives; (2) study of the present organization; (3) 

analysis of the findings; and (4) conclusions and recommendations. This revealing effort resulted in 

personnel adjustments, organizational structure changes, and additional automation of operational tasks. 

By early 1972, the goals of establishing a military scientific and technical staff to perform image 

evaluation and develop in-house computer systems analysis, primarily independent of contractor assistance, 

had been achieved. In 1972, NRO interest in the feasibility of large color film payload(s) prompted a test 

program to calibrate the PDS and Mann-Data Microdensitometers to determine color responses and possible 

correction formulas. EV also modified the first PDS Microdensitometer to be compatible with the improved 

model received in August 1971. A report64was compiled and published summarizing the test and analysis 

procedures used throughout the manufacturing flow, assembly, and orbital operation evaluation phases of 

the HEXAGON Sensor Subsystem. In April 1972, the Optical Power Spectrum Analyzer, purchased by the 

CIA, was delivered to AFSPPF to have EV and RD assist in an effort to develop a program which could 

measure the performance of the HEXAGON camera system through spectral analysis of the film product. 

The Technical Reports Division completed 38 publications in support of the HEXAGON and GAMBIT 

Programs during 1972. The Technical Analysis Division started the four segment TDY support of each 

HEXAGON mission with two enlisted technicians, used primarily as VEM readers, and one Reconnaissance 

Research Engineering Officer, who worked on the operational analysis staff. In November 1972, three 

additional tape and disk drives (total of six each) for the IBM 360/40 were acquired to expedite data 

reduction and processing for HEXAGON evaluation. 

In January 1973, the first of the PFA Technical Report series65 was completed to assist the Air Force 

63 IBID Footnote 53, page 2-74. 

64 Report, Sensor Subsystem Evaluation Group, September 1972, Sensor Subsystem Test and Analysis 

Procedures, BYE 15301-72. (TS) 

65Report, HEXAGON Tracking Task Force, January 1973, Coarse Path Tracking in the HEXAGON 

Camera System, BYE 15327-72. (TS) 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

ipop-sscaar, HEXAGON / GAMBIT 1111111 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

(SAF/SP-7) by historically documenting some of the problems, factors, and investigations which occurred 

during the first three operational years of the HEXAGON Program. Eleven of these reports were published 

from January 1973 to July 1975. Both PDS Microdensitometers were modified with the Pneumatic Focus 

Servo which aided in machine repeatability by removing the manual task of focusing from the operator. 

The Automated Resolution Data Terminal (RDT) System, which was devised in EV and designed by Captain 

Noland, Technical Analysis Division, to record and edit resolution data via a dedicated terminal, was built 

through the coordinated efforts of LG, RD, and EV. The RDT became operational in August 1973 to support 

GAMBIT and HEXAGON resolution collection and analysis. Captain D. Watson, Chief of the Data Division, 

completed a redocumentation and upgrading of all mission support software. With the pending transfer of 

the HEXAGON Program responsibility from the Office of Special Projects, CIA, to the Air Force (SAF/SP-7) 

on 1 June 1973, EV produced a detailed document " on the HEXAGON system performance evaluation functions 

being accomplished at AFSPPF. This study greatly assisted SAF/SP-7 in planning for the management of 

operations and testing upon assuming this responsibility. Two members of EV were assigned to the Imagery 

Resolution Assessment and Reporting Standard (IRARS) Task Force sponsored by the NRO to prepare 

standards for determining resolution of imagery within the NRP. A study and report 67 on the feasibility of 

using the Visual Edge Matching Technique in assessing GAMBIT system performance were completed. The 

Technical Reports Division reproduced the first version of a report 68 on a new subjective technique used 

by the photointerpreter to judge the interpretability of an acquired image. This development is called the 

National Imagery Interpretability Rating Scale (NIIRS). With the SAF 24 October 1973 announcement that 

AFSPPF would be phased out by the end of December 1976, Evaluation (Lt Colonels H. Duval and L. Martucci) 

began its role in the NRO AFSPPF Closure Study Group. The first decisions at a meeting in November 1973 

were: (1) the function would be assumed by the NPIC/Applied Photo Science Division (APSD); (2) 30 personnel 

positions and required analytical equipment would be transferred; and (3) a full operational capability would 

be achieved at NPIC by 1 September 1975. 

In 1974, EV performed several transfer studies to: (1) identify and coordinate equipment for transfer; 

(2) select the different specialty codes required at NPIC and filling those slots with available/experienced 

technicians from EV; (3) propose the most efficient and cost effective means of automated data reduction at 

66 Document, AFSPPF, early 1973. HEXAGON System Performance Evaluation Functions, 

BYE 15257-72. (TS) 

67 Report, AFSPPF, March 1973, Application of Visual Edge Matching (VEM) to Mission 4336, 

BYE 15269-73. (TS) 

68 Report, NPIC, 15 November 1973, National Imagery Interpretability Rating Scale, TCS 36127-73. (TS) 

HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

2-86 

BYE 15254-76 

Controls Only Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

-.TOT-Sre EXAGON /GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

NPIC; (4) reduce the capability of the present IBM 360/40 System; (5) identify existing personnel slots 

to be deleted within EV during the first increment of manpower reduction at AFSPPF; and (6) develop a 

plan for the orderly transition of relocating the EV function to NPIC. Lt Colonel Louis Martucci 

organized and chaired an Analysis Team to review the computer support required by PD upon the discontinuance of their IBM 1800/1130 production control system in April 1974. As a result of this computer support study, a recommendation was forwarded to SAFSS, and approval granted, to acquire a PDP-11/40 Minicomputer. The conversion of the software was organized/scheduled and, in many cases, written by Captain 

J. Hill who had recently been assigned to the Data Division. In the interim, EV loaned their PDP-8E 

Minicomputer to the Production Directorate for use in the return density acquisition/densitometer calibration 

functions performed during mission processing. EV also assigned Captain J. Hill and Mr. H. D'Amours to 

rewrite the software from the discontinued IBM 1800/1130 System programs to be compatible with the PDP-8E. 

In October/November 1974, the two-dimensional Non-Linear Model software was loaded in the IBM 360/40 and 

used in support of EV's image assessment program. Largely due to the analysis and programming achievements of Master Sergeant R. Swetavage, NCOIC of the Data Division, AFSPPF was able to save the Government approximately in annual equipment rental. These actions included; (1) recommended 

discontinuance of PD's IBM 1130, IBM 1800, and IBM. System 7; (2) located and received approval to 

replace five leased components of the existing IBM 360/40 with Government-owned parts being excessed 

at Headquarters, Pacific Air Command; and (3) reduced present 360/40 capability by eliminating two tape 

drives, three disk drives, and a paper tape recorder and controller. Lt Colonel L. Martucci, Executive 

Committee member, and Lieutenant D. Turbide, Training Chairman of the Standing Committee of IRARS, 

were the major contributors in authoring, compiling, editing, and publishing a document69for standardizing 

the technique of reading image tribar resolution. In June 1974, the decision was made that the dedicated 

IBM 360/40 System used for data reduction and analysis would not be transferred to NPIC. However, two 

experienced Computer Systems Analysts from the Data Division were selected for assignment to the new EV 

location. Lt Colonel Martucci wrote the format used as the pilot for the other directorates and functions 

for inclusion in the Realignment Plan?9The NRO management responsibility of the CORN Program was 

transferred to SAF/SP-6 (Contract) and SAF in June 1974. EV provided edit and publication support for the second Color Task Force report." By the end of 1974, there were 29 personnel 

assigned to EV. 

69 Report, IRARS TF, June 1974, Imagery Resolution Assessment and Reporting Standard (IRARS) for 

Tribar Resolution, BYE 15313-73. (TS) 

7°IBID Footnote 54, page 2-75. 

71 Report, Color Task Force, December 1974, Technology, Status, and Future of Satellite Color 

Photography, TCS 363509-74. (TS) 

BYE 15254-76 

—E.051-11111011,T^r HEXAGON/GAMBIT 

4.144644.1iivionso44414440404m. 

2-87 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

Taik-OGGIMru HEXAGON /GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

In the final year of the Evaluation Directorate, a joint effort between RD and EV was started on the 

test and evaluation of the New Generation Microdensitometer (NGM). The NGM, delivered to AFSPPF in 

March 1975, was designed to be a rugged, reliable production instrument capable of measuring both black 

and white and color micro-imagery. In June 1975, Lt Colonels Duval and Martucci and Mr. D. Durand of 

NPIC/APSD visited SAF/SP-7 and SAF it Los Angeles Air Force Station, and the HEXAGON West 

Coast Field Office and SAi at Sunnyvale AF Station. The purpose of this visit was to: (1) give a 

detailed briefing of the plans to support both the HEXAGON and GAMBIT Programs; (2) outline the 

organizational structure of the newly combined APSD/EV function at NPIC; and (3) answer any questions 

that the Program Offices had concerning the operation at this new location. Close coordination between EV 

and NPIC in the preparation to relocate was continued up to the transfer of the function and closure of the 

Directorate on 1 August 1975. The first shipment of equipment to NPIC was in June 1975. This consisted 

mainly of supplementary and support items (one PDP-8E Minicomputer, Laminar Flow Baker Hoods, two 

EK automatic light tables, equipment documents, etc.) which allowed EV to Continue mission operations 

through July. The last shipment containing mission support equipment (PDS Microdensitometers, VEM 

Stations, operational procedures documents, etc.) was sent in mid August. Fifteen military personnel 

transferred to NPIC, one civilian and three military retired, two civilians and three military were 

reassigned to other Government positions, one military separated from active duty, and one civilian and 

three military spaces were reassigned to the AFSPPF Administrative Section. 

The following presents a more detailed resume of the three divisions: 

A. Technical Analysis Division (EVA) 

The first Division within the Evaluation Directorate to be discussed is Technical Analysis, as 

it was the starting point for the majority of support projects assigned to EV. In the early years of 1962 -

1963, as was the case with the other two divisions which originated from RD, Technical Analysis was 

involved with the test, application, and development of new techniques and methods to: (1) measure the 

characteristics of photographic film; (2) assess sensor subsystem performance through the evaluation of 

the imaged product; and (3) support the research and development program at AFSPPL . During this period, 

this unit was known as the Technical Analysis Branch of the Research and Development Division. The 

Branch's main efforts were centered on developing an image quality evaluation program based on existing 

technology, recommendations from the Drell andErommittees, and the theoretical work done in this 

field by Mr. Jack Finley of Data Corporation, Dayton, Ohio. Various phases of this program were applied to 

the early reconnaissance satellite Discoverer Series in 1962, the first GAMBIT Mission in July 1963, and 

the first CORONA 1000 Series in August 1963. 

The initial methods used in the performance characteristics evaluation of these satellite systems were: 

HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

2-88 

BYE 15254-76 

1-laurge...1049aa2.4.1.ault.164xiki—. 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

410P-4661MEGu• HEXAGON /GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

Visual Reciprocal Edge Spread (VRES) 

The VRES System was developed and tested in late 1962 for the purpose of providing a means 

of measuring image quality. This technique was based on the measurement of the apparent width (in 

millimeters) of random imaged edges. The reciprocal of this measurement produced a number roughly 

equivalent to resolution. Thus, a 10 micrometer edge (0.01 millimeter) would produce a VRES value of 

100. The measurement was performed by a trained photointerpreter utilizing a microscope equipped with 

filar eyepiece optics for measuring distance. This technique was utilized prior to the development of 

linear systems analysis methods and therefore many problems such as non-optimum optics, vibration, 

etc. were never resolved. Also, although this method appeared sound as a relative measuring tool, it was 

extremely operator dependent due to the demanding nature of the measurements. It should be noted that 

this procedure is analogous to the present day Visual Edge Matching (VEM) Technique where edge width 

(sharpness) is measured by comparison to a matrix of referenced edges of differing contrast and sharpness. 

This technique was discontinued in early 1965. 

Machine Reciprocal Edge Spread (MRES) 

In 1963, a brief investigation was undertakes to see whether VRES could be replaced by an 

objective microdensitometric equivalent measurement of the edge spread. This technique was called 

Machine Reciprocal Edge Spread (MRES). However, this procedure had the same basic problems as the 

subjective VRES measurement and that was the fact that the photographic process is non-linear. Because 

of this non-linearity the measured quality would vary under different exposure conditions. This technique 

was discontinued in late 1965. 

50% Amplitude 

The technique known as 50% Amplitude was an attempt to microdensitometrically measure 

quality by the spread function half-width. It became very apparent and was stated in an evaluation paper 

written by Dr. George Parrent, Technical Ops, in late 1965 that this method although applicable to communications theory was not suitable for determining the quality of the photographic process. This method 

was discontinued in 1965. 

Tribar Resolution 

This is the only technique that survived the early system characteristics evaluation performance methods. Not only did it survive this period, but developments in ground truth tribar targets 

continued to evolve in support of reconnaissance camera system evaluations up through the early 1970s. 

Basically this technique consisted of photointerpreters microscopically resolving the smallest tribar group 

in both the in-track and cross-track flight directions. This group of known dimensions was then converted 

to a resolution value in ground resolved distance. In the early 1950s, the tribar target was adopted as the 

—TIM-SIOGRET":: HEXAGON /GAMBIT REM BYE 15254-76 

2-89 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

x HEXAGON /GAMBIT 31 July 2014 -1110V-iNgeerr 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

test standard for photographic systems. Although it has always been considered a "last resort" measure, 

because of its subjectivity, it is still being used today to supplement the more sophisticated image assessment techniques. As more understanding of this type of testing developed throughout the 1950s and early 

1960s, particularly with respect to reader variability and effect of contrast, interest rose on establishing 

some sort of field target program. In 1962 - 1963, a national survey was taken to locate and evaluate all 

photographic target "fixed" sites for testing. The fixed sites consisted of ground resolution target arrays 

painted on a flat permanent base (asphalt, cement, etc.). A surprisingly large number of these sites were 

found both in the United States and Canada; however, practically all fixed targets were in poor condition 

due to a lack of maintenance. The two options facing the community were: (1) to repair and maintain the 

fixed sites, and/or (2) develop a new system of displaying tribar resolution targets. Data Corporation 

suggested that the community implement a field deployable mobile target system. This was approved 

and on 15 October 1963 the Controlled Range Network (CORN) was born. By April 1974, resolution targets 

painted on canvas were part of available mobile field units which had the capability of displaying target 

arrays near any given location. Both the fixed and mobile ground truth targets were part of the CORN 

Program. Figure 2-38 shows a picture of a typical mobile target array in the 1964 - 1965 period. See 

pages 4-55 thru 4-70 for a more detailed discussion of the CORN Program. 

It was apparent that a requirement existed for new diagnostic/objective methods for evaluating system 

performance based on information transfer theories. Therefore, research was begun on the application of 

linear system analysis using microdensitometric traces of known edges on the photography. 

Other activities during this period included the developmental/applicational work being performed on 

the Model 1032, Mann-Data Microdensitometer (Machine "A") received in August 1962. This microdensitometer was used in the Crossover Study recommended by the Drell Committee to perform an inter-laboratory 

comparison of the microdensitometers and data processing procedures used in image assessment performance 

by five facilities directly or indirectly supporting the reconnaissance satellite program. These companies/ 

organizations included the BRIDGEHEAD Facility of Eastman Kodak, Itek Corporation, Perkin-Elmer 

Corporation, Data Corporation, and the Air Force Special Projects Production Laboratory (AFSPPL). 

Unfortunately, due to the variables (different microdensitometers, analysis software, environment, etc.) 

and the design of the experiment itself, no standards were established for microdensitometry as it related 

to image evaluation. In September 1963, the first microdensitometer measured edges from operational 

material (Mission 4001) were analyzed in support of the GAMBIT Performance Evaluation Team (PET). 

Commencing with this mission, Technical Analysis continued actively supporting the PET Team on all GAMBIT 

missions up through 1 August 1975 (Mission 4344). The PET Chairman forwarded the mission mensuration 

requirements by message via the secure communications network and the work was performed by the 

411.01P—011if HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

BYE 15254-76 

Handl via Rrfnaa Keyk,019 

2-90 Controls Only 
AFSPPF 1-1/STORY 

Volume I 

w 

"4- 

< 

UJ NO

11

- 

1 — 

CY 2) 

cL 

0 co 

LL

0 

0 

0 

cL 

co 

C 

C 

FIGURE 2 3 8 

BYE 15254- 76 

'rep— stta eftedr...• 

2 9 1 

Controls Only 
HOO-11GGEGIE-EPHEXAGON /GAMBIT= 

hieritie•riegyeleat•I‘aybole2- 92 Controls Only 

BYE 15254-76 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

31 July 2014 

-709"WleltriNr 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

Division prior to the PET Team arrival at AFSPPF, approximately four to six weeks after payload 

recovery. Technical Analysis was directed by Captain Samuel McCulloch and consisted of four enlisted 

photointerpretation technicians and one civilian secretary. Figure 2-39 presents a picture of a Staff 

Meeting being held by Captain McCulloch with two RD scientists (G. Hunter and P. Johnson), the Chief of 

the Technical Reports Branch (C. Rauscher), the officer in charge of the computer operation (Lieutenant 

J. Hilten), and Mrs. L. Dostal, the Branch secretary. 

From 1964 thru 1968, Technical Analysis was characterized by the development of the Edge Gradient 

Analysis Program, new analytical software, standardization of equipment and operating procedures, 

performing support for the GAMBIT and CORONA Program Offices, and improvement in microdensitometers 

and their application to systems performance analysis. In 1964, attention focused on the use of edges and 

effective exposure to derive the optical transfer function. During this period photographic films were being 

processed by the spray method. Program development centered around noise reduction and estimating 

methods to produce the required transfer functions. The methods employed were mainly acceptance of 

techniques already established in communications, e.g., optimum noise filtering for photographic data 

and optimum targets (Pseudo-Sync Target) for transfer function analysis. Basically, the Edge Gradient 

Analysis technique was an attempt to evaluate the capability of the photographic reconnaissance system to 

store and retain image quality. The Optimal Filter technique characterized the edge response measurement 

by providing meaningful MTF/AIM resolution data from the microdensitometric traces of cultural (manmade edges) and manufactured CORN Edge Targets. In the evolution of edge data collection and analysis 

parameters, this Branch established criteria for the selection of scene edges, edit procedures for microdensitometric traces, statistical sampling, and data preparation. Also to achieve a better representation 

of the edge response, a new method called the Multiple Trace technique was implemented which increased 

the number of non-overlapping measurements of an edge to more than one "cut" (depending upon the length 

of the edge). The first operational application of the MTF/AIM technique was on GAMBIT Mission 4007. 

MTF/AIM was used in determining specific camera system resolution as a predictor of tribar resolution 

and was the basic technique used in the evolution of many software analysis programs from 1964 to 

1 August 1975. 

With the major goals of: (1) obtaining correlatable objective with subjective resolution and (2) 

eliminating as much subjective (human) assessment in system performance as possible, attention centered 

around improving the microdensitometry capability, establishing valid measuring techniques, and developing 

objective analysis software. In September 1965, two Model 1140 Mann-Data 70mm Microdensitometers 

("B" and "C" Machines) were delivered. These improved machines were equipped with a Digital Data 

Acquisition System with paper tape output and a modified viewing/light source system for better focus. 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

-24P-60eiterAFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

FIGURE 2-39 

-1140P-656116T-- 

2-93 

BYE 15254-76 

-140•41e-vismayelaaa7L-Taleat..44401014-- 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

—.4411-416411EXAGON /GAMBIT... 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

In March 1965, the Technical Analysis Branch developed the first set of computer calibration standards 

for the Mann-Data Microdensitometer. In April 1965, Technical Sergeant Jack Strobel devised a density/ 

exposure analysis method which categorized the imaged minimum density values (DMIN) and the imaged 

maximum density values (DMAX) of the terrain image of each frame and determined whether these values 

fell within the accepted exposure limits. The amount of exposure error was expressed in 1/3 f/stops; if 

the error were computed to be less than a 1/3 f/stop, then the exposure was considered as correct. In 

October 1965, the Facility established a cross reference of microdensitometric standards with the National 

Bureau of Standards. This included standards in machine operations, data gathering, and quality assurance. 

Late in 1965, the Technical Analysis Branch had basically standardized their capability for the photographic 

evaluation of original negative products. These evaluations performed for CORONA and GAMBIT included: 

(1) the inspection of film for imaged, superficial, and film format degradations, (2) the extraction and 

analysis of density/exposure data, and (3) the system performance assessment of imaged quality through 

objective (microdensitometry) and subjective (visual tribar) means. 

With the expanding mission of the research and development efforts and the increased support required 

of the Technical Analysis Branch to satisfy CORONA and the new GAMBIT-Cubed two payload bucket 

system, Colonel Ohlmeyer directed the reorganization of AFSPPF into a five-directorate organizational 

structure. In June 1966, the Evaluation Directorate (EV) was established and the Technical Analysis 

Branch of RD was transferred to EV. During this same period, the CORN Program continued to expand 

with new targets evolving to meet the improved modifications of each satellite reconnaissance system, and 

the nine mobile units attained the following site instrumentation capability: (1) the Model 500 EL Hasselblad 

Camera to measure inherent contrast of the displayed targets. This inherent contrast was then compared 

to the apparent satellite system contrast acquired photography of the same targets. Therefore, any loss in 

contrast could be attributed to the atmosphere, camera system, and/or processing system; (2) the 

reflectance values of the CORN targets were measured by a Beckman DK-2 Spectral Photometer; (3) 

spectral radiance was measured by a radiometer; and (4) cloud distribution and type were recorded on 

color film by a Nikon Sky Camera equipped with a 180 degrees fish-eye lens. The 51/51 Tribar Target (5T) 

was developed in 1966. The 5T proved to be the most effective CORN target designed for the purpose of 

measuring tribar resolution. This target consisted of two 381 foot legs, each with nine panels, which could 

be displayed in various configurations, dependent upon the acquisition system's capability, to ground 

resolutions fro During the middle 1960s, this Division also concentrated 

in establishing machine and operational standards. These included standards on macrodensitometry and 

sensitometry, and the mensuration procedures on various tribar, edge, line, and density targets. These 

methods were the first in what became a long series of photographic quality measurements by objective 

means. As the equipment and calibration procedures improved, environmental working conditions were 

BYE 15254-76 

Sell-RSZOGN—BEXAGON / GAMBIT 

4ityrielle-vver4 4-1402iala. 

2-94 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

HEXAGON/GAMBIT- 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

also being advanced. In August 1966, portable Edgegard Hood, laminar flow work stations were installed 

for each densitometer and microscope table which provided a cleanroom environment at each of these 

working areas. Then in late 1966, Logistics (LG) maintenance personnel regulated the power lines running 

into the Technical Analysis Division work area to ensure that constant stabilized power would be provided. 

This alleviated the problems caused by fluctuating power when operating the precision microdensitometers. 

In 1967 - 1968, a small, select group from EV and the Technical Analysis Branch was chosen to perform 

a special characteristic evaluation on a new type of drone aircraft. This program was called "Captain 

Hook." This special analysis group took total initiative in analyzing the product from three test flights. 

The evaluation consisted of plotting the mission, scanning the film for physical and imaged degradations, 

measuring the densities, and determining the resolution from specially deployed CORN tribar targets. 

The use of the microdensitometric MTF/AIM Intercept technique to derive resolution was limited because 

of the lack of suitable edges. Upon completion of the data extraction process, an analysis was performed, 

conclusions drawn, and recommendations made for future Captain Hook system flights. This data was 

then compiled into technical performance evaluation reports for the Program Office. 

In May 1968, a special study was done by Mr. Jack Finley and Mr. Saul Kurlat of Information 

Technology (later renamed EIKONIX) which centered on AFSPPF's involvement in supporting the activities 

of the GAMBIT Performance Evaluation Team (PET). Several interesting conclusions were drawn: (1) 

neither the GAMBIT PET nor TERO reports had any positive impact on immediate contractor efforts; (2) 

there was no apparent "feedback" from contractors or other Government agencies on the methods being 

used or contents of the evaluation reports; and (3) the duplication process should be immediately reviewed/ 

modified to handle the improved GAMBIT system (an analysis performed by this Division showed that 

the duplicate product read an average of one tribar less than that read from the original negative). This 

study paralleled the same feelings formed by the Directorate of Evaluation in concluding that the GAMBIT 

PET and TERO reports were being used primarily for historical purposes. As a result, Captain Holliman, 

Chief of the Technical Analysis Division, devised a new format incorporating these two separate GAMBIT 

publications into a one report. This saved numerous man-hours and expense in the preparation and edit 

of publication and analysis support. As of December 1968, there were three Photo-Radar Intelligence 

Officers, six Photointerpretation Technicians, and eight Precision Photographic Processing Specialists 

assigned to this Division. 

In response to the recommendation to review the current photographic duplication process, a series of 

investigations were started. The concern over the current duplication method was based on an evaluation 

made by the Technical Analysis Division in late 1968, which compared three different film duplicating 

methods. This study revealed that approximately 20 to 25% of the resolution measured on the original 

nEXAGON /GAMBIT BYE 15254-76 

i-kaguajdaixecgalfzakda-itimoteie2-95 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

HEXAGON / GAMBIT 31 July 2014 411061-111BGBIRIP- /NM 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

negative was being lost during duplication. Extensive experimentation was conducted to determine the loss 

in propagating tribar targets to one or more duplication generations. These tests showed that an appreciable 

loss was encountered. This prompted another series of investigations with regard to the overall duplication 

policy and evaluation procedures. In March 1969, a major experiment was performed by the Technical 

Analysis Division to evaluate the effectiveness of the existing three-gamma method. This study showed 

that the three-gamma procedure was susceptible to many more opportunities for error. As a result a 

single-gamma method was adopted. Throughout this series of experiments many evaluation techniques 

were applied. A review was made of these techniques and an organized duplicate evaluation system was 

developed and documented for future duplicate analysis projects. This system included such approaches 

as a method for using density probability distributions of original negative and duplicate materials to create 

tonal curves without requiring a technician to match density points. Also in early 1969, the Density 

Automatic Recording Equipment (DARE) designed by technicians from this Division and the Airborne 

Instruments Laboratory (AIL) of Long Island, New York was delivered. This device allowed the automatic 

collection of density data from the original negative which heretofore had to be recorded manually. This 

data was used in the statistical analysis of exposure and atmospheric conditions of the GAMBIT and CORONA 

reconnaissance satellite systems. Basically, the DARE consisted of a panel by which the operator recorded 

the density data which in turn was coded onto paper tape and then forwarded to the Data Division for reduction 

and analysis by the IBM 360 Computer. Figure 2-40 shows two operational work stations utilizing the DARE 

equipment. In September 1969, Captain Holliman prepared and staffed a manpower change request to 

increase the scientific staff within this Division. The basic justification centered around the decision by 

the HEXAGON Program Office to use AFSPPF as the Government center for evaluating all HEXAGON 

sensor subsystems. This action was also in response to Colonel Swofford's desire to upgrade the technical 

expertise of AFSPPF, therefore becoming less dependent upon contracted consultant assistance. This 

resulted in changing three Intelligence Officers' slots to three Development Reconnaissance Research 

Engineering positions. The first individual selected through this process was Captain Stephen Noland, a 

recent graduate of the Rochester Institute of Technology's two-year Training with Industry Program. By 

August 1971, the other two positions were also filled by graduates of this same program. In November 1969, 

the first (Machine "D") of two Model 1050 Photometric Data Systems (PDS) Microdensitometers was delivered. 

This basic, commercially available machine was selected because it fulfilled most of the production 

requirements (higher speed, greater reliability, faster data collection, greater operator comfort, etc.) 

needed to meet the increased production demands of image analysis. After considerable modification, the 

PDS became the microdensitometry "workhorse" of the community. The second PDS (Machine "E") was 

delivered in August 1971. Improvements continued to be made to the PDS machines, which included: (1) 

improved objectives for greater linearity, (2) linear optical shaft encoders, (3) the capability of sampling 

-SOP-011Gimics-HEXAGON /GAMBIT BYE 15254-76 

1-tzrnellg-nr9yerren,%tent-lieplierie 

2-96 Controls Only 
USE OF THEDENSITY AUTOMATIC RECORDING SYSTEM ON MISSION 1051 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

-7111P-SeClerr— 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

FIGURE 2-40 

VOP-91ECIte'r 

2-97 

BYE 15254-76 

• Moswile-via-Biliefoliol-Agen4-144,0*- 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

-IPOP-OINNIGIA-1. HEXAGON /GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

at .5 micrometers, (4) dynamic feedback focus sensing and control, (5) optimized photometry for color 

work, etc. Figure 2-41 shows a picture of Staff Sergeant A. Hill checking the focus of the PDS "D" Machine. 

A more detailed description of the evolution of microdensitometry can be found on pages 4-47 thru 4-55. 

In July 1969, the first task was assigned in support of the HEXAGON Program. It consisted of the interferometric analysis of each optical bar (OB) camera which was scheduled for a sensor subsystem. This 

work was done in close cooperation and coordination with the Materials Analysis Laboratory and the results 

published in a separate report for each optical bar set (first report was completed on 17 November 1969). 

The latter part of 1969 was spent in preparing to support a full scale HEXAGON Acceptance operation. 

In February 1970, the Line Target performance analysis work under contract to EIKONIX was introduced. Experimentation and analysis showed that the response from an imaged line offered a better 

mIIIIIIIIIIIII 

representation of performance assessment because it provided a better signal-to-noise ratio than an edge. 

Line Target experimentation was a history in itself covering widths from The 

cost was minimal since the experimental lines were made from strips of old CORN targets, were deployed 

on existing CORN operations, and all data analysis was performed at the computer facility within the Data 

Division. The Line Target yielded valuable insight into optical problems which were not observable from 

other standard CORN targets. It also produced confirmation of a simplification of the sensitometric 

properties of Dual Gamma processing for small scale objects and thus provided a means of evaluating the 

nature of the linear film MTF. During this period, a greater use was made of the CORN target array. This 

included: (1) new analysis software to achieve tonal rendition data from Gray Scale Targets; (2) total revision 

of the target reflectance monitoring procedure; (3) Line Targets were added to the standard arrays; and (4) 

edge reflectance and density data were used to calculate the parameters required to determine system contrast. Also, Captain H. Gordon and Sergeant J. Strobel accomplished vastly improved operating procedures 

with the CORN contractor and NRO Program Offices. In April 1970, the first Government Acceptance Team 

arrived at AFSPPF to test and discuss the preliminary results of the analyses conducted on the Development/ 

Qualification Model (D/Q). This was the first total involvement of this organization at this level of evaluation. 

In the past, assignments would be forwarded by message, completed, and the data made available to the 

Program Office, thus fulfilling strictly a support role. However, with the HEXAGON Program, Captain 

Noland was assigned to the Engineering Evaluation Team and specialists from the Technical Analysis 

Division worked alongside the Program engineers. Mr. R. Kohler, Acceptance Chairman, scheduled the 

first operational (SN-003) Acceptance meeting at AFSPPF in November 1970. Also, during this session, the 

analysis procedures were established for all future Acceptance/Chamber A evaluations. These procedures 

included: (1) Resolution Analysis which involved subjective resolution readings of tribars of each camera 

at different temperatures and Vx/h ratios at all scan angles and under different focus and smear conditions; 

(2) Focus Analysis based on analysis of the chamber Tribar, Seven-Edge, 100-Cycle, and Line Targets 

BYE 15254-76 

HEXAGON / GAMBI 

hie44410.1.4441vaiasalZalem4.44eyeiwako. 

2-98 Controls Only 
A TECHNICIAN O

PERATING THE MODEL 1050 PDS MICRODE

NSITOMETER 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

veis--searer-- 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

• Volume I 

FIGURE 2-41 BYE 15254-76 

410P-466.110111 

Hemetle-rin-Bek.04-1430ele 

2-99 Controls Only 

1 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

010B-SECILEX-s HEXAGON/GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

acquired in both continuous and flash modes; (3) Film Synchronization which was the measurement and 

analysis of the Sync-Flash Target to derive the smear introduced into the imagery by the transport system 

and/or platen; (4) Film Marking Evaluation to determine the condition of the film after it had completely 

passed through the camera system; (5) Performance Predictions which were used to estimate on-orbit 

system performance as determined by the outputs of the three model (Orbital, Atmospheric, and Camera 

Performance) program known as CRYSPER; and (6) Electromechanical Evaluation which was made using 

telemetry data to ensure that the system met the design specification requirements. Figure 2-42 shows a 

picture of Mr. Kohler "leading" a discussion at this meeting. 

Image analysis procedural and software development reached a pinnacle in 1971 for this was the first 

year in which the Technical Analysis Division participated in all evaluation phases (preflight and postflight) 

of the HEXAGON system. In preparation, a large variety of mission extraction and operational image 

analysis software was developed to support the design engineers, performance evaluation teams, and image 

exploiters. Examples of these efforts were optimum focus assessment using special test targets; statistical 

analyses of VEM data for system evaluation; Line Target scan analyses for determining system focus, 

smear, and MTF measurements. A summary of image quality analysis techniques and software can be 

found on pages 4-70 thru 4-74. Early in 1971, Mr. Kohler directed the trial of a new subjective technique 

called Visual Edge Matching (VEM) to evaluate HEXAGON. After a lengthy experimental period in establishing 

a method to produce a master edge matrix, this procedure was adopted. The VEM technique proved 

extremely beneficial economically as it allowed a means of assessing system performance without total 

reliance on the costly CORN Program. A team of five resolution readers from the Technical Analysis 

Division, headed by Staff Sergeants F. Penny and R. Capps, became experts in this technique. Up through 

1975, this group was assigned to support many VEM projects at AFSPPF and other evaluation locations 

(NPIC, BRIDGEHEAD, and Perkin-Elmer). The data was primarily used to establish image quality 

profiles across the format web for focus optimization, platen tilt verification, and the examination of 

field curvature and field dependent smear. This technique was continually refined with the development of 

better master matrices, and was used in the evaluation of all HEXAGON missions, commencing with 1201 

which was launched on 15 June 1971. Also, in mid 1971, this Division participated in the second phase 

preflight evaluation of each HEXAGON system. This phase was called the Readiness or Chamber A-2 Test 

and was conducted at the camera contractors' West Coast Facility at Sunnyvale Air Force Station, 

California. Mr. Roy Burks from the West Coast Program Office was the HEXAGON Readiness Chairman. 

The purpose of this test was to evaluate photographic performance prior to flight and to determine if there 

had been significant changes in resolution, plane of best focus, film synchronization, or electromechanical 

behavior since completion of the Acceptance testing. The resolution, focus, and smear tests conducted 

-IPO4P-SGOIEXAGON / GAMBIT 

2-100 

BYE 15254-76 

Ilemditrole•gyerref404eiso0.44eyheie-- 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

TIULSECSIST 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

FIGURE 2-42 

1POP—SEGINEI" BYE 15254-76 

Herde-ritreffeme0/4erle04-14ereleie 

2-101 Controls Only 
-40.10-911ESEur% HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

VED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

during this phase followed the same basic procedures as those performed during Acceptance. However, 

unique to the Readiness exercise was the VEM Calibration Target. This target was used to derive a 

calibration curve which related edge numbers to resolution for the master matrix. In general, Readiness 

was considered an abbreviated Acceptance test. However, while Acceptance testing usually required 

this Division to perform over 20,000 individual tribar readings and 2,000 single microdensitometric 

measurements, the support work for Readiness would vary widely (5,000 to 15, 000 tribar readings) because 

of the necessity in many cases to do retests. By 1 September 1971, the Technical Analysis Division had: 

(1) achieved close coordination and open communication lines between SAFSS, SAFSP, CIA, and the various 

industrial contractors involved in the HEXAGON Program; and (2) been realigned along a more functional 

structure, e.g., an engineer (Captain Noland) was assigned as HEXAGON Project Scientist and another 

engineer (Captain Lopez) as the GAMBIT Project Scientist. These two officers became directly involved 

with all engineering requirements, modifications, and evaluation pertaining to their systems. The Division 

was further restructured with the additions of the Data Collection, Density Analysis, and Resolution Analysis 

Branches. The number of personnel assigned to this Division was increased from 17 to 20 and all mission 

requirements in support of the GAMBIT and HEXAGON Programs were flow-charted by task (rnicrodensitometry, resolution, slit chronology, etc.). By the end of 1971, detailed planning was being performed 

for the extensive use of the new Multiple Line Display configurations to be used in the systems performance 

evaluation of Mission 1201. 

The most extensive use of the CORN Program was in the year 1972. These activities required close 

coordination with the Contract Manager from RD (Captain Riley) and the Operational Control Manager from 

the Technical Analysis Division (Captain Gordon). The following are two of the major events/actions during 

this period: (1) new fabricated targets included 18 Reversible Lines, the six panel Color, Two and ThreeStep Gray Scales, the Log Periodic, and a variable dynamic Point Source; and (2) CORN display operations 

in support of Mission 1202 required unprecedented logistical considerations with regard to both targets and 

field deployment crews. Target complements varied from 5 to 20 and employed the use of crews numbering 

from 5 to 28 personnel. Captain Gordon's operations group was required to maintain a 24 hour a day 

Control Center to ensure that the complex Multiple Line Displays were properly deployed in time. Premission planning included a survey of possible sites ranging in length from 2 - 40 nautical miles. Once the 

sites had been selected they were cleared/prepared to accommodate different target arrays designed to 

address specific engineering tests on designated orbits. This was also the year of the "Blue Suit" CORN 

study. Because of the huge costs involved in operating the CORN Program, in particular in the support of 

the HEXAGON Program, it was decided to look into other ways of providing the HEXAGON, GAMBIT, and 

RED DOT Program Offices with a ground control target system. One of the options explored was to 

determine the feasibility of physically operating the CORN Program using USAF resources (Blue Suit). 

ffie.s&416.0sILIFREXAGON / GAMBIT 

2-102 

BYE 15254-76 

Controls Only Only 
""r0.--Elleltellam HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

VED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

Although it was determined that this approach had potential, it was not feasible because of the time it 

would take to get authorization, manning, and develop operating procedures. However, this study did 

provide a good cost comparison for evaluating future contract bids. Another positive action from this study 

was going from Sole to Select Source bidding. As a result of this effort an approximate 111111111Illwas 

saved from the original 1973 CORN contract proposal submitted to AFSPPF. With the programmed use 

of color in HEXAGON Mission 1204 and the operational experimentation of color material in GAMBIT, a 

color CORN target research program was started to design and fabricate targets for determining the 

performance of systems utilizing color material. As a result of the extensive and complex CORN operations 

in 1972, a detailed classified directive outlining the CORN operational procedures for support of all NRP 

controlled programs was written by the Technical Analysis Division. In an effort to establish another 

objective means of assessing system performance, to build an 

Optical Power Spectrum Analyzer (OPSA) for delivery to AFSPPF. The concept was to measure image quality 

by spectral analysis. The OPSA was delivered to the Technical Analysis Division in May 1972. Although 

some promising results were achieved, the developmental program was stalled due to heavy mission commitments. Unfortunately, the original contract only covered the delivery of the hardware so provisions 

had to be made to continue development of the software to analyze the image quality output. Figure 2-43 shows 

a picture of the Optical Power Spectrum Analyzer. In 1974, the OPSA was shipped to NPIC for further 

study and application to system performance analysis. In August 1972, it was determined that a feature 

to automate the control of the focus of the New Generation Microdensitometer (NGM) developed by 

Technical Operations could also be applied to the existing PDS machines which were providing microdensitometric measurement support to the GAMBIT and HEXAGON Programs. Captains Noland (EV) and 

Britton (RD) made several trips to Technical Operations while assisting in the design of the Pneumatic 

Focus Control Servo System modification, which when retrofitted on the PDS Microdensitometers enabled 

the automatic setting and maintaining of focus to .5 micrometers. 

The majority of the Technical Analysis Division's efforts in 1973 was spent in collection, measurement, 

and analysis of data from several GAMBIT and HEXAGON systems. The technicians viewed over 8,000,000 

feet of film in the support of three GAMBIT and eleven separate HEXAGON evaluations (3 Readiness, 2 

Acceptance, 2 Black and White and 2 Color Postflight, and 2 PET). In 1973, a contract was given to 

EIKONIX to develop a color image analysis capability similar to that which was used to evaluate black and 

white material. The results were the formulation of a complete analysis system called COLORC which 

included the entire process from Status "A" calibration of the microdensitometers to the production of 

transfer functions in effective exposure. As a result of developing this color image analysis capability, 

extensive testing was conducted on the PDS Microdensitometers and several improvements made on the 

machines (new photo multiplier tubes, etc.). However, it was found that the general design of these PDS 

BYE 15254-76 -ver-seeirei-- HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

2-103 

.11aluilalloigiuulaalfida444:061s— 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

OPTICAL POWER POWER SPECTRUM ANALYZER (OPSA) 

FIGURE 2-43 

JEOP-Sagiii54"-•- 

2-104 

BYE 15254-76 

44emdle-rier 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

HEXAGON/GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

--11100-INBOUSIN— 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

machines was not adequate to handle the requirements for tri-layer color mensuration. This deficiency 

gave support to the existing need for a new state-of-the-art microdensitometer. Two of the reconnaissance 

research engineers assigned to Technical Analysis (Major Pollard and Captain Noland) joined engineers 

from RD in establishing the specifications for the development of a new linear microdensitometer. The design 

included: three laser light sources to measure both black and white and color material, a new light 

collection system to ensure linear performance, laser interferometric velocity measurement and control, 

etc. This new instrument was called the New Generation Microdensitometer (NGM) or the Linear Microdensitometer (LMD). Because of the success in utilizing the Visual Edge Matching (VEM) technique in 

performing engineering and performance analysis of the HEXAGON system, the Technical Analysis 

Division completed a special VEM evaluation in March 1973 on GAMBIT Mission 4336. This study was 

performed to give the GAMBIT Program Office data for assessment of applications of this technique 

in the areas of focus determination, off-axis performance, and the effects of extended periods of Door 

Open Light (DOL) time on image quality. In mid 1973, Lieutenant D. Turbide was assigned as the Training 

Chairman for the newly formed Imagery Resolution Assessment and Reporting Standards (IRARS) Task 

Force. The first accomplishment of this Task Force was the establishment of a tribar resolution reading 

standard. Next, the Task Force developed a 4-phase reading and certification program. Lt Turbide had 

the responsibility for administering this test to all resolution readers involved in supporting the National 

Reconnaissance Program. In February 1973, research was done to find a replacement for the Digital 

Automatic Recording Equipment (DARE) which due to constant production use and the fact that it utilized an 

outmoded paper tape punch system had become unreliable. An option called the Digital Data Acquisition 

System, utilizing a PDF-8E Minicomputer, was proposed and accepted. This system was implemented in 

April and had the capability of: (1) collecting data from both densitometers simultaneously, (2) total data 

format flexibility, and (3) recording data on the IBM 360 compatible magnetic tape. With the phaseout 

message announcement on 24 October 1973, the Technical Analysis Division first learned of its fate. 

Although referred to as the Evaluation function, it was the mission of the Technical Analysis Division which 

was scheduled for transfer to NPIC/APSD. Shortly after this announcement it was also decided to transfer 

the management of the Controlled Range Network Program to SAFSP. In November 1973, a prototype of 

the automated Resolution Data Terminal System was operationally tested on Mission 4340. This system was 

designed by Captain Noland for the purpose of rapidly collecting resolution data from the time-critical 

HEXAGON Acceptance and Readiness preflight tests. It was estimated that a 50% savings in man-hours 

resulted from the implementation of this device. A more detailed discussion of this in-house achievement 

can be found on pages 4-74 thru 4-76. 

BYE 15254-76 

-.04b-siseinEXAGON /GAMBIT 

2-105 Controls Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

HEXAGON /GAMBIT ME 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

Although the Technical Analysis Division was again fully employed in the support of GAMBIT and 

HEXAGON Programs in 1974, there was a noticeable decrease in Facility involvement and few requests 

for special research or image analyses studies were received. This was also the first year that the 

Acceptance reports were written and published at the camera contractors' East Coast plant in Danbury, 

Connecticut. There were 19 various preflight and postflight evaluation exercises accomplished, many of 

which were performed simultaneously. The complete cycle from extraction/mensuration/edit to processing/ 

edit to analysis/documentation took approximately three and one-hall weeks (dependent upon the requirements 

for that specific phase of evaluation). The other major effort during this period was the detailed planning 

and coordinating with NPIC/APSD in preparation for the functional transfer. Ten of the fifteen men (1 

Reconnaissance Research Engineering Officer, 1 Photo Scientist Officer, 3 Photointerpretation Supervisors, 

and 5 Precision Photo Processing Technicians) were selected to relocate with this mission to NPIC. In 

June 1974, three different classified versions of the IRARS standard for reading tribar resolution were 

written, compiled, and published by Lt Colonel Martucci (EV) and Lt Turbide. Also in June, the transfer 

of the CORN management was completed. SAF assumed the primary responsibility for CORN 

operations, effective with GAMBIT Mission 4341. In the October - November period of 1974, AFSPPF 

realized the work accomplished by EIKONIX starting back in 1969 on the use of a model to remove non-linear 

effects of the film in recording the image. This work was prompted by the implementation of the Dual 

Gamma Viscous Process introduced by Eastman Kodak in the processing of GAMBIT, CORONA, and, in 

1971, on HEXAGON materials. The process resulted in producing a high adjacency/non-linear (Eberhard) 

effect on the photographed image. This program required extensive experimental work in quantifying the 

non-linearities and developing mathematical constants to compensate for the apparent distortions of the 

intensity image resulting from the Dual Gamma Process. The initial model applied only to one-dimensional 

objects, and was soon followed by the two-dimensional ("one-shot") diffusion model. The models, based 

upon the actual physical and chemical processes which took place in the film, were written into the systems 

performance evaluation software for the purpose of converting density to effective exposure. Improved 

versions of the Diffusion/Non-Linear Model are presently employed in many analysis programs being 

utilized by several NRO organizations. For a more detailed discussion of this work, see pages 4-37 thru 

4-39. 

In January 1975, a report entitled Description and Operation of Macrodensity Acquisition System 

Interface was written to document the electronic interface which permitted the direct entry of macrodensitometer data by the MacBeth TD-201 Densitometer to the PDP-8E Minicomputer. This Digital Data 

Acquisition System replaced the DARE equipment in 1973. In March 1975, the New Generation 

BYE 15254-76 

AP.641-61SGSWE—REXAGON / GAMBIT 

2-106 W000lle4maAvi 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

jpeip-ragegerrtrisExAGoN /GA" 1111111 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

Microdensitometer was delivered to the Technical Analysis Division for operational T&E. This state-ofthe-art instrument employs laser illumination, photodiode detection, and uses interferometric velocity 

control for determining stage position. The NGM also had many other unique electronic, optical, and data 

processing features. The NGM was shipped with other Evaluation equipment to NPIC in August 1975 where 

it will continue to be tested and evaluated. The mission support for HEXAGON ceased with the completion 

of the Readiness Test on SV-10 in May and the Postflight Analysis of Mission 1209 in August, and for 

GAMBIT with the publication of the Performance Evaluation Team Report on Mission 4344 in August. It 

was a tribute to the technicians of Technical Analysis and other members of the Evaluation Directorate 

that they were able to maintain continuity in the performance and completion of numerous projects from 

May until the transfer of this mission. A list of work done during this period is shown on page 3-4 in 

Volume III of this History. in June 1975, the first of two shipments of equipment and materials was 

forwarded to NPIC. This included six densitometer and microscope Laminar Flow Baker Hood Work 

Stations, two Viewing Tables with Zoom 70 Microscopes, etc.; the second shipment was in mid August and 

included two PDS Microdensitometers, four Richards MIM II Light Tables, two VEM Comparator Stations, 

16 boxes of operational documentations, etc. By the third week in July, the ten personnel assigned to 

remain with the function were enroute to NPIC and the others were reassigned to different Air Force 

organizations. The Technical Analysis Division's evaluation capability was fully operational at NPIC/APSD 

on the programmed date of 1 September 1975. 

The men who immediately come to mind when speaking of the accomplishments of the Technical 

Analysis Division are Captain Stephen Noland whose technological expertise and ingenuity resulted in the 

development of improved system performance data collection and analysis, e.g., modifications to the 

PDS Microdensitometers, designing and monitoring the completion of the Digital Data Acquisition System 

and the Resolution Data Terminal System, numerous applications of minicomputers to mission analysis 

operations, etc. Captain Harold Gordon provided dynamic leadership, management, and dedication during 

the peak operational periods of the 1970s by taking the initiative and responsibility for ensuring that the 

production requirements were accurately completed on time. Also, Master Sergeant James Weinert who 

through personal perseverance and thoroughness in scientific approach became the most knowledgable 

noncommissioned officer in raicrodensitometry within the Air Force; Technical Sergeant Jack Strobel for 

his innovative, determined, and positive contributions in developing and performing image analysis in the 

infant years of system performance assessment; and Master Sergeant Dale Voller, NCOIC of this Division, 

who through the self-learned knowledge of automation via minicomputers developed several resolution 

collection and edit routines for preflight and postflight analysis, acted as the primary CORN Program 

Monitor in 1973 - 1974, and designed and implemented a reader training program for the technicians 

assigned to the Resolution Analysis Branch. 

.41051-156GGIGAL.- HEXAGON /GAMBIT/RE 

2- 107 

BYE 15254-76 

ticonelle••••84,4~,t-Tigent-goAale. 

Controls Only 
-7011-11111911410-11EXAGON /GAMBIT 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

B. Data Division (EVD) 

This Division evolved from a small segment of the Statistical Analysis Branch of the Research 

and Development Division responsible for performing data processing on 1620/1710 Computer System. This 

system was leased from IBM in June 1964 and included a keypunch, card sorter, and paper tape Input/Output 

(I/O) system (later converted to card I/O). The basic mission of this unit was to support the test, evaluation, 

and analysis of projects assigned to the RD Division. Initial operating and programming were handled 

through existing manpower sources. Lieutenant J. Hilten, an RD mathematician/engineer, and two enlisted 

programmers with the close association of a consultant contractor (Mr. Jack Finley) were assigned to 

develop the first analytical software for CORONA and GAMBIT mission requirements. 

Three major events occurred in 1966: (1) this element of RD was reassigned as the Technical Processing 

Division under the newly formed Evaluation Directorate, in June; (2) also in June, the 1620/1710 System was 

replaced by a medium scale IBM 360/30; and (3) the projected data processing manning started to report with 

the arrival of the first Data Automation Officer (AFSC 6855) and Computer Systems Superintendent (AFSC 

68790). The 360/30 System consisted of the following components: 2030 Processing Unit, 2311 Disk 

Storage Drives, 2403 Magnetic Tape Unit and Controller, 2520 Card Punch, 1443 Printer, and other 

features such as External Interrupt Unit, Internal Timer, Storage Protection Unit, etc. Figure 2-44 

presents a picture of some of the major components of this system as configured in this Division. 

The period from 1966 to 1967 centered mainly around: (1) the generation and improvement of programs 

like: edge analysis, density distribution, exposure analysis, Modulation Transfer Function (MTF)/Aerial Image 

Modulation in support of the CORONA and GAMBIT Programs; (2) conversion of existing programs from the 

1620/1710 to the 360/30; and (3) the support of AFSPPF management information requirements. In 1967, the 

number of personnel assigned had increased to six (one officer system analyst, a civilian programmer, two 

enlisted programmers, and two enlisted computer operators). Also during this period, the close association 

had continued with Mr. Finley (Data Corporation from 1962 to 1968, and later with his own company, 

EIKONIX, from 1968 to August 1975), who initiated much of the analytical software being used and tested 

to evaluate operational satellite reconnaissance systems performance, e.g., optimum filtering and other 

grain noise rejection methods, automatic data edit, conversion to effective exposure, analysis of atmospheric contrast reduction, automatic adaption to CORN target and mission parameters, and other features 

necessary for a production image evaluation system. 

In 1968, two enlisted technicians (programmer and machine operator) and one civilian scientist 

programmer were detailed and subsequently assigned to the Production Directorate to assist contractor 

programmers in developing software for PD's new integrated 1130/1800 Production Control System. Also 

in 1968, the name of this Division was changed from Technical Processing to the Data Division; the first image 

TOP-ItEellEXAGON /GAMBIT/MR BYE 15254-76 

2-108 Controls Only 
IBM 360/30 COMPUTER SYSTEM 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

"11171P—Sze-iczT 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

FIGURE 2-44 BYE 152 54- 76 

Handl° via Ryornary Talzn4 Koyhole 

Controls Only 2-109 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

"TOP—ANGINDE6=. HEXAGON / GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

analysis and computer support program library was established; and analytical historical data was no 

longer filed on cards but built into disk files. 

In 1969, the organization and operation of the Data Division changed under the leadership of Captain 

D. Watson. He was responsible in the ensuing period for: (1) redesigning internal programming methods 

to take advantage of the 360/40 System and multiprogramming capabilities of its software, (2) establishing 

documentation specifications for use by the Division programmers and for all contracted software; (3) rewriting programs to achieve a savings in computer execution time; (4) standardizing the file structure for all 

mission data; and (5) completely reorienting the data processing system toward a volume production status. 

The Data Division also felt the first impact of the HEXAGON system in converting/developing a program to 

calculate optical path differences and lens optical transfer functions for interferogram evaluations of each 

optical bar camera. EV's input to the AFSPPF's manpower study requested one additional authorization 

for a Computer Systems Analyst based on: (1) the Commander's desire to build a self sufficient data 

processing staff, and (2) the estimated increase in complexity and volume of the computer requirements 

to support HEXAGON (subsequently, this request was approved). 

In 1970, the two major actions affecting this Division were: (1) approval was granted to replace the 

360/30 Computer with an IBM 360/40 with the Disk Operating System (DOS), and (2) the beginning of the total 

involvement with the preflight and postflight analytical software of the HEXAGON system. On 24 

September 1970, the 360/40 was delivered to AFSPPF . This system included the following major units: 

a 2040 Processing Unit with 256K Memory, 2401 Magnetic Tape Units, 2803 Tape Controllers, 2821 Control 

Unit, 2314 Disk Storage Control, 2318 Disk Storage Drive, 2312 Disk Storage, 2540 Card Reader/Punch, and 

a 1403 High Speed Printer. Figure 2-45 presents a picture showing the 360/40 in the Data Division Computer Operations Room. The upgraded system was required because of the extensive software utilized to 

process and analyze the Acceptance (preflight) data from the three simulation chambers ("A," "C," and "D") 

at the camera contractor's plant in Danbury, Connecticut. During the entire period from 1970 up until 

1 August 1975, the Data Division relied heavily on several versions of the IBM POWER Spooling System 

which operated under DOS. The primary advantage of this new operating technique was an increased 

efficiency in both manpower and machine utilization and scheduling. Programs could be prioritized and 

loaded in an arbitrary order for unattended execution, and the output then directed to disk file for later 

printing. This was especially significant in the 1970 - 1971 period when the Data Division was only 60% 

manned. 

In 1971, there was a significant increase in HEXAGON related activities, starting with the requirement 

to assist in developing an analysis program for focus and sync-flash data. Also, in early 1971, techniques 

were developed for computer calibration of the Technical Analysis Division's microdensitometers to 

BYE 15254-76 

...TOB—SECHAW— HEXAGON/GAMBIT

ttauctlertatimagag-aalroas-Kothele-• 

2-110 Controls Only 
IBM 360/40 COMPUTER SYSTEM 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

__zam-sissa*qt.- 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

FIGURE 2-45 BYE 15254-76 

f;ladla.4,64-gtiamstapaaia‘1$•—ii4/4e.le 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

iggalL-SNCILET.- HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

eliminate errors due to the Callier phenomenon. This resulted in the development of software and file 

structures which characterized specific microdensitometers, apertures, and film data. This data could 

be quickly recalled at any time during the mission processing cycle. In February 1971, procedures were 

developed for utilizing the much faster and superior quality 360/40 System, Model 1403 Printer and 1627 

Calcom Plotter to create press quality output which would go directly to the Technical Reports Division for 

publication without requiring the illustrators to recopy the content. In July, the manning authorization was 

increased from six to ten personnel. This augmentation included a military Computer Systems Analyst, a 

civilian Computer Programmer, an enlisted military Programmer, and an enlisted Computer Operator. In 

late 1971, the Data Division coordinated with the Facility Communications Section in developing a procedure 

to transmit processed analytical data from operational Line Targets to the Postflight Analysis (PFA) Review 

Meetings held after each HEXAGON payload was recovered. This gave the HEXAGON PFA Team more data 

to better optimize the on-orbit performance of the next mission segment. Mission control data was stored 

on disk files and programs were written to produce printer image tapes which could be transmitted by data 

link to the users (Program Offices, both the East Coast and West Coast camera contractor's Field Offices, 

SAF/SP-7, NPIC, etc.) via AFSPPF's secure communications facility. Also in 1971, there were modifications to many of the analysis programs to accommodate the newly developed Non-Linear Model designed to 

invert adjacency influenced data to effective exposure. 

In 1972, the Data Division was involved in 6 Interferogram, 3 Image Motion, 4 Focus, 5 Line Analysis, 

1 Visual Edge Matching, and 2 Gray Scale programs. These programs were written in FORTRAN and 

ASSEMBLER languages and required a total of 1,091,000 bytes of core. Approximately 55% of these programs 

required source data from other organizations. The main efforts during this year were centered on 

development of focus and motion (smear) analysis. Due to this significant increase in computer operation, 

three additional tape and three disk drives were leased from IBM to expedite data processing. 

By 1973, the pendulum had swung from evaluating system performance by measuring edges to using 

Line Target data. Therefore, efforts were expanded to develop system-specific programs for the postflight 

analysis of Lines acquired from HEXAGON (PFALINES) and GAMBIT (PETLINES). These Line Analysis 

Programs were designed to use files of system data (thru focus optical transfer function data, etc.) and to 

perform analyses directed at problems unique to that photographic reconnaissance system. Preflight 

(Acceptance and Readiness) test support continued for HEXAGON at a high level. Based on the real 

possibility that AFSPPF would be phased out, a letter was sent on 18 May 1973 to AFSCF/DBVC. This 

letter provided the status of the three computer systems installed at the Facility and presented a discussion 

regarding the discontinuance of each system. At that time, the discontinuance date for the 360/40 was 

estimated to be 30 June 1975 (later extended until 1 August 1975). This letter was sent to the Air Force 

—"POP—Miltell EX AWN /GAMBIT BYE 15254-76 

44ameliewergyemar04440-444,traia-- 

2-112 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

TOE"11PIECIMPT-- HEXAGON /GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume 

Systems Command's Computer Controlling Office for their planning purposes in FY 75 and FY 76. Prior 

to 1973, some of the sophisticated equipment at AFSPPF had minicomputers as an integral part of the 

system. Each Directorate which had this type of equipment, also was responsible for the maintenance of the 

minicomputer. In late 1973, EV volunteered to assume the custodian role for all minicomputers in or on loan 

from AFSPPF. The Data Division NCOIC was assigned the task of maintaining the status, location, and 

contract maintenance requirements. Table 2-7 presents a summary of this information in addition to the 

ultimate disposition of all minicomputers allocated to this organization. 

TABLE 2-7 

SUMMARY OF MINICOMPUTERS AT AFSPPF 

Equipment 

Computer 

(Manufacturer) 

Contract 

Maintenance 

Computer 

Received 

Computer 

Shipped/Destination 

PDS "E" Micro-D PDP- 8/I (DEC) Yes Oct 71 Aug 75/NPIC 

PDS "D" Micro-D PDP- 8/1 (DEC) Yes Jul 69 Aug 75. 

Mann-Data "C" Micro-D PDP-8/I (DEC) Yes Apr 72 Jul 75/EK 

Reso Data Terminal PDP-8 (DEC) Yes Jul 70 Aug 75/NPIC 

AIL Auto-Densitometer PDP-8/L(DEC) Yes Jul 70 Apr 76,1. 

BA Printer PDP-11/05 (DEC) No Jan 75 Mar 77, 

Ident Printer H-316 (Honeywell) No Jul 70 Sep 74/EK 

Ident Printer H-316 (Honeywell) No Jul 70 Sep 76/544th 

Ink-Jet Tiller H-316 (Honeywell) No Apr 73 Salvaged 

Power Spectrum Analyzer 1200 (NOVA) No Oct 72 Mar 74/NPIC 

Cayuga Printer 1210 (NOVA) No Mar 75 Sep 76/544th 

Cayuga Printer 820 (NOVA) No Mar 75 Sep 76/544th 

NGM (SN-1) Micro-D 1230 (NOVA) Yes Mar 75 Aug 75/NPIC 

Although the majority of 1974 was again spent in the development and modification of programs to assess 

the ever improving HEXAGON and GAMBIT systems, much time was consumed in planning for the transfer 

of the EV function and closure of the Evaluation Directorate at AFSPPF. In January 1974, a time utilization 

study revealed that the Data Division could reduce their system capability; and thus lower the funding 

allocated for equipment rental. Therefore, two tape drives, three disk drives, and a paper tape reader 

and controller used as components of the 360/40 Computer System were discontinued. As part of the 

requirement to reduce AFSPPF's total manning to 160 by 1 July 1974, three personnel (one Computer 

Systems Analyst Officer, one enlisted Computer Operator, and an enlisted Programmer) from the Data 

Division were released for reassignment. As a result, the personnel work schedule during mission 

operations was revised from 3 nine hour (overlapping) shifts to 2 twelve hour shifts. Although the decision 

BYE 15254-76 

—.01P—ESCHIETT•rIlEXAGON / GAMBIT 

2-113 Controls Only 
-11141P-SEGBIGH— HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

had been made to transfer the function of EV and to close AFSPPF, some optimism remained that this 

decision would be reversed and that the Facility would go back into full mission support operations. This 

optimism was based on the desire to maintain a full Evaluation, Photo Processing, Research and Development, and Data Processing capability at one location. It was for this reason, when Master Sergeant 

Swetavage identified five Government-owned 360/40 components being messed at Headquarters PACAF, 

that AFSPPF requested these units to replace the same components being leased from IBM for their system. 

The transfer of this equipment was approved and the components (central processing unit, control unit, 

card reader/punch, select channel, and printer) arrived in March 1974. This action resulted in a monthly 

rental savings of $17, 000. In April 1974, Captain Massarini was selected as a member of the newly formed 

HEXAGON System Software Compatibility Team tasked to document all image assessment programs utilized 

in HEXAGON performance evaluations. Also in April, Lt Colonel Martucci, Deputy Director of Evaluation, 

Captains Hill and Johnson, and Sergeants Swetavage, Strausbaugh, and Singleton performed an in-depth 

study to identify the requirements for photographic production computer support based on the loss of PD's 

IBM/1800/1130 Production Control System. Their study resulted in five feasible options to handle the 

Production Directorate's automated control requirements at AFSPPF and later at their new operational site 

at the 544th ARTW. The decisions resulting from this study were: (1) to purchase a PDP-11/40 and do the 

program conversion in-house; (2) in the interim, to obtain the density return acquisition and densitometer 

calibration functions from an existing PDP-8E on loan from EV; and (3) to supplement the production mission 

with miscellaneous data processing support from the IBM 360/40 in the Data Division. The Data Division 

provided the programmers, managed by Captain Hill, to rewrite the software from the 1130/1800 for operation 

on the PDP-8E. This task was completed in October 1974 and an operational procedures document written 

entitled PDP-8E Computer Operations. The supplementary programs also required a conversion modification to be compatible with the IBM 360/40. In total, 38 programs were rewritten in this phase and 

declared operational in August 1974. Up to now all planning for the transfer had included the shipment 

of the dedicated IBM 360/40 System. Unfortunately, in late June, a decision was made not to relocate the 

360/40 to NPIC. However, to ease the transition, two systems analysts (Captains Massarini and Jackson) 

were selected to fill two of the 30 Air Force slots allotted for this movement. In December 1974, AFSPPF 

sent out a Data Processing Program Report which presented the following information: program name and 

nomenclature, documentation status, programmer, language, purpose, and input/output information on the 

entire inventory of programs utilized by the Data Division. 

The last eight months of operation in the Data Division were involved mainly with: (1) the conversion/ 

modification of the Production Control System programs used in the photo processing mission at AFSPPF, 

and (2) the design and monitoring of the HETRA Remote Job Entry (RJE) System at NPIC which was to be 

utilized for processing the system performance evaluation data at APSD. Captain Massarini and 

BYE 15254-76 saa-romeiter- HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

2-114 Controls Only 
VED FOR RELEASE 

4491P—MICILIEIM HEXAGON /GAMS' 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

Captain Noland, Technical Analysis Division, suggested and received approval to use an existing Governmentowned PDP-8E Minicomputer to preprocess the raw resolution, microdensitometric, and macrodensitometric 

data which would minimize the utilization of the RJE, thus expediting receipt of the final processed data 

from computer central at CIA Headquarters. The schedule, established for converting the analytical 

programs ("Reso 4," "Reso Original and Backup," "VEM Collection," etc.) written for the IBM 360/40 to 

be compatible with the combined system of minicomputers and the RJE which was linked by data line to the 

370/195 System at computer central, was completed as planned. In total, 90 programs were converted and 

available for the Operational Readiness Test performed at NPIC/APSD in August 1975. By April 1975, the 

major Facility management information systems programs had been converted from the 360/40 format to 

the PDP-11/40 System. A report was written in April 1975 entitled Program Documentation for TWINSCAN, 

for the purpose of documenting the software used at AFSPPF in the simultaneous or independent automated 

operation of the two Mann-Data Microdensitometers (Machines "B" & "C"). This work was done to give 

the two recipients (NBS and EK) information on the configuration and use of the these znicrodensitometers. 

On 1 August 1975, the IBM 360/40 Computer System was phased out; the rental equipment returned to IBM; 

and the Government-owned equipment was distributed to various locations (Langley AFB, Scott AFB, etc.). 

The highest tribute was paid to this highly dedicated, professional, and motivated unit of system 

analysts, programmers, and machine operators by five separate companies/agencies. First the Field 

Representatives from the Digital Equipment Corporation (DEC) and International Business Machines 

(IBM) Corporation who have praised the technicians by stating that because of the thorough use and 

manipulation of their computers by the Data Division that both corporations have improved their equipment. Acknowledgment was received from EIKONIX and Mead Technology Laboratories for the "aroundthe-clock" cooperative assistance provided these two corporations, in support of their development and 

testing of image assessment programs. The Data Division was also cited by the HEXAGON Program 

Chairman for their significant contributions to the development of on-orbit analysis techniques, software, 

and 24-hour a day response to all mission processing requirements. 

Three men, although mentioned later in the acknowledgments, are deserving of special recognition. 

The first is Captain Dale Watson who was Chief of the Data Division for four years and the man responsible 

for organizing the management and operational procedtires for this Division. Another member is Technical 

Sergeant William Sanson, a Data Processing Supervisor, who had the ability to detect and isolate errors 

during data processing and as a result saved valuable analytical and programming time. Sergeant Sanson 

always provided total dedication to accomplishing the mission regardless of whether it was system performance assessment, contractor support, research and development, or management information system 

tasks. The third man was Master Sergeant Robert Swetavage whose innovative, thorough, economical, and 

BYE 15254-76 

.4P041-410110.11HEXAGON / GAMBIT/Eli 

2-115 Controls Controls Only 
-•TO1P-/PBEHIE116a HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

VED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

timely management recommendations/actions were major factors in the outstanding and effective mission 

support operation performed by the Data Division from 1970 thru 1 August 1975. 

C. Technical Reports Division (EVT) 

Another Branch transferring from RD to incorporate under the Evaluation Directorate was 

the Technical Reports Branch. This Branch was established with the hiring of Mr. Charles Rauscher in 

October 1962. The initial mission was to photographically document Building P-1900 modifications; new 

photo processing equipment installations; and produce 8" x 10" vue-graphs, 35mm slide briefings, and 

static displays. At this period of time, this Branch was known primarily as the Still Photo. Lab and had 

very little graphic equipment. In January 1963, this Still Photo Lab unit was assigned to reproduce reports 

on RD equipment evaluations, and a limited duplicating capability was added. The reports produced by this 

small print shop were well received and resulted in the requirement in early 1964 to reproduce GAMBIT 

Performance Evaluation Reports (PETs) and Technical Evaluation Reports (TEROs) on the new 1000 Series 

CORONA missions. At this time, the Still Photo Lab was renamed the Technical Reports Branch. 

Mr. Rauscher's group of five enlisted technicians (a Draftsman, Illustrator, Still Photographer, 

Printing and Binding Specialist, and Printing Technician) was responsible for designing the basic format 

for these publications. The first reports were all typed on duplicating paper master plates at a 1:1 scale. 

This was a very slow and cumbersome method because the majority of information consisted of columns 

of figures and statistical data. Mr. Rauscher conducted an immediate search for a faster and better quality 

reproduction system. He drew up a staff study of his findings and proposed implementation of a Photo 

Direct Master Duplicating System, designed by the Addressograph & Multigraph (A&M) Corporation, Mount 

Prospect, Illinois/Cleveland, Ohio. This system was the forerunner of the publication method used until 

the closure of the Facility. This first system included an Offset Multilith Duplicating Press, Model 1250 and 

a Loader Processor Platemaker, Model 1425. The advantages of this system were: 

A. Typists could use any type of paper. 

B. Corrections could be easily overlaid (stripped-up) rather than the previous method of retyping 

the whole page. 

C. Illustrations and/or typed draft could be reduced or enlarged for process copy. 

D. The 1250 Duplicator could reproduce a vastly improved printing quality. 

In December 1964, the Branch's photo laboratory was tasked with projection printing of reconnaissance 

satellite imagery for inclusion in the technical evaluation reports. This required an enlarging capability up 

to 40 times (40X) the original image. It also entailed precise registration in placing the imagery within the 

classification frisket. Both the GAMBIT and CORONA Program Offices were highly impressed with the 

prints produced by the Technical Reports Branch. Both program offices felt strongly that one of the best 

BYE 15254-76 

-411.9424FOGREM.... HEXAGON /GAMBIT 1111111 

Mealier 

2-116 Contras Controls Only 
VED FOR RELEASE 

-/POP—SIN EXAGON /GAMBI 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

means of displaying, as well as characterizing, systems was to do it through actual photographic examples. 

This resulted in a marked increase in work load and led to the purchase of the following photo equipment: 

A. LogEflo LD-24 Automatic Film Processor 

B. EK 10 - 20 - 40X Enlarger 

C. Chromega Projection Printer 

D. Miller Holzworth Printer 

This enabled the Technical Reports Branch photo laboratory to perform the following tasks: (1) documentary 

photography; (2) black and white and color prints and slides; and (3) technical report projection printing 

support. 

Another innovation in the report publication product was the utilization of plastic binding and different 

styles and sizes of typeset for the cover and divider pages. To accomplish this, a 316 EP Punching Machine, 

a 316 EP Binding Machine, and a Model 880 Composing Varityper Machine with six fonts were purchased 

from General Binding Corporation (GBC), Northbrook, Illinois. 

It was at this point in June 1966 that AFSPPF was upgraded to a Wing level Facility. As part 

of that reorganization, the Technical Reports Branch of RD was transferred to the newly established 

Directorate of Evaluation where it became the Technical Reports Division. The organizational structure 

included the Division level and the Photographic, Layout, and Lithographic Branches. Ten personnel 

manned these three branches. The mission remained essentially the same; however, the work load 

significantly increased. Equipment improvements during this period included the 705 Photo Direct Plate 

Processor which automatically combined the camera and platemaking phases. This produced a plate which 

could be placed directly on the press for reproduction. The GBC Model 12 LD Laminator was purchased 

and used to preserve report covers, divider pages, security badges, photo processing machine operating 

instructions, etc. 

From 1966 - 1970, the Technical Reports Division remained relatively static with the mission requirements gradually increasing but the general type of production remaining the same. Figure 2-46 presents a 

display representing the capabilities, functions, and major pieces of equipment of each branch within the 

Division. 

The next significant event affecting this Division was the reorganization by AFSPPF in 1970 which 

aligned all functional AFSCs under the same Directorate. This concept resulted in the transfer of the 

personnel and functions from the Photographic Branch to the Production Directorate where this unit was 

renamed the Select Print Laboratory (SPL). Although the concept of aligning all AFSCs'under one Directorate 

was sound, this particular action was unfortunate for the Still Photographers assigned to the Select Print 

Laboratory. The SPL received 90% of their entire work load from the Directorate of Evaluation. Despite 

BYE 15254-76 

41012—GEGINCIN-- HEXAGON/GAMBIT 

.litarallamialtysamiwalipeTheie•• 

2-117 Controls Only 
TECHNICAL REPORTS DIVISION MISSIONDISPLAY BOARD 

PHOTOGRAPHIC BRANCH 

LAYOUT BRANCH 

LITHOGRAPHIC BRANCH 

• . . 

24 X 24 BROWN 

PROCESS CAMERA . . 

if.. _ 

a 

'•••■ .h, tr•vt•1 • : A is ..• "

.... • 

7 ,,„.

. . FO 

lgtrAVION 1 '1 . - 

. •- - I ------- --/ 

'I ( . •..- 

,. • A LOGEFLOW L024 1 .. :...,..ti : •,I.!,::11$:.. • • 

. FILM PROCESSOR kiv, IIL• 1. • : • 

I 

. 

... - 

A . 

x\s's STRIP UP . 

1166611N 

iti 0 

. , 

• 

' SCANNEX , 

• ' 

. 

.., 

1 • ' 0. / 

, HALFTONE NEGATIVE _ .. .,. 

•

. . . . . . . .... .- :. • .•- . .. ,.., . . .. 

VARITY PER BRO 1 — DRY DEVELOPER :, . • 

•• ) 

PREPRINTED MATERIAL ! ' LINE NEGATIVE• 

.'24'42. ..;''4"-fr:;4:c.•••.... Til ' .''., • :1;‘e L''.. ‘ (r: !'' ''' ''''' . ' ' 

'.....7 :.;•.:• .;;V.464.‘44.::'.'.:• :'i'..Ti..S.';,..• 

.. '.1.W;h,',1:.'1•1 •!:r.: • .•.; • .. i'..:'••.': ii. ',,, •••■;:.:,' Il 11E 

::.■ ::'• :.::.:::": ;.,:..:;:•±,r eq•V.?,!:■`'..,-. l'..ii?,;44. • : ' • 

• 

• 

.., ,- • . .,-- 1 .. ••..• .. ... .•,.,, r, •,.... - ,.. . .:„. .... . . . , 1 .., _. • . ii, " . . . . ... . , _• . - .- . . -. . . . . . . , ., .., ..• ., ..' 

• 

\ • ! 1 .' ;- -• ■ 

ilitAl NATI 

MEM 1 Orr-.-,-,-- • ' • . 

.7....:.: 

CO

MO . . , . 

... . . . . • INPONONT" ... . . :',...,. .: ' mai sraug 1.: ','.7.,,, T.' , . . .., . . t L •• • 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

-T010-9E€116T-- 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

FIGURE 2-46 

-9P4311-6CREM-- 

BYE 15254-76 

t1TrereT1a8errieriTeleal-d9vtar1e:-_ 

Controls Only 2-118 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

--BOBAtA111113CAGON /GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

this administrative policy, good cooperation and coordination were retained between EV and PD in receiving 

SPL support. 

The last major piece of equipment purchased for the Technical Reports Division was the A&M 805 

Electrostatic Master Imager which replaced the A&M 705 Photo Direct Plate Processor. This was a 

revolutionary development in printing technology because it was the first to incorporate a dry processing 

technique versus wet chemistry which had caused many operational problems. Figure 2-47 shows a picture 

of the A&M 805 plate maker. Another innovation was the close coordination between the Technical Reports 

and Data Divisions in devising data processing programs to computerize graphic presentations with the 

IBM 360/40 for inclusion in the technical reports. This saved many man-hours of graphics work in 

drawing, "laying out," "stripping up," and typing formats. Examples of these automated printouts and 

plots were: CORN target summary data by each mobile display, mission command information by rev and 

frame, density summaries by slit number, exposure data based on peak resolution, smear rate distributions, 

etc. In this same time period, AFSPPF proposed that EV was capable of supporting all required HEXAGON 

publications. The HEXAGON Program Chairman approved this proposal. By 1971, the Technical Reports 

Division was operationally prepared for what turned out to be the longest and toughest mission challenge 

of their existence. 

Since March 1970, this Division had been reproducing Interferogram Reports which presented data on 

interferometrically determined modulation transfer functions of each optical bar tested in a preflight 

simulated chamber (Chamber D) at Perkin-Elmer, Danbury, Connecticut. These were relatively small 

publications and could be handled easily along with the GAMBIT PET and CORONA TERO requirements. 

However, with the advent of Acceptance, Readiness, Postflight Analysis, and PET Reports for each 

HEXAGON mission, personnel schedules had to be devised which covered 18 hours a day, 7 days a week 

during report preparation, compilation, editing, and publication periods. 

During the peak production period from 17 March 1971 thru August 1975, this Division was continually involved in some phase of report preparation. With the announcement of the pending closure of AFSPPF and the 

transfer of EV to NPIC/APSD, the decision had to be made whether to include this dedicated reports group 

with the transfer. Based on the fact that NPIC had their own printing plant, it was decided that a force of 

four technicians (Draftsman, Illustrator, Multilith Offset Pressman, and a Visual Information Specialist) 

would remain and be assigned to the AFSPPF Administrative Section to support the reproduction function of 

the Facility until the phaseout. Although the personnel from EV who were transferring to NPIC were gone 

by early August, several reports, e.g., CORONA History, two additional Image Resolution Assessment and 

Reporting Standards (IRARS), the Financial Plan, the Facility History, etc. remained to be completed. The 

last man officially assigned to the Technical Reports Division left for his new assignment on 30 September 1976, 

BYE 15254-76 

111046—GSGBA.Z...HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

fiasitleawasamaireTakmaWiiOlaka... 

2-119 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

-7,431—SEGIFEAFAFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

THE A&M 805 ELECTROSTATIC MASTER IMAGER 

FIGURE 2-47 

VOP-SLECAN-T. 

BYE 15254-76 

msmarr917137emerri74e4erp4-14er4eie— 

.2-120 Cont rols Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

HEXAGON /GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

TO1P—BEGIINV— MN 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

thus bringing to an end one of the most responsive, innovative, and dedicated small printing plants in the 

DoD. 

Although certain personnel are acknowledged later in this section, two are singled out for special 

mention. First and foremost, Mr. Charles Rauscher, who through planning, training, and managerial 

abilities was able to meet the many and various challenges assigned him throughout his 14 years of service 

as head of this group. The second, Technical Sergeant Richard Barrus, who upon assignment in October 

1966 as a Draftsman Supervisor, developed production techniques which significantly reduced the man-hours 

required to complete these lengthy and exacting technical reports. His interest was so deep that he became 

involved not only in the mechanics of his graphics work but also the contents of the text. As such, he 

provided valuable assistance not only as a graphics technician but in the editing/quality phases of each 

report. 

The following personnel are but a small percentage of the outstanding engineers, technicians, specialists, 

and administrators assigned to the Directorate of Evaluation from June 1966 to August 1975. 

A. Technical Analysis Division 

Personnel from this Division, such as Captains S. Noland, G. Holliman, and C. Bush, were 

the prime initiators and coordinators of the mission projects in EV. They understood the complexities of 

the satellite reconnaissance systems and were expert analysts of sensor subsystem performance and image 

quality evaluation. However, without the precise operation of the mensuration equipment provided by Staff 

Sergeants R. Arnold, F. Penny, H. Loewen, R. Capps, S. Boston, R. Prunoske, and A. Craley; and the 

supervisory abilities and multi-talents of dedicated contributors like Master Sergeants J. Weinert, D. Voller, 

A. Whitmore, and Technical Sergeant J. Strobel, the data would not have met mission requirements. There 

was also the achievement of Captain H. Gordon, OIC of Data Collection, whose knowledge and operational 

management of the Controlled Range Network were unparalleled in the history of this program. 

B. Data Division 

Computer services of this Division were developed into the essential means of solving 

engineering problems, test evaluations, and special studies. EV's outstanding computer programmers/ 

analysts were: Captains W. Jackson, R. Massarini, and D. Watson. These men were seemingly on call 

day and night to innovate software changes to operational programs and/or provide instant consultation to 

prevent mission data processing stoppages. The Data Division was consistently manned by individuals of 

the highest professional caliber. Some of these dedicated technicians were Technical Sergeants W. Sanson 

and J. Bradley (machine operators); Master Sergeant M. Strausbaugh and Mr. H. D'Arnours (programmers); 

and the best NCOIC ever to serve in this Directorate, Master Sergeant Robert Swetavage. 

SOILAEGRE.T= HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

BYE 15254-76 

2-121 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

...x9e-grrfigi - HEXAGON/GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

C. Technical Reports Division 

This Division's graphics people, i.e., Master Sergeant J. Dollar and Technical Sergeant 

R. Barrus, and Illustration Specialists Technical Sergeants J. Francavilla and E. Ward consistently 

responded to all mission challenges in preparing formats for the several types of technical reports. 

Similarly, the Lithographic expertise of pressmen like Master Sergeant L. Nelson and Technical Sergeant 

R. Dixon exceeded the quality criteria and met all reproduction deadlines for these large volume publications. 

However, the person who stands out above all others was Mr. Charles Rauscher, the Division Chief, for it 

was his creative talent and determination which won the recognition of his group and product throughout 

the NRO community. 

D. The Evaluation Directorate's Office 

Expert leadership and dedication from the Evaluation Directorate were received from 

officers like Colonel V. Stanley, Lt Colonels H. Duval, Jr. and L. Martucci; from the noncommissioned 

officers who drove mission operations such as Chief Master Sergeant J. Badgett and Technical Sergeant 

R. Jewell; and from that long line of outstanding secretaries, the backbone of EV's administrative and report 

preparation functions, which included: Mrs. Nancy Doyle, Mrs. Janice Lawrence, Miss Cathy Walsh, and 

Mrs. Stevie Chaisson. 

The men and women of EV share equally in the success of the Directorate of Evaluation as a 

unit of dedicated, responsive, quality performers. 

—1434a-SECIET... HEXAGON /GAMBIT BYE 15254-76 

Han.11p .yin Ptyprn,rs knyknte. 

2-122 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

411,26-910.10611--HEXAGON /GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

SECTION III 

COVER, SECURITY, & COMMUNICATION 

BACKGROUND 

The Air Force Special Projects Production Facility (AFSPPF) was established with the primary task 

of supporting the processing and duplication of the SAMOS Earth Satellite Reconnaissance Program. The 

following is an excerpt from a Headquarters USAF message which states the mission of the Air Force 

Satellite Photographic Processing Laboratory (AFSPPL), the name by which this organization was first 

known. 

"From HED USAF, Wash DC. To SAC Offutt AFB Nebr. Info 844RTS Offutt AFB 

Nebr, 8AF RTS Westover AFB Mass, ADC Andrews AFB MD. Secret Cite AFCIN1B2-90296. Subject is Project SAMOS. This msg in 4 parts. Part 1. Recent 

direction to the management of the satellite reconnaissance program has emphasized 

that the processing, duplication and distribution of photographic materials resulting 

therefrom is a responsibility which the Air Force must be able to discharge in a 

nationally acceptable manner. The 8RTS, Westover AFB, has been selected to 

perform these tasks. Part 2. The Secretary of the Air Force has requested that 

a detailed plan be prepared for conversion of the 8RTS, Westover AFB, to a 

Department of Defense Satellite Reconnaissance Processing Facility Part 4. 

Request plan be forwarded to HQS USAF, Attention AFCIN-1B2, not later than 

14 Oct 60. This msg has been coordinated with the Director of Missile and 

Satellite Systems." 

As this mission expanded to include the research and development of photo production related 

hardware and software and the photographic characteristics evaluation of satellite imagery, the prime 

concern to the National Reconnaissance Office (NRO) became one of insuring that this unit maintained a 

policy of limited access on a strictly need-to-know basis and tight physical, administration, and 

communications security. 

The problems of obtaining adequate intelligence over denied areas through photo reconnaissance were 

greatly amplified by the Gary Powers U-2 incident in May 1960. Consequently, Government direction to 

the management of the Satellite Reconnaissance Program emphasized the importance of the control and 

handling of SAMOS photographic products. 

On 15 December 1960 Confidential SAF Order 116.2 72 established the AFSPPL at Westover Air Force 

Base, Massachusetts. The order placed this new organization under the command of the Director of the 

SAMOS Project and attached AFSPPL to the Air Force Command and Control Development Division, 

L. G. Hanscom Field, Massachusetts, for administrative, logistic, and contractual support. The actual 

IBID Footnote 1, page 1-1. 

BYE 15254-76 

-TOP-41.18GHBT... HEXAGON/GAMBIT 

Ilandit'TerelemeT*0-Tvielo-44e)+06 

3-1 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

44116.1PEGIGEB— HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

transfer of spaces, manpower, and other resources was scheduled to take place upon approval of a plan 

submitted by the Director of the SAMOS Project to SAF. 

Copies of the original mission statements for this organization can be found in the Appendix. The 

three organization and function mission statements were incorporated into Secretary of the Air Force 

Orders dated 15 December 196073; a revision, dated 25 August 196474; and the current mission directive 

which was effective on 10 November 1965 75 

Although the specific reference to satellite photography was eliminated for security reasons from 

the official mission statement on 25 August 1964, this organization has continued to provide technical, 

analytical, and research support to satellite reconnaissance programs from SAMOS to CORONA, GAMBIT, 

HEXAGON right through to the current The first SAF order concerning this organization 

states that the mission provides support for a satellite photographic recotmaiStiance program; however, 

this information was-never released publicly as the required clearances for all personnel were under the 

TALENT-KEYHOLE (TK) Control System which would not allow any reference to that type of reconnaissance. 

Although several attempts were made to establish a cover story for this organization, one was never 

approved. In the beginning, members of AFSPPL and their former co-workers from the 8RTS worked in 

different areas of the same building. AFSPPL personnel were constantly instructed not to discuss their 

specific duties. This was an extremely sensitive matter as their former co-workers knew what specialty 

fields they were assigned to. Therefore, AFSPPL personnel could never effectively hide the fact that they 

were involved in some kind of photographic project. These personnel were also briefed not to freely 

volunteer the name of their organization to anyone on base or in the local community. They were also told 

that there should be no "open" social association with contractors and government personnel on or off base. 

There were no public information announcements of the establishment of AFSPPL. However the scope 

of the mission grew to the point where on 30 June 1963 8RTS had to relocate into other buildings on 

Westover AFB. As long as the 8RTS was co-located in Bldg P-1900, public attention was not drawn to 

the existence of this organization. In fact, the 8RTS sign remained on the building until approximately the 

summer of 1965 when it was replaced by a sign bearing the short-lived name of the 6594th Test Squadron. 

Even when the name of this organization was changed to the Air Force Special Projects Production Facility 

in November 1965, the "test squadron" connotation remained popular and was used by most base personnel. 

Slowly as 8RTS and other long-tour base personnel were transferred, the fact that AFSPPF was involved 

in photographic projects became less and less conspicuous. 

73 IBID Footnote 1, page 1-1. 

74 IBID Footnote 2, page 1-2. 

75 IBID Footnote 3, page 1-2. 

BYE 15254-76 

410B—E7CE"ET HEXAGON / GAMBIT 1111. 

14erteliewpis-Elleossa4-Islemi 

3-2 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 -Tall—**0001.-L. HEXAGON / GAMBIT.= 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

With the change in the mission statement in August 1964 to reflect the support of "special projects," 

the lack of an official cover story again complicated the security function because it deleted all reference 

to a photographic mission. The mission was stated as "research and development in support of special 

projects directed by the SAF." Variations of this statement have been used since 1964 as the reply to any 

question concerning the organization's mission. The most common response was simply "research and 

development in support of special projects." However, as written in the April 1972 staff study conducted by 

this organization into the options/requirements for a cover story, a simplified statement "usually arouses 

curiosity and leads to more probing and often unanswerable questions." The AFSPPF staff went on to 

point out that, "There is a great deal of unclassified information/documentation that reveals, to some 

extent, the mission of this organization. The information is most readily available at our host base, 

Westover AFB. However, there is considerable information available to Hq AFSC, Hq SAMSO, and 

various procurement activities in addition to numerous industrial agencies with whom we are contractually 

involved." For example: 

A. Large purchases of photo equipment through normal procurement channels at Westover AFB. 

B. Assignment of Precision Photo Processing and Photo Interpretation enlisted personnel and 

officers with reconnaissance engineering AFSCs. 

C. Officer Effectiveness Reports (0ERs) endorsed by the "Deputy Commander for Satellite 

Programs" and a required statement in the OER duty section specifying that, "These duties are performed 

in support of the mission of the Space and Missile Systems Organization." 

D. The use of a Determination and Finding statement for support of satellites and related items 

to authorize contractual efforts to procure photographic equipment, materials, and services. 

Other examples that generally revealed AFSPPF's mission were transmitted in a message to SAFSP. 76 The 

study was concluded with the proposal of an organizational name change and a new mission statement. A 

copy of the staff report can be found in the Appendix." 

After numerous meetings with security and policy representatives at SAFSP and SAFSS, the decision 

was made not to change the name and mission statement. This was summarized in an SAFSP message on 

9 March 1973.78This message also provided specific directions dealing with personnel, contracting, 

civil engineering, awards, refuse, communications, finance, and additional BYEMAN billets for non-AFSPPF 

Westover personnel. Those directives reinforced existing BYEMAN security policies, but did not alleviate 

the problem of having no official cover story, which existed until Facility closure. 

From the beginning of this organization, security has been the overriding factor in all major operational 

76 Message, WADDY, 24 Aug 1970, Unclassified Documents Revealing Mission. (S) 

" Staff Study, AFSPPF, 11 Apr 72, Cover Story (Appendix, Item 27). (S) 

78 Message, CHARGE 1466, 9 Mar 73, Security Guidelines for WADDY (Appendix, Item 28). (S) 

BYE 15254-76 

--TOIP—IHNHES.+41EXAGON /GAMBIT 

hisiellemoie451emeorod4elent-lieelyi+eie3— 3 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

a wrimir--11EXAGON / GAMBIT 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

and administrative decisions. Originally, the security support was provided by the 8RTS staff. This 

became another extremely sensitive situation as AFSPPL had priority over all 8RTS resources. The first 

personnel permanently assigned were the Commander, Lt Col Harold Z. Ohlmeyer, and his secretary, 

Renata H. Grochal. On 4 January 1961 there were 6 officers, 1 warrant officer, and 58 enlisted personnel 

assigned to the AFSPPL unit for 45 days special duty (TDY)." This procedure allowed these people to 

continue to work and support both AFSPPL and 8RTS while awaiting special clearances required to work 

on the SAMOS Program. This presented Security with the problem of keeping the non-TALENT-KEYHOLE 

(TK) AFSPPL and 8RTS personnel out of areas where TK materials were being stored/worked on. 

The initial TK photographic laboratory consisted of the old 8RTS Continuous Processing Laboratory 

(approximately 4, 500 square feet). Admission was by personal recognition at a checkpoint at the entrance 

to the laboratory. No special badges were involved. However, in April 1961, at the urging of the 

Commander, SAF authorized the use of Air Police (AP) to control access to the work areas. In an agreement 

with SAC, AFSPPF was assigned use of 10 Air Policemen from the 1814th AP Squadron to man two guard 

posts on a 24 hour basis, seven days a week. These 10 APs were assigned on a rotating basis, but were 

also still given base duty tours. By that time AFSPPF security had established a badge/picture system 

which the APs used to identify authorized personnel. This procedure was referred to as the "Two-badge 

System" and was utilized until 1968. It consisted of a permanent picture-type badge for all personnel 

assigned and also included badges for the frequent visitors (contractor and government). These 

badges were stored at Checkpoint 1 located in the building vestibule. The actual procedure was to give name 

and badge number, and upon positive identification the AP would issue a badge. This badge would admit 

the individual to most areas of Building P-1900; however, for access to the AFSPPL laboratory, the 

individual would have to turn in his first badge at Checkpoint 2, and the AP would give him a second badge 

allowing entrance into the laboratory only. Visitors could gain access to P-1900 by having their clearances 

forwarded over the communication network to the Special Activities Office (SAO)/Security Section who would 

prepare a temporary badge covering the visit period. The Security Section would then turn this temporary 

badge over to the Air Policeman at Checkpoint 1. Upon arrival the visitor would identify himself, sign in 

on the roster maintained at Checkpoint 1, be verified in writing by the person he was visiting, assigned an 

escort, and then issued the badge. After 1968 the Facility established an alpha-numeric one badge system. 

The badge was coded to include program clearances and authorized unescorted areas to which that person 

could gain access. This procedure continued until the closure of the Facility. 

The following is the official evolution of names used for the security function at AFSPPF: (1) Security 

Section, (2) Special Projects Office (SPO), and (3) the Special Activities Office (SAO). Variations of these 

names were used interchangeably throughout the existence of this organization. 

79 Special Order 2, 4 Jan 61, TDY Assignment of 8RTS Personnel to AFSPPL. (U) 

EXAGON /GAMBIT MEI BYE 15254-76 

3-4 Controls Only 
AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

PHYSICAL SECURITY 

—TO1P—IIIIGHEN-ft HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

VED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

-1101a—SIIEMBar-N-IIEXAGON /GAMBIT 

3-5 

BYE 15254-76 

ilarrNfrwerayemsom6404*.4. 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

-00P-210811*Tw HEXAGON / GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

A FSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

As much of the mission equipment (computers, copy machines, printing presses, etc.) was maintained 

by uncleared contractor personnel, it became necessary to sanitize work areas and to make certain that 

all Facility personnel were alerted to the presence/location of these uncleared maintenance personnel. 

Besides the use of controlled area badges and personal escort, two other methods were designed by this 

organization to alert Facility personnel. One was a system of red blinking lights installed in key hallways 

which could be activated when uncleared personnel were in the area. The second was that each outer door 

to an operational area had a holder in which a sign, identically color coded to our badge system, could be 

placed. 

For additional protection the Facility had a ten zone intrusion alarm system installed in the early 

1960s by American District Telegraph Company. Originally, this alarm system was controlled from three 

points. Primary control was handled at Checkpoint 1 through an Annunciator Panel by Security Policemen on 

duty. Switches on this panel were utilized to reset the zones, thereby terminating alarms from sounding 

at the Security Police station. Secondary control was at the Master Alarm Control Panel located in SAO. 

From this alarm control panel Facility security personnel could "lock out" any given zone to open the 

area for access by contractors or maintenance personnel without having an alarm sound at Base Security 

Police. These first two panels allowed security personnel to determine which zone was in an "alarm" 

condition and to immediately respond to that zone. The third monitor was at Base Security Police. The 

panel located at Air Police headquarters could identify an alarm condition within Building P-1900, but 

could not indicate which zone the alarm was coming from, a fact which was kept from all personnel 

assigned to the organization with the exception of SAO and the Commander. The alarm system consisted of: 

A. Magnetic operated door switches. 

B. Microswitches mounted inside the vault doors which were activated by the door handle. 

C. Kidde ultrasonic motion detection devices both above and below ceilings. 

D. Mosler capacitance alarm controls in all air conditioning ducts leading into or out of a vault. 

These alarms were also used in the basement. 

E. Lead tape on the windows. 

F. Key shunts on zones which are not strictly above the ceiling. The shunts were put in an 

access position during duty hours, thus preventing an alarm condition. 

The configuration of the zones changed from time-to-time, due to either a rearrangement or addition 

to one of the classified working areas, but generally speaking, it remained the same as its original design. 

BYE 15254-78 

44endirme€TeinenT6ialerk-lieeyheier■- 3-6 Controls Only 

.11.1M13 -HEXAGON / GAMBIT MEI 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

-irello-11110111e9+-REXAGON / GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

After installation, initial maintenance was provided by Springfield Audio, Inc. However, in 1964, the 

decision was made to transfer the maintenance of this system to the Facility's electronic maintenance 

personnel. This decision was based on cost, quality of workmanship, and access difficulties. The 

system was declared obsolete in 1973, and a contract was negotiated with American District Telegraph 

for a complete new alarm system; however, with the verdict to deactivate the Facility, this $50,000 

contract was cancelled. Consequently, with many of the components no longer being manufactured, it was 

to the credit of personnel like Sergeants W. Topper, C. Boulware, J. Smith, and K. Shultz that the system 

was kept operational to meet mission/security requirements. 

As the Air Force started its reduction in manpower, the 99th Air Police Squadron was one of the 

first organizations affected. Therefore, in March 1969, an agreement was made between SAC and AFSPPF 

to relieve the APs from manning the guard posts within P-1900 as long as this organization could be assured 

that it would receive a response with a force sufficient to surround the building within minutes of an alarm 

alert. During this period a new procedure was established to have the Base Police also control access to 

the building during nonduty hours. This procedure included: (1) SAO forwarded an access roster of 

authorized AFSPPF personnel to Base Security Police; (2) the individual requesting access would call the 

police desk from a phone immediately outside the front entrance and give his name and serial number, and 

then hang up; (3) the desk Security Policeman would then call back and ask for the code word; (4) upon 

giving the code word, the individual would open the front door cipher lock and gain access to the building. 

With the exception of the code word, this procedure was repeated for access to any of the zone vaulted 

areas within P-1900. 

In 1973 as the Base Security Police force was further reduced, AFSPPF assigned personnel as duty 

officers to control access to Bldg P-1900 on a 24 hour a day, 7 day a week basis to provide additional 

security protection. This procedure remained in effect until Facility closure. 

ADMINISTRATIVE SECURITY 

Until approximately 1970 most assigned personnel had only the TK access. There were also a few 

persons who required the BYEMAN project access; these included the Commander, Directors, Security, 

selected Research & Development, and Evaluation personnel. However, with the Facility's increased 

involvement in the processing and evaluation of preflight test material and postflight mission film from 

HEXAGON, all personnel were given a minimum of a Phase HI BYECOM access. 

Documents and messages were controlled manually from 1960 to 1968. All documents and other 

classified items, with the exception of messages, were recorded on a Top Secret Register, AFSC Form 53 

(Sep 1964). Messages were logged on a Message Delivery Register, AF Form 1014 (Oct 1953). 

-11430-61CCUILT-Ii HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

3-7 

BYE 15254-76 

warAle ~.~3Ryprnan / Ta lora Kayhnie 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

XAGON / GAMBI 31 July 2014 -st4,13416411641....11E T 1M 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

This method proved inadequate for controlling documents as the volume of classified increased. 

Therefore, in 1968 a new system was formulated by Lt Col Thomas Taylor which consisted of recording 

each document on the following: SAC Log Form 210, IBM ADP General Purpose Card, and a DIA Form 

592 (Apr 1966), Correspondence Control Register card. These cards were prepared by either typing 

or in handwriting but were not key punched. Whenever that document was shipped a DIA Form 591-A 

(Apr 1966), SAO Document Receipt card, was prepared and sent with the shipment. The DIA Form 591-A 

was returned to AFSPPF/SAO where it was filed with that document's corresponding Form 592. 

In 1970, Major Rolland Smiley, the new Security Officer, designed a computerized control system 

which not only provided better control but also reduced the man-hour requirements involved in maintaining/ 

researching this library of data and documents. The data programming, further development, and testing 

were accomplished by Master Sergeant Robert Swetavage and Staff Sergeant James Henion. This control 

system operated as follows. When a document was received, it was assigned a Facility control number, 

e.g., SPB-76-001 or SPT-76-001. The "SP" meant special projects; "T" and "B" referred to the control 

system; the next two digits were the year; and the last three digits represented the number of the document 

received that year. After assignment of the local control number, an entry was made on the register form 

which included the local control number, copy number, in-house account code (separate code for each 

Directorate), classification, disposition, originator, receipt number, addressee, system control number, 

subject/title, document date, received date, destroyed or shipped date, number of attachments, and a 

transaction code. Once the initial work of coding and key punching cards for every document was finished, 

the cards were punched/updated once a week. A computer printout was run every six months. The 

computer printout was generally over 500 pages and provided seven major listings: 

A. Active documents by local control number. 

B. Inactive documents by local control number. 

C. Destroyed documents by local control number. 

D. Shipped documents by local control number. 

E. Active documents by subject/title. 

F. Active documents by in-house account. 

G. Cross-reference between local control number and system control number. 

From December 1960 through May 1972 all messages were accounted for by a manual control system. 

hi June 1972, a new in-house automated system was developed. This program consisted of logging the 

incoming message on an AFSPPF designed "Message Control" form. This form was keyed to an 80 column 

punch card format. Information blocks were identified for the local check number, subject/title, message 

cite number, code which indicated whether the Facility was an action or info addressee, and the date 

received. The cards were punched weekly and a printout, sorted by message cite number, was made 

BYE 15254-76 -9F011-SOGONT-. HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

3-8 14€044s-vicreoyemerri-Toiewt-Kofhele-- 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

440114N54111610,-.41 EX AGON / GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

monthly. Since the cite number included a slug and the ascending number of the message sent by that 

organization, the computer sort was by organization and arranged chronologically. Once every six 

months a composite listing was run and the corresponding monthly listings were destroyed. 

All personnel assigned to the Facility had to meet the Special Security Investigation Requirements 

(SSIR) of USAFINTEL 201-4. SSIR included an Expanded Background Investigation (EBI) and adjudication 

of each individual's EBI by the Air Force Intelligence Personnel Security Division (AFINSB) to ensure that 

all personnel fully met the requirements to be indoctrinated and given access to compartmented information. 

Two problems existed which gravely affected personnel assignment to AFSPPF. The first was long 

standing and centered around the length of time involved to clear newly assigned personnel. The second 

surfaced with the expansion of the Southeast Asian conflict and involved getting enough qualified photo 

technical personnel to fill the authorized billets. 

Up until February 1967 when General Horace M. Wade, Deputy Chief of Staff, Personnel, Hq USAF, 

directed AFMPC to establish this outfit as a selectively manned organization, AFSPPF had a limited 

voice over who would be assigned. Under this new directive, personnel were evaluated from both 

an SSIR and technical qualifications standpoint. The personnel who were deemed acceptable on the basis 

of SSIR were then required to submit a DD Form 398, Statement of Personal History; DD Form 1584, 

National Agency Check Request; and a fingerprint card as part of their assignment nomination package. 

This procedure allowed the SAO to forward an EBI for processing weeks and sometimes months before the 

individual physically arrived at Westover. Even with the initiation of this practice a person had to wait 

from one to three months upon arrival at Westover before SAO received the authorization to indoctrinate. 

During the waiting period, officers were assigned to administrative duties by the Executive Officer and 

enlisted men were turned over to the Facility Sergeant Major for detail duty. 

In 1969 a new procedure was started in an effort to expedite the clearance process. The SAO made 

a special trip to the Lowry Technical Training Center, School of Photographic Science, and recruited 

members from several classes of students. This resulted in the following advantages to AFSPPF: 

(1) received first choice of the best qualified students; (2) established a staggered replacement system; 

(3) processed initial security papers well in advance, thus reducing waiting period; and (4) developed 

communications on personnel requirements, thus instituting a pseudo "pipeline" system. 

In the early 1970s, procedural changes were continually being made to better manage personnel 

replacement and indoctrination. The following are a few examples: (1) a small information type management 

program was developed for use on the Univac 9300 to track the status of the clearance process on each 

individual; (2) under the direction of Major Moorman, Executive Officer, vacancies for NCOS were forecast 

to AFMPC earlier, therefore providing more time between selection and arrival at Westover; (3) 

BYE 15254-76 

-V0P--016.124/M— HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

-I•terretit-rterfiremeopi4e#44.44‘0612—,. 

3-9 Controls Only 
—greo-escaliz— HEXAGON/GAMBIT 

VED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

Major Smiley interviewed prospective candidates in basic training at Lackland AFB, Texas, instead of 

during Technical School, thus providing more lead time; and (4) the actual time for an EBI was reduced when 

the Defense Investigative Service was formed. Unfortunately, although all these actions resulted in a 

significant improvement in the personnel selection/clearance process, the closure decision was made thus 

eliminating the requirement for new personnel. 

The Facility utilized one other personnel source to great advantage and that was those who had been 

previously indoctrinated or assigned to AFSPPF were reassigned. This not only greatly aided in maintaining 

technical proficiency but significantly eased the re-indoctrination process. 

Until 1970, the Facility utilized the standard SAC Controlled Area Access Badge (SAC Form 1036) for 

control of personnel and visitors. Although different colored tape was used on all assigned personnel 

badges to indicate TK, B, or both system accesses, there was no coding put on a visitor's badge. This 

system worked well up to the time in 1970 when the number of visitors significantly increased. The cause 

of this influx was centered around AFSPPF's support of the HEXAGON Program. It soon became very 

obvious from the security aspect that the Facility needed a new badge system that indicated not only the 

individual's access to the control systems but also their project indoctrination. 

In September 1970, Major Smiley, and Staff Sergeants Phillip Cavanaugh and Richard Barrus designed 

and implemented AFSPPF's current four badge system. The four badges covered the following clearance 

situations: (1) all red indicated just TK, (2) all green meant just B, (3) a combination of red and green 

conveyed both TK and B, and (4) a striped badge connoted no authorized clearances. An area at the top of 

the red/green and green badges was numbered in nine blocks. These nine block areas referred to the 

different projects within the B system. If the area was not marked that meant the individual had access 

authorization to that particular project. The office symbols at the bottom of the badges were used to 

indicate the areas of the building in which that individual had access without the requirement for an escort. 

The black and white striped or "zebra" badge indicated that the visitor had no authorized access to any 

compartmental information. Figure 3-1 presents examples of the color and format of these four badges. 

All work areas where compartmented materials were exposed had signs posted on the exterior of their 

entrance doors to indicate the status of that area (TK, B, or TK/B). 

The SAO was faced with the problem of establishing a procedure for destroying classified materials, 

particularly film. From 1960 to 1969, the SAO performed classified destruction as follows: (1) 

coordinated with Westover AFB Civil Engineering for isolated use of the base incinerator; (2) assigned 

one officer and a minimum of a three-man crew to load, transport, ensure security, and personally burn 

all designated material; (3) upon completion of burning, station one crew member to rake through all ashes 

to ensure complete destruction. Once it had been verified that all materials had been destroyed and the 

BYE 15254-76 

T.O.IL.SECIArdE—IIEXAGON /GAMBIT 

3-10 

1-Inne41/1 Rynrnmrs / . Key," 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

ZOD—S6C-4FIC-115— 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

CONTROL BADGE SYSTEM 

"B" Access "TIC' Access 

%ZW: '411 

ESCORT REQUIRED 

"TK"/"B" Access Escort Required 

2 3 4 5 IX1 6 7 8 9 

Project 

Indicators 

Picture, if 

Permanent Badge 

V V 

A 

E 

V 

D 

E 

V 

T 0 A A 

5 

Section Access,.. 

Within AFSPPF Format 

- Badge 

Number 

BYE 15254-76 

—IdeacileA144.6yealot—Kerheie. 

3-11 Controls Only 

FIGURE 3-1 

-14,P-SEGHT.Z. 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

—TOBANGOBBT% HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

incinerator pit cleaned, the SAO would then notify the Civil Engineers that the detail was complete and all 

AFSPPF personnel were out of the area. Since this was a totally inadequate method in terms of the manhours involved and the verification of destruction, the RD Directorate initiated a program in August 1968 

to design, build, and install within Building P-1900, a new classified materials destruction system. This 

unit was designed as a mulcher-incinerator-silver recovery system and was contracted to Fairchild 

Hiller. After several early problems in the design of the muicher, the system became conditionally 

acceptable/operational in the fall of 1969, and was given final acceptance in December 1970. The system 

was capable of destruction at the rate of 250 pounds per hour. This unit not only solved the problem of 

classified destruction but also earned thousands of dollars worth of credit from the recovery of silver. 

Figure 3-2 presents the facing of the incinerator, while Figure 3-3 shows the incinerator in use. 

COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY 

Classified communications within AFSPPF originally consisted of a dial teletypewriter (TWX) with a 

One-Time-Tape (OTT) cryptographic capability, which was directly connected to the Pentagon. The TWX 

was installed in the former 8RTS Security Office and operated by an administrative specialist. In early 

1962, the TWX machine was relocated in what is currently the Shipping Activities Section (Room 64) and 

an additional circuit was opened to SAFSP at Los Angeles Air Force Station. This new communications 

area was approximately 15 by 25 feet and was manned by two Communications Center technicians. In 

1965, both circuits were changed from OTT to KW-26 cryptographic equipment. In 1967 a KG-13 Cryptographic unit and a Model V terminal were installed to provide AFSPPF with its first compatible computerized receiving/sending data capability (punched cards). At this time a Communications Center 

Supervisor's slot was assigned. 

During 1968, construction was started on an addition to Building P-1900 which was designed for the 

new Facility Communications (Comm) Center. In September 1969, the Communications Center (Room 13B) 

was operational and included the following equipment: two Univac 9300 Computer Systems with a punched 

card capability (read 600/punch 200 cards per minute), magnetic tape (1,000,000 characters per hour), 

and had a high speed printer (960,000 characters per hour) capability, one on-line TWX (100 words per 

minute), and one off-line TWX. The KG-13 remained as the cryptographic unit. These circuits terminated 

directly into the Andrews AFB switch for the BYEMAN SOCOMM Network. In addition, an unclassified 

Dial TWX circuit to Aeronautical Systems Division, Wright-Patterson AFB, Ohio, and Data Corporation, 

Dayton, Ohio, was installed to support the Controlled Range Network (CORN) operation. 

In July 1970, a Cryptographic Maintenance Technician was authorized to perform maintenance and 

ensure a 24-hour operational readiness of all cryptographic equipment. It was mainly due to the efficient 

performance of Sergeant B. Wrest in maintaining this equipment that AFSPPF was able to meet its 

immediate response requirements to support on-orbit HEXAGON missions. 

—114P-OBINGHP+PHEXAGON / GAMBIT BYE 15254-76 

tgaswileliewase..1Tates4-1401mie. 

3-12 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

11011-92eirr-- 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

FIGURE 3-2 

BYE 15254-76 

Controls Only 

3-23 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

-saa-szcas-T-- 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

THE INCINERATOR IN OPERATION 

FIGURE 3-3 arely-S2C1trr" 

3-14 

BYE 15254-76 

416041.-vie-Byealos.4-Teiek—iffe■t4ele 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

TAP--SHONEur: HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

In January 1971, an AUTOSEVOCOMM (Narrow-Band Subscriber Terminal) unit was installed to 

provide secure telephone communications. 

The first of two Bell Telephone System Foreign Exchange (FEX) lines was installed in the Evaluation 

Directorate in April 1971. The phone had three extensions and had a Washington, DC number. In 

September 1971, a second FEX line was installed with extensions in both the Commander's office and the 

Evaluation Directorate. Approval of these two lines was based on the significant increase in support that 

this organization was providing the HEXAGON Program. 

During July 1971, an additional full-time data/TWX line was added, thus increasing our data sending/ 

receiving capability by 100 percent. There was no increase in TWX capability at this time, however, since 

the actual TWX unit was not installed until March 1972. In December 1971, new DS 4800 Data Modems were 

installed which again increased the sending/receiving data capability by approximately 33 percent. 

The unclassified Dial CORN TWX unit was removed in approximately March 1972, and a new Western 

Union unclassified TWX was installed. This unit was located in the Evaluation Directorate's Operations 

Center (Room 73A) and was used for direct CORN communications with the contractor, Data Corporation. 

This new CORN TWX was operated by personnel from the Evaluation Directorate. 

The last increase in manning occurred in March 1973 resulting in a peak force of four comm center 

and two cryptographic maintenance enlisted personnel. All Communications Center personnel were 

officially assigned to the 1814 Communications Squadron at the Pentagon and were then unofficially given 

"attached duty" at AFSPPF. This action was taken to protect the fact that this organization had any 

dedicated communications capability. 

With the announcement in October 1973 of the planned deactivation of AFSPPF, a workload survey was 

performed by Master Sergeant Henry Leighow, NCOIC of the Communications Center, to program for the 

release of equipment no longer required to complete the mission. Based on his study, one of the Univac 

9300 Computers was scheduled for removal in May 1974 to reduce the expense both in manpower and monies 

of the communications support provided. Next the AUTOSEVOCOMM was removed in June 1975. A Dial 

TWX circuit directly connected to the Pentagon and secured by a KW-7 Cryptographic Unit was installed in 

July 1975. This installation allowed for removal of the second Univac 9300 in August 1975 since a data 

capability was not absolutely essential once the Evaluation function was transferred to Washington, DC. 

This new Dial TWX provided sufficient TWX capability. Again, because of the relocation of the Evaluation 

function and its correlated reduction effect in communications, one of the FEX telephone lines was removed 

in August 1975. 

The Communications Center was closed in the late fall of 1976. All cryptographic equipment was 

BYE 15254-76 

841-GlorurT HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

H,„Aie imam -Ketnie 

3-15 Controls Only 
-7V1011P—OSOIDOW—HEXAGON /GAMBIT MEI 

3-16 

- 

BYE 15254-76 

Controls Only 

ire0-860116,1F-1=7CAGON /GAMBI 

VED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

returned to Det 1, Washington, DC and the contracted telecommunication equipment turned back to their 

respective companies. Figure 3-4 shows the Communications Center equipment as it was in 1970. 

SHIPPING ACTIVITIES SECURITY 

The task of receiving and disseminating system classified materials pertaining to the various 

National Reconnaissance Programs (NRP) was the responsibility of the TALENT Control Officer (TCO)/ 

13YEMA.N Control Officer (BCO), also referred to as the SAO Officer, the Security Officer, or the Special 

Projects Officer. Authorized access plus a strict "need to know" concept have always been the governing 

factors for the handling of these NRP products. Specific instructions on the preparation and distribution 

of the NRP materials are detailed in separate manuals for the B84and TK85 Control Systems. Since the 

early 1960s, all NRP products have been triple wrapped with the outer wrapping marked so that there was 

no way one could discern the contents or classification of the package. There are also many other 

directives used in the operation of packaging, addressing, controlling, and the transportation of classified 

materials; i.e., an address roster for all worldwide facilities that have authorization to receive TK and 

B materials;86 use of a customer/color code format when ordering, sorting, and shipping materials;87 

specific instructions on the preparation of materials to be shipped to foreign customers through the transshipment point at NPIC;88 guide on how to use the Armed Forces Courier Service (ARFCOS ); 84 etc. 

From 1960 thru 1963, there was no heavy volume demand on the Security Section and the function of 

receipt, control, and dissemination of compartmented materials was handled by the three men assigned 

to the Special Projects Office (SPO). The actual receipt, wrapping, and storage of outgoing products were 

performed in the original security area (Rooms 71 and 71A), which later became the mission extraction 

section of the Evaluation Directorate. For the first several SAMOS missions. the original material was 

delivered to Westover AFB by military aircraft and, after completion of the reproduction, the duplicates 

were transported to the customer again by military aircraft. Whenever a requirement existed to transport 

material between AFSPPL and Eastman Kodak at Rochester, NY, a team of two couriers would be dispatched in a private automobile from this organization to deliver or pick up the material. 

With the Facility's involvement in the duplication and evaluation of the CORONA Program, increased 

demands were placed on the SPO. As a result, a special shipping section under the TCO/BCO was 

established in 1964 to handle all receipt and shipment of compartmented materials. A new vaulted area 

(Room 64) was completed in July 1964 to house the new Shipping Activities Section. This function was 

84 DoD Instruction S-5210.51(MI), Aug 66, BYEMAN Control System Manual. (5) 

85 USAFINTEL Manual 201-4, 12 Nov 73, The USAF Implementation of the DoD TALENT Control System. (TS) 

86 DIA Document DS-6C2, June 74, TCO/BCO Address Roster. (S) 

87 EXSUBCOM Memo, 22 April 1975, Customer/Color Code Revision. (S) 

88 Message, SPECTRE 4579, 22 Mar 73, Specific Instructions on Shipping TK Material to NPIC. (TS) 

89 Memo and Guide, 18 April 75, General Information Concerning AFtF'COS. (U) 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

—VOP-SEGREV-- 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

EQUIPMENT WITHIN THE COMMUNICATIONS CENTER 

(January 1970) 

4 

FIGURE 3-4 TOP SECRET 

3-17 

BYE 15254-76 

1.4eneile-rie-Blectier4-Takoat—lccisatkile 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

HEXAGON /GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

40041-GGINIMM6- MEN 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

co-located in the same area as the Security Section. Eight personnel, four lieutenants and four enlisted 

members were assigned to the section. The officers handled the administrative aspects and performed 

all courier duties, while the enlisted were responsible for all packing and wrapping. 

From 1964 to 1971, the original material was picked up at Eastman Kodak by two lieutenants in a 

commercial truck which was supplied to the Facility by Data Corporation, Dayton, Ohio, through an 

existing contract. The officers who were specifically assigned to this organization as designated couriers 

were not replaced upon completion of their tours. Instead, some were reassigned in vacant operational 

positions in accordance with their background and knowledge of the Facility mission. To fill the requirement 

for couriers, all assigned officers below the rank of Major were put on a detail to act as the senior courier, 

and all E-7s and above were detailed as assistant couriers. 

Upon completion of the reproduction by the laboratory, the Shipping personnel would package, control, 

and transport the material to the flightline for loading on a special designated military aircraft known as 

In August 1970, the specially configured truck being contracted through Data Corporation was replaced 

by a truck supplied to AFSPPF under a black contract which SAFSS had with Eastman Kodak. The mission 

of this truck remained to transport materials (film and equipment) between AFSPPF and EK. In 1971, 

with the voluminous increase in workload and corresponding longer production time associated with the 

HEXAGON reproduction requirements, it was felt that AFSPPF could not respond within the required 

time if they were forced to lose a day waiting for the original materials to be trucked from Eastman Kodak. 

BYE 15254-76 

"TOB—BItell- HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

3-18 HendierverfiyeirePW-Telemt-Keyhele— 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

mail-Sfsellierr" 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

FIGURE 3-5 —104311—SSCALUT—..... BYE 15254-76 

i*Inel4ewria-liyeR464;41--Te4eftt--Key4geie-- 

3-19 Controls Only 
AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

—BOD—SIHNIBT% HEXAGON / GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

Controlling/receipting has always been the most tedious and time consuming task in the shipping 

function. Days could be added to the production schedule just to ensure proper receipting. With the 

advent of the HEXAGON Program production, it was obvious that the method of controlling/receipting had 

to be improved. The immediate "fix" was to increase the number of personnel (from four to nine); however, 

this did not solve all the problems. Under the present manual method of receipting for the material, NPIC 

had to totally repackage and recontrol all material upon receiving it in Washington, DC. To resolve 

these problems Major Smiley developed an idea of producing a computerized shipping manifest for each 

customer which would eliminate the manual receipting at AFSPPF and the need for repackaging and 

controlling by NPIC. AFSPPF took the initiative by assigning Computer Systems Analyst (Captain James 

Hill), a computer programmer, and the NCOIC of Shipping to develop, test, and implement this automated 

shipping document system. The success of this new procedure resulted in the saving of as much as two 

days in the packing of a HEXAGON mission, and in several instances the final packing was completed two 

or three hours after the laboratory accepted its last duplicate reproduction. This new system also allowed 

NPIC to merely add the new address to each package. 

With the reduction of the AFSPPF mission and the success of the computerized shipping document 

procedure, the Shipping Activities Section was reduced to one NCO in August 1974. In March 1975 with 

the shipping/receiving tasks being essentially routine, the volume of requirements at a minimum, and the 

effects of programmed reduction in AFSPPF manning due to the phasedown being felt, a decision was made 

by the Commander to turn the responsibility of Shipping over to the Production Directorate. 

-ELOP-GSGIHRIB-.. HEXAGON / GAMBITS= 

BYE 15254-76 

3-20 Controls Only 
and Post Flight Analysis (PFA) Chairman, made arrangements to have AFSPPF included in the courier 

system run by the C 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

ameo-11166 HEXAGON /GAMBIT MEM 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

There also existed the requirement to receive and ship classified technical evaluation reports, 

special analysis studies, briefing materials, letters, and documents. Up until 1970, the ARFCOS was 

the primary means of transporting this material was also used if a special priority 

requirement was approved by SAFSS. However, with AFSPPF's involvement in the vast system of 

HEXAGON preflight testing, there was an urgent requirement for a time responsive transportation system 

to carry B materials from Westover AFB to Washington, DC. Mr. Robert Kohler, HEXAGON Acceptance 

AFSPPF did not have those dedicated options in the movement of TALENT-KEYHOLE documents, as 

only and ARFCOS were used. In several cases there were situations where a project could 

not be delivered or was delayed at AFSPPF because the necessary documents were enroute somewhere in 

these systems. Up until 1974 this was a minor problem; however, the decision by DoD to reduce ARFCOS 

expenditures had a severe impact. Service was provided once a week, but the delivery schedule between 

the Boston ARFCOS Station and Washington, DC in many instances took up to two weeks to get a package 

to/from Washington. In 1975 the situation became worse as the delivery schedule was changed to twicemonthly. This change resulted in some packages taking three and four weeks to reach their destination. 

However, the impact was not as significant as it was in 1974 because of the lesser role played by the 

Facility at this point in the phasedown cycle. 

Other refinements aided in the secure operation of the Shipping function. A conveyor belt system within 

a concrete tunnel, which was constructed in 1964, modified in 1966, and further refined in 1968, ran from 

the Quality Control Section (Figure 3-6) to Shipping (Figure 3-7). This system provided the following 

advantages: (1) allowed Photo Laboratory personnel to forward the completed material in cans directly to 

the Shipping Section, rather than putting them on a mobile cart and physically transporting them; (2) enabled 

the Shipping personnel to receive staggered delivery from the lab rather than getting all the material in one 

batch; and (3) provided the laboratory with a 24-hour a day access to a vaulted storage area. 

The Shipping Activities Section was governed by numerous messages, memoranda, letters, manuals, 

and directives which set the policy for the proper methods of handling the huge amount of classified film 

and documents received and shipped by AFSPPF. However, without the innovations, perseverance, and 

BYE 15254-76 

—TOD-SUCitax— HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

3-21 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

O 

0 

0 

0 

GG

0 

0 

2 

2 

rzz 

O 

FIGURE 3-6 "1171110-greee11-- 

BYE 15254-76 

3-22 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

CONVEYOR SYSTEM RECEIPT AREA IN SHIPPING ACTIVITIES SECTION 

FIGURE 3-7 

-TOP-Meilt6117- - 

3-23 

BYE 15254-76 

-1-larr6le-rereyeffle07401400-11,43046-- 

Controls Only 
-4POP-11BeltETT:HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

the long hours of dedicated service of men like Lt Col T. Taylor, Maj C. Smiley, Lt A. Ostdiek, and 

Sergeants R. Darby, W. Hall, and D. Hoar, the Shipping Activity mission would not have been successful. 

Figure 3-8 is a picture of the Shipping crew led by Sergeant D. Hoar in the process of controlling and 

packing the reproduced materials from a CORONA mission in March 1969. 

BYE 15254-76 

EXAGON /GAMBIT 

3-24 

controls Only On
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

PACKING AND CONTROLLING MATERIAL FOR SHIPMENT 

FIGURE 3-8 BYE 15254-76 

3-25 Controls Only Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

"TOP-9494,1104‘. HEXAGON / GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

SECTION IV 

MAJOR ACHIEVEMENTS 

BACKGROUND 

Over the 16 year history of this Facility, a great many projects were undertaken to solve production 

problems, enhance data extraction and analysis, or to meet unique mission requirements. Certainly one 

of the most significant features of the organization was its broad range of endeavors and the freedom of 

action and high level support to pursue the accomplishment of all major mission responsibilities. Established to perform the processing and duplication of satellite photography and related research and development, and cloaked in utmost secrecy, the Facility immediately initiated action to design, modify, and 

build the equipment, facilities, and expertise necessary to support the strategic interests and mission of 

the National Reconnaissance Office (NRO) in the area of high resolution photography. Under these general 

directions and aided by superb financial management and support, AFSPPF conscientiously investigated 

every facet of high volume, high quality processing and reproduction of photography; the measurement and 

evaluation of camera system performance; and the applications of advanced developments in materials, 

equipment, and automation to photographic reconnaissance. Although not all of these efforts resulted in 

success, there was the knowledge that the particular idea/concept had been carefully reviewed and 

assessed, providing evidence, rather than conjecture as to whether the method or piece of equipment could 

be used to better enhance the completion of the Facility's assigned mission. It is safe to say that valuable 

information, whether positive or negative, was gained from every project/program entered into by this 

organization. 

Section IV presents a detailed summary of the major achievements accomplished by AFSPPF. 

Some of these had immediate impact on the operational mission of the community while others are still 

on-going and may find application in future systems. These achievements will be written up under the 

function directorate of this organization which derived the major operational impact of the effort. It should 

be stated that management/monitoring by the Commander and the Technical Director; engineering supervision from Research and Development; financial, maintenance, and supply support from Logistics; and 

the installation and utility expertise from Civil Engineering were involved in one or more facets of each 

and every project. 

DIRECTORATE OF LOGISTICS (LG) 

The primary mission performed by the Logistics Directorate was to provide maintenance, supply, and 

budget support to all Facility activities. Under these responsibilities came the management of the National 

Emergency Reserve (NER), a classified TALENT-KEYHOLE (TK), Secret Equipment Account. This task 

was given to AFSPPF in July 1967, although not officially established and assigned until June 1969. The 

BYE 15254-76 

4MMA-INEGIMPW—MEXAGON/GAMBIT 

4-1 Kandla via Ryon.,... 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

-TOT0-9IHN HEXAGON / GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

basic requirement was to provide a single point for storage and accountability of unique photographic 

processing and interpretation equipment in support of NRO activities on a world-wide basis. 

The purpose of establishing the NER was twofold: (1) the primary reason was to have vital pieces of 

photographic processing equipment available to supplement other processing sites under emergency 

conditions, and (2) to provide storage for specialized, excess processing and evaluation equipment uniquely 

related to the NER efforts. 

This equipment account and the procedures for administering it were outlined and approved in a 

document 86 signed by Dr. John L. McLucas, Director of the National Reconnaissance Office (DNRO) on 

25 June 1969. This directive formalized a procedure that had been in effect in some form as early as 

July 196'1. Historical shipping documentation has shown the importance of this early support, for example, 

a letters forwarded from Hq AFFTC/FTTSF, Edwards AFB CA showing that AFSPPF was active in 

supporting the Flight Test Evaluation Program for the SR-71. Although this letter identifies the project 

or program being supported, most of the documentation does not list the specific purposes for which the 

equipment was to be utilized. The impact of the support provided to other photographic processing 

organizations by this Facility during the early years can best be demonstrated by the information provided 

in Figures 4-1 thru 4-3. These figures represent the support to various organizations from FY 65 thru 

FY 67. It is evident from these figures that AFSPPF played a key role in supporting the reconnaissance 

effort in Southeast Asia during the buildup in Vietnam. 

It should also be noted that other types of logistics support were performed by AFSPPF during the 

1967 - 1969 period. NER equipment as well as chemicals and film were being shipped to contractors 

(FMC, Data Corp, HF Corp, Technical Operations, Inc., etc.) for joint project development. 

In 1969, it was decided by the NRO Staff that a single point of control for NRO equipment items was 

necessary to provide efficient support to all world-wide NRO facilities. The 25 June 1969 Directive 

referenced earlier defined the requirement for the NER as follows: "The NRO Staff is responsible for 

maintaining the reserve of equipments outlined in "Annex C" of the OPIC agreements dated 26 February 1965. 

Quantitative requirements for the types of equipment outlined will be as mutually agreed upon by the NRO 

Staff, the CIA, and the DIA." This document defines the types of equipment to be stored in the NER in 

the following broad terms: "the equipment maintained in the NER should represent the latest current 

state-of-the-art equipment as used (or planned for production use) at the NRO fixed processing facilities." 

86 Directive, DNRO, June 1969, Establishment of NRO Photographic Materials and Equipment 

Responsibilities, BYE 12285-69. (TS) 

87 Letter, HQ AFFTC, 25 Sep 1967, Updating of Custody Receipts, (Appendix, Item 29). (U) 

311,11—Imileserrt HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

4-2 

BYE 15254-76 

Controls 

- 

Controls Only 
-9POPEBEBBir-- HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

C/) 

111 

LLI 

0 

U_ 

0 

11J 

0 

CL 

CL 

0 

FY 65 LOGISTICALSUPPORT 

FIGURE 4-1 

-111011-EISCIELIC- HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

4-3 

BYE 15254-76 

frarterverer memi4eleMml4eylasira— 

Controls Only 
FY 66 

QUARTER POUNDS 

1ST 320,517 

2ND 230,748 

3RD 317,154 

4TH 212,734 

TOTAL 

1,081,153 LBS 

7,424 LBS 

4,417 LBS 

1,031,887 LBS 

31,325 L138 

4,614 LBS 

- Pounds - 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

alLOP-416441169P-81EXAGON /GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

FY 66 LOGISTICAL SUPPORT 

- Dollars - 

1,030 LBS 

458 LBS 

FIGURE 4-2 BYE 15254-76 

--1114,4P—IFINNWAP-1.-11EXAGON /GAMBIT 

4-4 tlantlemmErnmerr#484em-14804016—. 

Controls Only 
- Pounds - 

FY 67 

QUARTER POUNDS 

1ST 159,727 

2ND 8,812 

3RD 28,811 

4TH 52,601 

TOTAL 

249,951 LBS 

168,681 LBS 

22,970 LBS 

IV\ 

31,523 LBS 

12,812 LBS 

6,136 LBS 

4,594 LBS 

3,143 LI3S91 LBS 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

—1110P-.81601 HEXAGON /GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

FY 67 LOGISTICAL SUPPORT 

- Dollars - 

FIGURE 4-3 BYE 15254-76 

=Do err 1:1V 1111HEXAGON/GAMBIT 

4-5 hierriellemerOrweer,14e4errHiferyllele 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

-111119—TECZET--11EXAGON /GAMBIT 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

The management responsibilities were as follows: "the AFSPPF at Westover is designated NER Inventory 

Manager. All equipment assigned to the NER will be maintained on a computer inventory at the AFSPPF. 

Equipment assigned to the NER will be warehoused at EK, Rochester or temporarily held elsewhere. 

These later items will be arranged for by mutual agreement between AFSPPF and EK or the organization 

involved, but will be carried on the AFSPPF inventory." The directive also states that all excess NRP 

equipment items will be shipped to the NER at AFSPPF. Once the equipment is received it will either be 

stored in the NER or disposed of as excess to the NRP. Regarding excess items the directive states: 

"AFSPPF will be responsible for inventory control of excess items, rehabilitation (if required), warehousing, 

and shipping of items as required." The responsibilities for maintaining the equipment in the NER were 

assigned as follows: "repair will normally be accomplished by the user. Requirements beyond the user's 

capability will be reported to AFSPPF for resolution. Overhaul of NER equipment will be accomplished 

under the direction of AFSPPF. The AFSPPF will establish inspection and reporting procedures for 

overhaul funding and scheduling. If possible, replacement/spare parts for NER equipment will be obtained 

through normal supply channels. In an emergency situation, spares may be requested from AFSPPF." 

Budgetary responsibilities for the NER are defined: "as new equipments are developed and phased into 

production use at the NRO fixed facilities, a determination of their applicability to the OPICs and/or the 

NER will be made by the NRO Staff. Those new items deemed applicable will be budgeted, funded for, and 

identified separately as NER equipment reserve." 

Procedures for withdrawal of equipment from the NER are: "items assigned to the NER are under the 

control of the DNRO and will only be released at his direction and to those organizations within/or outside 

the NRO as he may direct." 

The document also stated that: "equipments identified as NER may be used by AFSPPF and EK in the 

accomplishment of their assigned missions so long as these equipments are available for emergency 

packing and shipment as required." 

The term "excess" meant: "items may be released when needed to support any program of the NRO or 

to supplement or expand the capability of an OPIC." The procedure for obtaining these items was to have 

the program directors request release of the item from the NRO. 

With the signing of this DNRO Directive, the responsibilities of all parties possessing NER equipment 

were defined for the first time. More specifically, procedures were outlined for the release, receipt, 

and use of this equipment. The release of NER equipment had not actually been at the direction of the 

DNRO, but his designated representative (Col Hoy succeeded by Col Owens) since 1970. 

The special equipment account has been used to support the following organizations since 1970: 

TITP—TeelriTmr HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

4-6 

BYE 15254-76 

IlaialliAliaNpagaattaalaraLilmidada. 

Controls Only 
AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

ELLIS-BeelrEIrt HEXAGON / GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

The most significant contribution the NER has made to the NRO mission has been the release of 

equipment to EK and AFSPPF for support of GAMBIT and HEXAGON photographic production. An example 

of this was the delivery of a Fultron Film Processor to EK for modification from spray to viscous developer. 

After modification this processor was sent back to AFSPPF for installation. This modification proved so 

successful that the Trenton Film Processor also installed at AFSPPF was modified to viscous. Another 

example of normal mission support provided by the NER took place in August 1973 when AFSPPF sent two 

HEXAGON Presplice Dollies to EK for use on Mission Segments 1206-2, 3, & 4. 

The NER also provided support to the IDEALIST Program. In 1970 and 1971, a Versamat Film 

Processor (SN 8142) used for black and white materials and a two strand viewing table with microscope 

was shipped to the Goodyear Aerospace Corporation, Litchfield Park, Arizona marked for Project Senior 

BYE 15254-76 

-1110P-91801MM•L HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

4-7 IlachaasiAsozadTaaiWoptasie 

Controls Only 
ED FOR RELEASE 

-esip-teeseer-- HEXAGON /GAM= 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

Lance. In January 1971, a Fuliflo Filter Unit P/N WYFTSS was shipped to Edwards AFB CA to support a 

photo processing facility. In August 1971, a viewing table with an electric drive (FSN 6750-181-0991 PK) 

was shipped to Warner Robins AFB (FX2399) GA marked for Project Senior Year. In October 1971, a 

Film Titler (FSN 6740-941-8808) was also shipped to Warner Robins AFB. 

AFSPPF also supported a Certification ORI at the 548th RTG in Hawaii in the spring of 1971 by 

forwarding the following NER equipment Clinton Cleaner Waxer, Versamat Model 11-2 Kit, 12 Dexter 

Film Spools, and a Calumet Sink. 

Another type of support provided from the NER was the ability to provide Government Furnished 

Equipment (GFE) to numerous contractors working on NRO research and development contracts. The two 

companies that received the majority of this GFE support were EK and Photo Horizons. One program for 

which EK received support from NER was the Cayuga Printer Contract. In April 1972 two Niagara Printers 

were shipped to EK to be used as the chassis for two of the newly developed Cayuga Printers. The Cayuga 

is now the production printer for all GAMBIT mission production at both AFSPPF and EK. Photo Horizons 

Corporation received many pieces of equipment from NER over the years to support the Free Radical Film 

Program. When this program was cancelled these items were returned to the Government and placed back 

into NER or redistributed to other NRO organizations and/or contractors. 

From 1969 until 1971, the NER grew until there were over 100 units of equipment stored at AFSPPF. 

It became so large that storage space became critical. In September 1971, an effort was made to reduce 

the size of NER by declaring certain equipment items excess and shipping them to other NRO organizations 

that could utilize them. Although the review was conducted and some items redistributed, this action 

achieved only minimal success. In 1972 and 1973, the size of the NER remained at approximately 120 units. 

Storage space continued to be a major problem, as AFSPPF never had an adequate facility to store a large 

volume of precision photo production equipment. From 1971 thru 1973, the NER equipment was stored in 

Nosedock 7 (Building 7504) on the flight line at Westover AFB, see Figure 4-4. This building was designed 

as an aircraft maintenance facility for B-52 and KC-135 aircraft. It was constructed of sheet metal with 

extremely limited environmental control. In the winter time it could be heated to keep the temperature at 

a desired level (approximately 50 degrees), but in the summer there was no air conditioning/humidity 

control and the temperature would frequently exceed 100 degrees F. As the Oversea's Processing and 

Interpretation Centers (OPICs) were phased out, the NER received less and less requests for equipment 

movement. This along with other factors led to the decision to conduct another review for determining 

excess equipment. These factors were: 

A. Limited storage space at Westover was compounded by the changeover of the Base from SAC 

to AFRES. As a result of this action, storage facilities presently being utilized by AFSPPF were declared 

—TOP—GBOINGWx— HEXAGON GAMBIT WI= 

4-8 

BYE 15254-76 

44sioellenvoera vkiem1=40,14ele-- 

Controls Orly 
N

ER STORA

GE IN NOSEDOCK 7,BUI

LDIN G 7504 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

FIGURE 4-4 

—TVP`tre/M - 

BYE 15254-76 

4-9 C.C,rtr0:5 Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

-IPOP•41 HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

excess in areas which were being turned over to the surrounding civilian communities. Because of the 

loss of these buildings, the FX Supply Account was lessened and NER storage space available was reduced 

from 60,000 to just over 20,000 square feet. 

B. Possibility of valuable photo equipment stored for a long period of time in a non-environmentally 

controlled building becoming damaged by deterioration. 

C. Reduction in requirement for a large NER because of the phaseout of many operating locations. 

These phaseouts were due to the lesser involvement of the NRO in the "air breather" programs (U-2 & SR-71). 

This review took place on 19 November 1973 and was different from the 1971 review in that organizations 

other than those directly under the NRO were involved. As a result of this review, NER was reduced to 42 

line items. The excess equipment was disposed of as follows: 

A. Those items which were not selected were sent to Redistribution and Marketing (R&M), now 

called the Defense Property Disposal Agency. The major items in this category included two Houston 

Fearless EH-67 Processors, a D. W. Mann Microdensitometer Console, and a Micro-Wave Film Dryer. 

B. Customers requesting and receiving equipment as a result of this review included DIA, 

Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), Air Force OOAMA Depot at Hill AFB, EK, and NISC. 

C. Some items were reclassified and issued directly to AFSPPF (Directorates of Production and 

Research and Development). 

D. Other NER items were converted to warehouse assets. 

From mid 1975 the NER has been maintained primarily to support NRO contractors and is projected 

to carry that mission in the future. The last item issued from NER was the Visual Edge Match (VEM) 

machine and table sent to ElKONIX Corporation as GFE in support of an R&D contract to automate the 

VEM edge selection process. 

In the early years the NER was small enough to be managed by a manual stock record control system. 

However, it began to expand at such a rapid rate in the late 1960s that Captain A. Ashe, Director of 

Logistics, coordinated with Captain D. Watson of the Evaluation Directorate in designing a computerized 

program listing. The features of this flexible program were that IBM cards were key punched on each line 

item which enabled complete nomenclature, description, and physical locational data for each piece of 

equipment. The program was written to provide a two-part listing. Part I reflected each individual item 

in the account and indicated whether it was at AFSPPF or on loan while Part II listed the specific location 

(Eastman Kodak, Houston Fearless, EIKONIX, Westover AFB, etc.) of each piece of equipment. 

BYE 15254-76 

400—E60110416.• HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

4-10 .1:Lawileagaairagaia.64eieni-VveTilet-- 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

-484?-61.66411641— HEXAGON /GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

The program was written in COBOL Language and made compatible with the UNiVAC 9300 Communications transmittal equipment. This provided a quick and easy means of sending information on any 

specific piece of equipment or the total inventory of the NER to the designated users. The source cards 

were posted daily and therefore the deck was available for printout at any required time. As a minimum 

it was produced quarterly with copies being transmitted to the NRO (Colonel Owens) and Eastman Kodak 

(R. Koch). 

Although the Logistics personnel assigned as NER monitors (Staff Sergeants Bishop, Williams, and 

Martin) updated the listing after each change/negotiation, a complete inventory was required semiannually 

by personnel detailed from other directorates within AFSPP F. The listings themselves provided the following categorical information: the major noun descriptor, the complete nomenclature, the manufacturer, 

the stock number, the local warehouse storage area or the name of the on-loan organization, and the 

total number of units for each line item. 

Many personnel throughout the years were responsible for developing and successfully managing the 

National Emergency Reserve, but it was Captain William Gaeth and Senior Master Sergeant Joseph Harris 

who bore the bulk of the responsibilities. For it was under their tenure in the 1970s as Director and 

NCOIC of Logistics that the inventory grew to 145 individual items with a total worth of over 

They coordinated the two NER equipment reviews at Westover AFB, arranged for the receipt of incoming 

and the packing and transportation of outgoing equipment, and maintained control over this valuable asset 

as AFSPPF representative to the NRO Chairman. 

A meeting took place on 10 and 11 August 1976, the outcome of which had impact on some of the items 

programmed for the NER. This meeting was scheduled as a result of a HQ USAF decision to retain 

Building P-1875 for the establishment of an Air Force Reserve (AFRES) reconnaissance technical facility. 

The overall plan is to develop a peace time mission which will involve photographic processing and imagery 

exploitation to better train the Reserves for field operations. 

To give assistance and support to this effort, Colonel L. Butt, the NRO representative at this meeting, 

approved the transfer of 12 items from the NER to this new AFRES organization. These items included: 

two B&L Zoom 70 Microscopes, an EK 10X - 20X - 40 Enlarger, an 11CM Black and White Versamat 

Processor, two Richards 940 Light Tables, and different types of processor adapters and mixing tanks. 

This equipment is valued at 

Captain T. Wilkinson, Director of Logistics since April 1973, will be responsible for coordinating the 

transfer of the remaining NER equipment to 

in the fall of 1976. It is anticipated that the NER will be managed under the same guidelines as it 

was under the control of AFSPPF. 

BYE 15254-76 

ITOP—SOGIEWE—IIEXAGON / GAMBIT 

4-11 1-lemeile-ricriglernsord-Toleek-iteAele--, 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

HEXAGON / GAMBI 31 July 2014 40.11—GBINHYP-- T/El 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

DIRECTORATE OF CIVIL ENGINEERING (DE) 

The primary mission of the Directorate of Civil Engineering was to plan, control, and record all civil 

engineering programs and construction projects; maintain and operate all real property equipment assigned/ 

affixed to this Facility; and supervise the operation of the water and waste, refrigeration and air conditioning, 

and power production functions. Three specific achievements stand above the many others accomplished 

by this Directorate. These were: (1) the Silver Recovery Program, (2) Industrial Waste Treatment Plant, 

and (3) attaining a self sufficient utilities operation. 

- Silver Recovery Program - 

Although the economy of recovering silver from the photographic process had been recognized for 

many years, it was not until the middle 1960s that the Air Force in conjunction with three contractors 

started a major silver recovery program. In 1966, AFSPPF, in cooperation with Eastman Kodak (EK), 

Fairchild Hiller, and Food Machinery Corporation (FMC) developed a sophisticated, efficient system to 

reclaim silver from both hypo and used film. The silver was reclaimed through an arrangement with EK 

who received the raw silver wastes from AFSPPF, processed them, and then credited the value of the 

silver to the NRO Film Purchase Account. 

In the early 1960s, AFSPPF dumped all photographic wastes, which at that time were untreated, into 

the storm drainage system which emptied into the Chicopee River. In 1966, a major program was started 

to clean up the water pollution caused by the Facility. The program continued to 1974. The incentives 

for developing this program were: 

A. The monetary value of reclaiming the silver and keeping it available for reuse. 

B. The cost savings achieved by extending the life of the hypo through a means of controlling the 

silver level. 

C. The elimination of the water pollution problem caused by discharging contaminated wastes 

into the surrounding streams. 

D. Protecting the photo production mission of the Facility, as the amount of water pollution 

indicated that there could have been a large scale photo processing plant in P-1900. 

E. The need for a classified destruction capability to dispose of used film, again to protect the 

security of the Facility mission. 

The first significant step in the Silver Recovery Program was taken in 1966 when Anderson-Nichols & 

Company, the designers of the Facility, and EK installed the steel wool Ion Exchange Silver Recovery 

System, see Figure 4-5. The spent hypo flowed through a series of four stainless steel drums packed 

with steel wool in removable containers. The silver replaced the steel wool by an ion exchange action and 

the desilvered hypo was discharged into the storm drainage system. While reclaiming silver, this system 

"TO111-9114141.1511— HEXAGON / GAMBIT BYE 15254-76 

Ltawilawa.a4swadaeat.Aohals 

4-12 Controls Only 
IONEXCHANGE SILVERRECOVERY SYSTEM 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

FIGURE 4-5 4BYE 15254-76 *0.50-91EE'leffit' 

Jzia,afiie-irte-Byeigiem74tderi•••i•Ee7nult-' 

Controls Only 4-13 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

31 July 2014 

-11,01P—DBEIMT-s MI 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

was far from optimal because of the remaining problems of water pollution and the fact that it was a labor 

concentrated and very messy process. The Ion Exchange System was salvaged in 1970. 

The next step was the development of a Mulcher-Incinerator System under contract with FairchildHiller. This served as a classified waste destruction system for disposing of used film and other classified 

material. The system became operational in 1970. The recovery of silver from the incinerator ash was 

really a process by-product. After several attempts at building a mulcher capable of taking a despooled 

roll of film and chopping it into pieces fine enough to completely burn, the present B10-Hog Mulcher was 

developed, see Figure 4-6. This mulcher was joined to a standard three-chamber incinerator equipped 

with gas burners and pollution control devices. A picture of the incinerator with the scrubber unit and 

control panel can be seen on page 3-13. The capacity of this Mulcher-Incinerator System was 250 pounds/ 

hour. In fact, the capacity was limited by the incinerator. It was estimated that approximately $74, 000 

worth of credit was gained in the NRO Film Purchase Contract with EK from the silver recovered from 

the incinerator ash during the period of FY 72 to FY 76. This system will be left as real property to the 

building when it is turned over to the Base on 1 January 1977. 

The next major step in the program was the installation of the Electrolytic Silver Recovery and Hypo 

Conservation System designed and installed by FMC. A final report88 on this upgraded system was written 

by FMC in July 1973. This system was the first big step toward the elimination of water pollution from the 

Facility. The system utilized a series of Rotex Units to deposit silver on rotating stainless steel disks for 

later removal. The hypo was piped from the processors through the electrically controlled Rotex Units 

where the amount of silver removed from the hypo was carefully controlled and monitored. The Chemical 

Mix area added fresh hypo to the circulating supply of refined hypo. This allowed the processors to operate 

under the critical specifications for hypo solutions. In the original installation, part of the Ion Exchange 

System was utilized to strip the remaining silver from the small amount of hypo that was bled off to allow 

the proper chemical ratio. After this stripping operation, the hypo was discharged into the storm drain. 

In addition to the high quality silver plate recovered, great economy was achieved by this process since it 

greatly reduced the amount of new hypo that had to be mixed and utilized during mission operations. The 

final modification to this system consisted of using one of the Rotex machines as a "Tailing Unit" to replace 

the Ion Exchange Stripping Unit. The system worked well and remained in that configuration until the 

Industrial Waste Treatment Plant was completed in 1974 when the refined (desilvered) hypo from the 

"Tailing Unit" was diverted to the plant for disposal. Approximately $105, 000 worth of Silver plate was 

credited to the NRO Film Account by EK between FY 72 to FY 76. Figure 4-7 is a picture of the Electrolytic 

Silver Recovery and Hypo Conservation System. This silver recovery system was dismantled and 

Report, FMC, July 1973, Upgrading of Silver Recovery System. (U) 

BYE 15254-76 

Se51-611431N3V-0-111EXAGON /GAMBIT ME 

4-14 Controls Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

TOTrTreltel"-- 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

FIGURE 4-6 

-1114314a-frEellitEla-- 

4-15 

BYE 15254-76 

-iaeleik-spierayepoeol-Teiensier 

Cont rols Only 
ELECTROLYTIC SILVERRECOV

ERYAND HYPO CONSERVATION SYSTEM 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

A FSPP F HISTORY 

Volume I 

FIGURE 4-7 *411-44G114117— 

4-16 

BYE 15254-76 

MeReheyterSyermeeml4erlert"-KerTatt"— 

Controls Onl y 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

41410-0861106... HEXAGON /GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

reinstalled at the 544 TMS in the fall of 1976 by EK representatives. 

- Industrial Waste Treatment Plant (IWTP) - 

From the beginning of large volume photographic processing operations in P-1900, the same water 

pollution problems common to all photo processing plants were present. The Water Quality Act of 1965 

was the beginning of serious pressure to clean up the water pollution problems. The increased awareness 

and possible investigation of the previously undetected sources of water pollution were the impetus for 

action to clean up and/or disguise the effluents to protect the fact that this building had the capability of 

performing large scale photo processing. USAF programs for silver recovery from photo waste and 

efforts to generally clean up the water discharged from bases also helped move this organization toward 

an industrial waste treatment program. In 1968, an in-house research project was begun to develop 

methods for effective treatment of liquid photographic waste and to substantially reduce water consumption 

in the Facility's photo laboratories. The project, directed by Mr. George Hunter, Chief of AFSPPF's 

Research & Development Division, was accomplished by the Food Machinery Corporation, Santa Clara, 

California with Mr. Erik Thuse and Mr. Donald Watson as the principal contacts. Phase I of this project 

provided the conclusion that the most reasonable approaches to the problem would be: a type of electrolytic 

silver recovery to minimize both hypo usage and toxicity of the waste; (2) a wash water recovery by Reverse 

Osmosis Units to reduce the volume of waste (by 50%); and (3) to develop a method of concentrating the 

remaining waste to solid form for disposal. Phase I was completed in 1969. The next step was to have 

AFSPPF prepare performance specifications, select appropriate equipment, design the configuration for a 

pilot plant, and calculate an itemized cost estimate. This information was presented to SAMSO who then 

directed AFSPPF to proceed with a 1972 MCP project entitled Industrial Waste Treatment Facility, 

Westover AFB. Using the Phase I FMC study as basis for the design, S&T Western, Incorporated was 

selected to design the plant and to provide the operation and maintenance manuals for this prototype plant. 

The design was completed in March of 1972 and construction started in July 1972. The project, estimated to 

to cost approximately cluded the construction of a 5,800 square plant facility, two intermediate 

transfer stations, and an underground piping system which interconnected all three. The intricate corrosion 

resistant piping system and pumps were prime factors in the high estimated cost provided by the construction 

contractor (Hart Engineering Company). In the interim while the plant was being built, an effluent collection 

system was installed in P-1900 to provide gravity feed of the processing waste to the intermediate transfer 

station located in P-1900. This collection system was designed by EK and installed by the Valley Electric 

and Heating Company. 

The Industrial Waste Treatment Plant was accepted and put into operation in August 1974. The original 

design concept envisioned an around-the-clock operation, separate treatment of color and black and white 

processing waste, and the reuse of the water. The phasedown of the AFSPPF mission radically altered 

-69P—OBGB63--HEXAGON /GAMBIT= BYE 15254-76 

i4ieaag*maiJilakwsa9.k.Tokwki.ytwdi*... 

4-17 Controls Only 
—INWP-464114WPwillEXAGON/GAMMI 

VED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

those concepts. Although the plant was designed to process up to 50,000 gallons per day (gpd), waste flow 

was being processed at a rate of 10,000 gpd during photo plant operations. This forced the IWTP into an 

intermittent operation with resulting inefficiencies and maintenance problems, particularly in the Reverse 

Osmosis Units. There was virtually no color processing being done; therefore, the waste was combined 

with the black and white waste and processed through the same major pieces of equipment. The idea of 

reusing the water from the plant was abandoned because of possible color contamination of the recycled 

water. In addition, the cost of repiping the Facility to allow reuse was excessive when compared to the 

cost of the high quality water which was available to AFSPPF. To preclude possible stream contamination, 

provisions were made locally to dump the processed water into a sanitary sewer system for subsequent 

treatment. 

The following information was learned during the development phases of this program: 

A. Viscous Developer 

This waste is extremely difficult to deal with. Although it is thick and hard to pump, it has 

very few solids. It is incompatible with Vapor Compression Evaporator (VCE) processing. If the viscous 

developer is boiled off separately in steam kettles, it must be handled very carefully. If it is dumped into 

the concentrate from the VCE, it dilutes the mix and increases the energy requirements for boiling off 

the concentrate. 

B. Reverse Osmosis Units 

These units must be treated with formaldehyde if they are shut down for any length of time. 

Failure to do this during early operation of the plant caused clogging of the permeators. All efforts to 

clean the units failed. In February 1976 a destructive test was performed by Polymetrics, Incorporated 

of Santa Clara, California on one of the clogged permeators. They recommended replacement of the 10 

permeators; however, the wash water carried so little chemical waste that it was decided to stop treating 

the wash water and divert it into the sanitary sewer. This resulted in a savings of $15, 000, the cost to 

replace the permeators. 

C. Kettle Condensate System 

The original condensers were equipped with copper tubes. They failed and were replaced 

with stainless steel condensers which worked well during all plant operations. 

D. Vapor Compression Evaporator (VCE) 

Initially, AFSPPF experienced many problems with both compressors ranging from a leaking 

steam seal to a broken main shaft. The compressor manufacturer, MD Pneumatics out of Springfield, 

Missouri, was always able to repair the unit. Fortunately both units were never down for an extended 

period at the same time; however, the threat was still present. Finally on 20 March 1975, a decision was 

BYE 15254-76 

TOP-9111434141.11P-m-IIIEXAGO1V1 /GAMBIT EMI 

4-18 Controls Controls Only 
"gror-sr.CAETiaHEXAGON / GAMBIT 111111 

Imienelieireelilyerneibi-Teleat-lireykoie 

4-19 

Controls Only 

BYE 15254-76 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

•"117P'ICBCBBTIMEXAGON /GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

made by the Command Staff to purchase another compressor to be used solely as a backup. Periodic 

cleaning of the tube bundle and heat exchanger with a nitric acid flush improved the performance and 

reliability of these units. In November 1974, a test study was run to investigate the possibility of processing photo waste containing viscous developer. The results were that the tube bundle acted as a 

collector for the thickener and became totally clogged, see Figure 4-8. The only solution was taking the 

unit out of the machine and manually scraping the tubes. After all the viscous developer was flushed from 

the VCEs, the units operated successfully up until the last mission supported by the IWTP . However this 

test did virtually eliminate the proposed relocation and utilization of the VCEs to the 

which was scheduled to use viscous developer in their photographic processing. 

E. Heat Tape 

It was found that the electric heat tape provided to keep the fume scrubber piping from freezing 

was inadequate. After the first winter, an AFSPPF civil engineer strung a low pressure steam line parallel 

to those pipes in the outside enclosure to keep them open. 

F. Disposal of Residue 

Although a small RD effort was started to find whether there was any use for the solid chemical 

waste generated by the plant, none was found. Since this waste was water soluble, care had to be taken in 

disposal. A local firm was given a small contract to bury the residue in an EPA approved site. Due to 

the relatively small amounts generated during the life of the plant and the imminent closure of the Facility, 

further action to find a use for the residue was abandoned. 

This pilot plant was successful in demonstrating that water-borne photo waste could be concentrated 

into solid waste to eliminate water pollution. While the system was expensive from an energy standpoint, 

it was effective and met all design objectives. If the plant had operated at the designed scale, it probably 

would have been advantageous to find a commercial use for the residue. In an area where water quality 

was poor or expensive, reuse of the water would have been practical. Pictures of the IWTP can be seen 

on pages 2-61 and 2-62. 

The Industrial Waste Treatment Plant will be turned over to the AFRES at Westover AFB upon closure 

of the Facility operation approximately 1 January 1977. 

- Utility Self Sufficiency - 

AFSPPF created a self sufficient equipment and personnel utility operation capability for the processing 

of photographic film. This development included specialized civilian and military manning and the construction of a 2,000,000 gallon water storage tank and pumping station, an industrial waste treatment 

plant, and a 3,000 KW emergency power production facility. The following discusses the evolution of self 

sufficiency in the areas of electrical power and water supply. 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

--TtlirTECITETAFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

RESULTS OF TESTING FEASIBILITY OF PROCESSING 

VISCOUS DEVELOPER WASTE THROUGH A VAPOR COMPRESSION .EVAPORATOR 

(19 November 1974) 

FIGURE 4-8 -Tup-sterrr BYE 15254-76 

i4e4beile-rte ePie— 

4-20 Controls Only. 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

..TCLII-100111EXAGON / GAMBIT 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

A. Water System 

As the Facility expanded in the mid 1960s, the water requirements became too taxing for the 

Base system to handle. The Base water supply proved inadequate several times during 1966 with the 

pressure dropping as low as 10 pounds/square inch against the required 50 pounds/square inch. Since the 

major problem was the insufficient supply of water, the Command Staff decided to drill a series of deep rock 

wells to provide a supplemental source to the Base water system. The R. E. Chapman Company of 

Oakdale, Massachusetts was engaged to drill the wells in a close proximity to Building P-1900. During the 

summer and fall of 1967, five wells were drilled. Each well was approximately 600 feet deep and capable 

of delivering 100 gallons/minute. The water found was potable but high in sulphates which made it poor 

quality for photo processing. After considerable testing and review of the options to refine this water, it 

was decided that all alternatives were too costly and the wells were capped and abandoned. The next step 

taken to provide sufficient high quality water to the Facility was the construction of a 2,000, 000 gallon, 

above ground storage tank and a pump station with water treatment equipment and pumps. In order to 

economize and specialize, the tank and pump house construction was offered to bidders separately. The 

R. H. White Construction Company built the tank at an estimated cost of d the Hundreds 

Corporation won the bid to construct the booster pump house at a cost o The actual combined 

total cost was MIN Construction began in December 1971, was completed in December 1972, and 

accepted in June 1973. The project was successful in providing an independent water supply capable of 

supporting all current and projected mission processing requirements. A picture of this Water Storage and 

Pump House Facility can be seen in Figure 2-31, page 2-64. 

B. Electrical Power 

As the processing mission of AFSPPF increased with additional support requirements for 

GAMBIT and CORONA, it became apparent that there was a need for the Facility to become basically self 

sufficient in the area of electrical power. The original configuration of the Facility included a 500 KW 

diesel generator for backup power. This capability was totally inadequate to meet the electrical load which 

reached a 2, 000 KW load range at the height of mission operations. While the commercial electrical system 

had proved reliable, variations (surges/"brown-outs") did occur which affected the operation of the data 

computers and microanalyzers, but more importantly the photo processing equipment which could have 

meant destruction of portions of irretrievable, original imagery. For these reasons, programming action 

was started in June 1966 to provide adequate and stable backup power for the Facility. The decision was 

to build an emergency power plant addition onto P-1900. Anderson-Nichols & Company was chosen to 

design the power plant. The result of theitill.work was the design of a 4,420 square foot area which 

would house three reconditioned Worthington 1,000 KW Model SDR-8 Diesel Generators and associated 

switch gear. The design of this plant would allow either independent or parallel operation with commercial 

BYE 15254-76 

TIMP—BEGIIIIEXAGON / GAMBIT 

4-21 Controls Only 
.X.C1O-M141 HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

power. A FY 68 MCP Project was developed, presented, and approved. Bids were opened in May 1969 

and resulted in the award of the construction contract to the Hart Engineering Company of East Providence 

Rhode Island. The bid (not including the Government furnished generators) was for the amount of 

Construction began in July 1969 and although scheduled for completion in October 1970, it was not finished 

until June 1972 because of delays due to poor generator performance. 

The three generators were received from the Schoonmaker Company of Sausalito, California in June 

1968 and were stored on Base awaiting completion of the power plant addition to P-1900. The engines were 

moved into the new building in June 1970. The military personnel needed to operate the plant had been 

assigned by MPC and were in place at the Facility. These technicians accomplished the repairs and got 

the engines operating. It was estimated that $135, 000 and approximately three months time were saved 

by the outstanding work directed by Master Sergeant Jack Anderson. After numerous delays in shipment 

of test equipment and various parts, the plant was finally completed in February 1972 and accepted by the 

Air Force in June 1972. The final cost of the plant was 

After activation, the plant and the nine enlisted technicians assigned provided dependable backup power. 

This included many cases where the generators were operated around-the-clock to support key, time 

responsive mission photo processing and image evaluation requirements. During phasedown planning, it 

was decided that no attempt would be made to relocate the generators due to their age and the difficulty in 

obtaining spare parts. This auxiliary plant will be left in place when Building P-1900 is turned over to the 

Base in January 1977. Pictures of the Emergency Power Plant and its equipment can be seen on pages 

2-54 and 2-55. 

PRODUCTION DIRECTORATE (PD) 

The primary mission of the Directorate of Production was to operate a high quality, high volume 

photographic production facility in support of the National Reconnaissance Program (NRP). To better 

accomplish this high level mission, PD established the following operational and quality assurance sections: 

the Operations Division for planning, scheduling, and monitoring all production requirements; the 

Production Division for performing the mission production printing and processing and all still photographic 

reproduction requirements; the Computer Division for automating production control and monitoring the 

quality of all mission products; and the Quality Assurance and Materials Analysis Divisions for setting 

production standards, establishing operating procedures, and assuring quality control. The success of 

the Production Directorate in achieving these goals resulted in the establishment of a photographic 

laboratory which gained the reputation as the finest film duplicating facility in the DoD. As their major 

tasking was the continual reproduction support of the CORONA, GAMBIT, and HEXAGON Programs, 

PD's major achievement basically centered around gaining the capability for producing the best product 

BYE 15254-76 

-61041-GBOOPE-m-HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

WermeNewoieofiremalaaeleat.Asylaigii. 

4-22 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

.mosa.-SZCZIKW-- gEXAGON/GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

possible from these satellite systems. In those endeavors two areas of significance highlighted the evolution 

of the Production Directorate. These were: (1) the automation of the precision photographic processing 

operation, and (2) the establishment of the Materials Analysis Laboratory (MAL) which performed analytical 

testing and evaluation of photographic materials. 

- Photographic Production Automation - 

The beginning of the automation of the precision laboratory began in 1962 with the complete renovation 

of the old 8RTS photographic laboratory into a Class 100 Cleanroom with environmental controls capable 

of maintaining temperatures to ± 1/4 degree Fahrenheit and humidity to within ± 5% of the set point. This 

was the first large scale cleanroom precision photographic laboratory in the U. S. Air Force. 

Automation of the production cycle began during this same 1962 construction period. Houston Fearless 

designed and installed a Data Monitor System (DMS) to provide a process control capability and record the 

principal processing and environmental parameters. For better communication links between the personnel 

operating the DMS and the operators of the processors and other equipment, two-way intercoms and a 

pneumatic message delivery tube system for sending step tablets from the processor to the Quality Control 

Section were also installed. TV cameras were used to monitor the pre and post inspection phases. Also, 

as a part of the laboratory modification was the expansion of the chemical mixing area and the centralization 

of the control of the chemical parameters (flow rates, temperatures, etc.). This was accomplished by a 

large Taylor Instruments control panel installed in the newly renovated Chemical Mix Section. During this 

period, chemical analysis/certification was accomplished by a combination of a dip test and the standard 

chemical titrations. The procedure of manually reading the density step tablets and continuous wedges was 

automated in 1963 when AFSPPF, working with MacBeth Corporation, developed the Quantascan which would 

read the step tablets to determine whether the processors were within control specifications. 

In the early 1960s, advances were made in process control but essentially no automation occurred in 

production control. Consequently, in February 1967, an IBM 1130 Computer was purchased to automate 

the following direct support for production control: 

A. Produce current production status reports by analyzing input to the computer from six data 

entry terminals in the Printing, Processing, and Quality Control Divisions and displaying this information 

on a huge tote board in the Production Control Room. 

B. Produce shipping directions, labels, and receipts. 

C. Perform a cost analysis on each production project. 

D. Provide product control information on a TV screen. 

The 1130 System consisted of 16K core memory, central processing unit/console, disk capability, 

line printer, paper tape unit, plotter, and six data stations. Figure 4-9 presents a picture of the IBM 

BYE 15254-76 

-TOIP-BeelErf - HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

4-23 

Mareifrevoer@yernerwiieleni-Asylwit. 

Controls Only 
AFSPPF 111-SToRy Volume I 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

Arielp.sseieeir6. 

4-24 BYE.15254_ 76 

controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

-7,011-111114111EXAGON / GAMBIT 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

1130 Computer. Although it took approximately a year to develop operational software, the 1130 proved 

invaluable as a production control monitoring system. The IBM 1130 Computer was discontinued in 

November 1974 due to the reduction in mission tasking and pending closure of the Facility. 

With the significant increase in requirements to support the new blocks of GAMBIT and CORONA 

systems, it was felt that the DMS and IBM 1130 were inadequate to handle production control. After 

evaluating various alternatives and makes of computer, a decision was made to lease an IBM 1800 Process 

Control Computer to upgrade production control. The IBM 1800 was installed on 7 November 1968. 

The IBM 1800 was selected to provide: (1) real time support to the process control function, (2) monitor 

processor parameters, (3) calculate printer instructions, (4) analyze step tablets, and (5) supply product 

acceptance instructions to the final inspection team. Extensive software development and hardware design 

and fabrication were required before the 1800 could furnish this type of support. The software and hardware 

were initially performed by AIL Corporation. This hardware consisted of remote entry stations in the 

Printing, Quality Control (QC), and Initial/Final Inspection Sections which were connected to the 1800. In 

the QC Section, the AIL terminal ("Q" Station) had a Quantiscan wired into it so the density reading could 

go directly to the 1800. In the Inspection Section, the densitometers were attached directly to the 

terminal ("D" Station). During initial inspection, the operator would make several density readings which 

would be automatically recorded by the 1800. The operator also entered the location of the readings he 

took by roll, frame, and grid number. The 1800 would utilize this density data to generate printing 

instructions for that roll of material. When the roll of film reached the Printing Section, the operator 

would enter the roll number into the terminal ("P" Station) and the 1800 would respond by relaying the 

printer setting back to the operator. When the roll was ready for final inspection, the densitometer 

operator would query the "D" Station for location and the desired density return for that specific roll. 

This query was made by entering the roll number. The 1800 would then forward the desired information 

back to the "D" Station for the operator to use in his final inspection. 

AIL, which was not a company that totally specialized in computer programming and analysis, was 

joined by Computer Sciences Corporation (CSC) in the task of upgrading the 1800 System. AIL's work 

was completed in March 1971 while CSC provided support from January 1970 until September 1973. All 

during this period the IBM 1800 Processing Control System was being refined to meet the changes in 

processing parameters and the advances in multiprogramming. The 1800 System consisted of 64K core 

memory, central processing unit/console, central controller plus various digital and analog control units, 

line printers, magnetic tape unit, disk drive, and an operator control unit. AFSPPF was the first organization 

that ever customized a computer for this type of production monitoring and control. Figure 4-10 presents a 

picture of the IBM 1800 Data Acquisition and Control System. The 1800 was returned to IBM in April 1974 

for the same reasons the IBM 1130 was discontinued. 

Tail...1 .1111XAGON /GAMBIT"... 

BYE. 15254-76 

H nri /CI V12 Ryprnan / Tal.ni-KoyhnIP 

4-25 Controls Only 
IBM1800 DATA ACQUISITION AND CONTROL SYSTEM 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

FIGURE 4-10 Pefo-menrrBYE 15254-76 

1-tantlir-vta-E3yernal7%irmi—KeerivIti4-26 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

A Ur smeilrelli% HEXAGON/GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

Next attention was given to improving the method of precisely mixing chemicals for without the accurate 

processing/fixing of chemicals other efforts to improve the end product have little effect. Because of the 

importance of this function and the pending impact of HEXAGON requirements, it was decided to automate 

the chemical mixing process as much as possible. FMC was contracted to design and fabricate an automatic 

Batch System. The system allowed large batches of correctly mixed chemistry to be prepared at any time 

during the mission which resulted in a significant savings in chemicals previously lost by human error. 

This system was successfully used from 1970 until October 1976. 

In this same time period an effort was initiated to completely automate the analysis/verification 

of photographic chemistry as all batches were mixed ready for use. Dr. Dale Coulson of Stanford Research 

Institute, California began an in-depth study to determine the best method(s) for developing a program to 

accomplish this entire evaluation process. His study revealed that there was not any one single, timely 

method to automate the analysis of the photo chemistry used at AFSPPF; however, it did indicate that 

certain portions could be automated. 

Dr. Coulson continued his study centering on developing techniques for use on gas chromatographs (GC) 

and atomic absorption (AA) units to determine the amount of the critical components in the developer. Two 

GC and one AA were procured for his work. One GC was configured to determine the grams/liter content 

of phenidone in the developer while the second was configured to hydroquinone and metol in the developer. 

If a particular developer contained an improper amount of the phenidone, hydroquinone, and/or metol, it 

could be adjusted. The use of the GC units greatly reduced the man-hour requirements of the chemical 

analyst as it took approximately 15 minutes compared to over an hour by the previous method to perform 

this analysis. It also decreased chemical consumption because badly mixed chemistry could be corrected 

by adding the missing properties. The AA unit was utilized to determine the silver content of the hypo 

being recycled from the silver recovery units. This task took 10 minutes on the AA unit while the previous 

manual method would take approximately two and a half hours to complete. 

In 1971, a contract was awarded to Sybron Corporation, Taylor Instrument Division, Rochester, 

New York, for the design and fabrication of an electronic processor control system for the Dalton 

Processor. The prototype system was installed and connected to the 1800 in 1972. The system monitored 

13 functions of the Dalton. Of the 13 functions, 11 were commanded by Taylor controllers to the established 

set point for that mission material. Four controllers were used to monitor the developer temperature, 

developer flow rate, machine speed, and fix temperature functions, while the IBM 1800 Computer had the 

capability to change set points. The remaining nine controllers were utilized for the less critical 

functions and had the set points changed by the photo technician running the Dalton Processor. 

HEXAGON / GAMBIT BYE 15254-76 afil0P—OBENEW-. 

4-27 Controls Ccxitrols Oniy 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

"I'MP—s114MINT.r HEXAGON/GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

This first "Taylor Package" was debugged and resulted in a significant advance in the control and 

operation of the Dalton. As a result improved "Taylor Packages" were procured for the remaining two 

Daltons and two Trentons. At that time the prototype was also upgraded. The packages for the Trentons 

were designed to monitor 23 functions with 19 of the functions being controlled by the operator and 4 by 

the 1800. These "Taylor Packages" were unique in a Government photographic processing facility. They 

greatly reduced man-hours and materials for initial processor certification and helped to assure the best 

possible product for the NRO community. 

As the production requirement significantly increased with the advent of HEXAGON, it became obvious 

that the titling function had to be improved. The present method of using a Unimac Titler with its manual 

stamping heads was too slow for the production cycle which had recently had most of its functions upgraded 

by automation. In November 1971, AFSPPF undertook a contractual effort with FSDS to automate this step. 

The basic concept was to utilize the principle of applying a aeries of ink dots known as "Video Jet" ink 

printing. This titler was controlled by a minicomputer which detected framemarks and automatically titled 

at speeds of 25 - 40 feet per minute. Although the system achieved most of its design goals, it was 

difficult to maintain. The Video Jet Ink Titler was never used operationally because the CCB decided 

to implement the Optical Titling System developed by EK in 1973. 

Printer automation was not realized until 1975, when the highly sophisticated EK Cayuga Printer was 

installed at AFSPPF. This automated system was the culmination of several development efforts by both 

AFSPPF and EK. The system was controlled by two minicomputers and was capable of reading the density 

on the original and optimizing the duplicate reproduction. Its features included a modulated light source 

and a fixed array of photodiodes for density scanning. The Cayuga Printer was shipped back to EK for 

minor modifications in August 1976 and then will be forwarded to the 544th ARTW to be used in the Production 

function at Offutt AFB. At present only EK and AFSPPF have utilized this automated printing system. 

Shortly after the phasedown/closure announcement in October 1973, AFSPPF decided to discontinue 

use of the IBM 1130/1800 Systems and replace them with a PDP-11/40 minicomputer. The decision was based 

on economy (computer rental) and the reduction in mission requirements. While awaiting the arrival of 

the PDP-11/40, PD utilized a PDP-8E on loan from the Evaluation Directorate for density acquisition 

and densitometer calibration and the IBM 360/40 for such off-line support as the production of labels, 

breakdown listings, and production control cards. 

The PDP-11/40 was delivered to AFSPPF in December 1974 and the programming plan developed by 

Captain J. Hill and Master Sergeant R. Swetavage started. The system consisted of 80K core memory, 

three disk drives, magnetic tape unit, control processing unit, two VT-5 CRT Terminals, line printer, 

universal digital controller, 11 RT-1 Data Entry Terminals, VT-55 Graphic Display Terminal, and a 

BYE 15254-78 

HEXAGON/GAMBIT 

Harsrlin Fkrmart u.syk96, 

4-28 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

.-1110111-6411HRIMPuBEXAGON/GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

high speed paper tape reader/punch. Figure 4-11 shows a picture of the PDP-11/40 Computer System 

at AFSPPF. Although this system has been used since its ORT Certification in June 1975 to monitor 

photographic mission production, additional programming will be required before full utilization of this 

system's capability will be realized. The PDP-11/40 will be transferred with the Production function to 

Offutt AFB on 15 September 1976. 

By 1975, AFSPPF's Photo Laboratory had become the most highly sophisticated, automated production 

facility in the DoD. 

- Materials Analysis Laboratory (MAL) - 

The Materials Analysis Laboratory was a unique, highly sophisticated photographic testing facility 

established to provide production standards and a quantitative analysis capability to support the mission 

of AFSPPF. 

MAL, originally called the Optics and Material Standards Laboratory (OMSL), was conceived and 

established by Lieutenant Colonel L. in 1962 as a standards laboratory for the Research and 

Development Directorate. Mr. M. Worwood was hired as the Chief, OMSL and occupied that position 

until the equipment was transferred to DIA's Technology Division (DC-6) in the fall of 1976. 

From the outset until the mid 1960s, this laboratory was limited in space and resources. However, 

as the scope of the assigned mission increased, the facilities and space grew from one room (224 square 

feet) to a three room laboratory covering 1,600 square feet. The present day mission became established 

in April 1970, the same period that MAL was reassigned from RD to the Production Directorate. This 

change was made because the primary mission of the Materials Analysis Laboratory was to establish and 

maintain standards for the Production Photo Lab. The other mission tasks included the implementation, 

analysis, and refinement of all standards and analysis techniques dealing with the production and evaluation 

of photographic materials and systems; analyzing conventional and non-conventional photographic materials; 

producing and certifying materials for standardization; calibrating analytical equipment; and providing 

technical support to the NRO. A picture of one of the areas within MAL is shown in Figure 2-8, page 2-17. 

Over the years, this analysis laboratory was equipped with many pieces of one-of-a-kind state-of-theart analytical/mensuration equipment. It has been this broad variety of equipment and the dedicated 

technical personnel that have been responsible for developing the capability and building the reputation of 

MAL. Some examples of this equipment are: the MacBeth Research Laboratories Model KCS-18 Transparent Film Colorimeter which is capable of measuring light transmission of color film hi 20 nanometer 

increments with a one millimeter aperture; the MacBeth Model MRL-001 Color Densitometer which is 

capable of reading black and white and color densities using a half millimeter aperture; the Houston Fearless 

Equal Energy Scanning Spectrosensitometer which is capable of analyzing the spectral sensitivity of films, 

BYE 15254-76 

AIAII-GEGBEGt— HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

4-29 

14eaillaZapassaallalaiilliholi 

Controls Orly 
PDP- 11/40 PRODUCTION CONTROL SYSTEM 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

FIGURE 4-11 BYE 15254-76 

44eRfile-ve-Byemem-A.Te4en4--14erSeie-- 

Controls Only 4-30 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

HEXAGON/GAMBIT- 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

photo multiplier tubes, and photodiodes; the Aeroflex Precision Densitometer which is capable of determining 

the density characteristics of film to five significant figures; the Data Corporation Sensitometric Spray 

Processors which are capable of duplicating processing conditions of large volume processors on a small 

scale thus reducing both resources and man-hours when establishing standards or analyzing materials; 

and the Perkin-Elmer Corporation Advanced Microcamera System which is capable of an automated 

production of target belts and an ultra high resolution evaluation of conventional and non-conventional film 

materials. A complete listing of all the equipment assigned to the MAL (as of 30 May 1975) can be seen in 

Volume II, Figure 3-13, pages 3-32 thru 3-34. 

Although establishment of the MAL with its many and diverse capabilities was a major achievement in 

itself, the Materials Analysis Laboratory also made several significant contributions in the test and evaluation 

phase of new/modified equipment and the development of new techniques and processes. The following are 

examples of these efforts and services: 

A. Assisted in the procurement and developed the operating procedures of AFSPPF's first 

production microdensitometer (Mann-Data, "A" Machine). 

B. Determined the problems caused by base pelloids on duplicating and original film materials. 

As a result a new film without the pelloid backing (Type 2430) was introduced by Eastman Kodak. 

C. Discovered minute dirt particles in duplicating films supplied by EK which resulted in EK 

improving their quality control procedures, especially in the handling of films used in the NRP 

D. Produced a wide selection of target belts for use in the evaluation of printers and film studies 

for AFSPPF and contractors. Target belts were also supplied to other Air Force organizations as well as 

to the Army, Navy, and CIA. 

E. Assisted in the development of edge scanning techniques on the Facility Mann-Data Microdensitometer. 

F. Trained two NPIC technicians on the capabilities, operation, and use of the Mann-Data 

Microdensitometer at AFSPPF. 

G. Analyzed the R-2 original negative sample strips from each GAMBIT and HEXAGON mission 

prior to calibrating the rnicrodensitometers used in postflight evaluation. 

H. Provided special photometric evaluation of the first satellite photographic coverage of a Red 

Chinese missile engine test site. 

I. Performed spectral (log) sensitometric and photometric signature evaluation of acquired USSR 

films to determine their use as either acquisition or duplicating material. This was done in support of the 

Avionics Laboratory at Wright Patterson AFB Ohio. 

J. Supported the Acceptance testing of each HEXAGON vehicle by making microcomparator 

measurements of Sync-Flash Targets to determine whether the optical bar cameras were in synchronization. 

BYE 15254-76 

"1.13B—fiGGIREB—IIEXAGON / GAMBIT 

4-31 

.1sItaitilwowliiyei,—. /4.614 Kc,10.- 

Controls Only 
--"EPP-OGGIMPIP— HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

VED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

K. Developed and perfected the formula (SPPL 1) for a bulk mixed chemistry to process 

duplicating films for use at AFSPPF, thus reducing the requirement for buying EK premixed chemistry. 

L. Developed a low gamma chemistry which allowed AFSPPF to spray process EK Type 3414 

Film and produce improved imagery quality. This accomplishment also resulted in eliminating the 

requirement to use two other film types in production, thereby reducing film and chemistry supplies. 

M. Performed a thorough comparative analysis in 1970 of EK and non-conventional films which 

included image structure, mensuration, resolution, AIM curve and MTF determinations, reciprocity 

failure, spectral sensitivity, granularity, dimensional stability, physical and structural characteristics, 

and sensitometric properties. The results showed that non-conventional materials at that time were not 

manufactured for production use like the conventional EK film types were in terms of structure and quality. 

N. Devised a solution to a focusing problem on the Advanced Microcamera System, thus saving 

the Air Force over $70, 000 by eliminating the need for an engineering change by the contractor. 

As evidenced by these efforts, MAL provided significant contributions in addition to their daily duties 

of establishing and maintaining photographic processing and evaluation standards with the National Bureau 

of Standards (NBS) and other laboratories within the photo science community. Mr. Worwood and his 

staff, which varied from one to nine technicians, performed direct mission support to the Production and 

Evaluation Directorates and research and development test and evaluation to the RD Directorate. Mr. 

Worwood became an authority in this field and held many two-week classroom sessions of up to 30 people 

to teach the photo technicians this scientific art. The significant accomplishments achieved by the 

Materials Analysis Laboratory in support of this Facility and other associated organizations made it 

imperative to continue this type of function within the community upon closure of AFSPPF. A decision 

was made by the NRO to transfer the majority of the equipment to DIA (DC-6) where they will establish a 

similar standards laboratory. 

DIRECTORATE OF RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT (RD) 

The primary mission of the Research & Development Directorate was to maintain an Air Force 

capability to perform research, development, test, and evaluation in the photographic sciences; to 

manage coordinated contractor research and development programs in support of the Facility's mission; 

to prepare a five year programming plan and budget for future efforts; to monitor all financial matters 

involving RD contracts and prepare the annual operational budget; and to operate a feasibility group who 

could perform the fabrication of in-house hardware development and modification. 

The scientists and technicians from RD were involved in some facet of every major achievement 

attained by this organization. Their roles varied depending upon the program, i.e. , acted strictly as a 

BYE 15254-76 

TO1P-SIEGOBT4I-HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

4-32 Controls Only 
-Ter—BEEIBET-• HEXAGON /GAMBI 

VED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

►:• a*w:• 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

budgetary monitor (CORN Program); consulted/advised other directorates within the Facility on the purchase of the best type of laboratory and film processing equipment (Black and White and Color Versamat 

Processors, Niagara Printers, MacBeth Densitometers, etc. ); assisted in the design and performed the 

modification of existing equipment (Trenton and Dalton Processors, EH-75 Processors, 3M Dry Silver 

Processors, etc. ); conducted several research materials programs (Free-Radical, Diazo, Amorphous, 

Transparent Electrophotographic, etc.); performed in-house developmental programs (Color Film Titling, 

Phase Image Duplication System, Color Film Record, the Isocolor Program, etc.); coordinated closely 

with the contractor in adapting, designing, developing, testing, and implementing new systems evaluation 

techniques (Tone Reproduction Program, Performance Analysis Program, etc.) and advanced equipment 

(Photowaste Disposal System and Silver Recovery, New Generation Microdensitometer, etc.) These are 

but a few of the programs that RD was involved in. It is difficult to single out RD's major achievements 

from those credited to the other directorates because RD played an integral part in every new effort/project 

conducted by/within AFSPPF . 

The following paragraphs will discuss four achievements in which RD was the major contributor: (1) 

the Advanced Microcamera System; (2) the capability developed and work performed in evaluating nonconventional photographic materials; (3) the development of the mathematical non-linear model used in the 

analytical software to evaluate satellite reconnaissance camera system performance; and (4) the evolution 

of printing concepts to improve image quality transfer. 

- Advanced Microcamera Systems (AMS) - 

In late 1972, AFSPPF became more deeply involved in the evaluation of non-conventional versus 

conventional photographic films and the research into types of printing systems required to reproduce 

production volume non-conventional materials. From this effort it became obvious that the existing 

microcamera system used to support these types of evaluations was inadequate. Consequently, an in-house 

study of the problem was performed and the resultant recommendation was to support the development of 

an improved microcamera system. AFSPPF requested through the NRO's Configuration Control Board 

(CCB) the sum of for this effort. It was planned that should this proposal be approved that 

the project be funded for in the FY '74 Financial Plan. The approval was given, a select source procurement 

initiated, and proposals from a number of companies were received and evaluated. The CCB was briefed 

on the results of the evaluation performed by AFSPPF's Proposal Review Board. At this meeting, the 

Eastman Kodak representative voiced his company's requirements for a microcamera. •As a result, AFSPPF 

was directed to resolicit proposals using a new set of specifications which incorporated EK's requirements. 

The most significant changes to the original specifications were the tighter tolerance on focus (± .1 micron) 

and provisions for a step and repeat automatic (triplet) mode of operation. A triplet consists of eleven 

exposures varying in intensity repeated three times. Figure 4-12 shows the relationship of exposures 

BYE 15254-76 

aIMDP—INCGISSEhl. HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

4-33 manor vweyernewr 

Controls Only O
U) 

w 

lY 0 

0 w 

0 

z 

illEHP-6,16G614646... HEXAGON/GAMBIT 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

4.) 

-4 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

IT

• 

• 

• 

• 

• • 

• 

• • • • 

(24 • I 

• 

• 

• • • • 

C4 

FIGURE 4-12 BYE 15254-76 

7,00.-E IN RECDEL-, HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

nril. R rev,. n / . nyketk 

4-34 Controls Only 
-1101P-Miellturgi HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

VED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

and other operations which make up a triplet. A new statement of work was prepared, proposals resolicited, 

and each new proposal evaluated. The outcome was the awarding of a contract to Perkin-Elmer Corporation 

in May 1974 for two instruments. 

Although Perkin-Elmer had difficulties with the extremely tight specifications of the contract, two 

Advanced Microcamera Systems were designed, manufactured, and delivered in August 1975 to AFSPPF 

and EK at a cost of approximatel 

These systems have made significant advances in the state-of-the-art of producing ultrahigh resolution 

micro-imagery on film. The AMS has an Electro-pneumatic Focus Servo System which maintains focus within 

plus or minus 0.1 micron of the focus setting. The focus range is from 15 microns above the emulsion to 

25 microns into the emulsion. This focus subsystem is the most significant factor in these new microcameras since it provides an extremely precise focus capability which was nonexistent prior to the AMS. 

As a result accurate studies of the effects of focus position on resolution could be made for the first time. 

Also, replicate exposures could be repeatedly made at the same focus position. 

Other features included: (1) the ultraviolet exposure capability (previously nonexistent) for the study 

of non-conventional film material; (2) the ability to precisely rotate the target to provide specific angular 

orientation of targets on the film; (3) a variable contrast target illuminator to enable continuous adjustment 

of target contrast without changing targets; (4) precise film positioning so that accurate target belt geometrics 

could be obtained; (5) an optical titling capability; (6) a film punch, and (7) a radiometer for exposure 

calibration purposes. 

During the AFSPPF test and evaluation of the AMS, Mr. M. Worwood solved a recurring focus problem 

by modifying the system with nylon collars to allow for an even distribution of air flow onto the film being 

sensed by the focusing platen. This saved the Government approximately $70, 000 in renegotiation and an 

engineering change by the contractor. Figure 4-13 presents a picture of the Advanced Microcamera System. 

Using the AMS, Eastman Kodak and AFSPPF technicians have been able to obtain resolution values, 

primarily at low contrast, which exceeded the published characteristics specifications for that film type. 

EK has used the AMS extensively in film materials research and tests each batch of original negative and 

duplication film prior to use. 

The two men who were the most closely involved with this achievement were Captain Barry Britton, 

the RD Project Officer, who prepared the specifications, Work Statement, and monitored the component 

and system assembly test and evaluation (T&E) at Perkin-Elmer, and Mr. M. Worwood who performed 

the acceptance T&E at AFSPPF. 

BYE 15254-76 

sia,p-onestEXAGON / GAMBIT 

4-35 Controls 

— 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

P041-41Liee646.- 

BYE 15264-76 

THE ADVANCED MICROCAIVIERA SYSTEM 

AVSFPF HISTORY 

Volume 1 

494?"4jeelte 

4-36 

HarehrlfireleffelfrHel}e0-1-k-- 

FIGURE 4-13 

Controls Only 
VED FOR RELEASE 

-9PENP-566111EX— HEXAGON/GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I It is presently planned that the microcamera from AFSPPF will be transferred to thIli 

-hen the Facility closes. There it will be used to support NRO and other DoD requirements. 

- Non-Linear Model - 

Beginning in the late 1960s, considerable research and experimental efforts were directed toward the 

implementation of classical linear systems performance analysis for photo-optical systems. Image 

evaluation experts were much enamored with the apparent simplicity of cascading the transfer functions of 

subsystem elements. Although many advancements were made along this theory, it was discovered that 

the assumption that all subsystems performed linearly was not true. This was detected when analysts 

encountered the highly non-linear behavior of the edge enhanced photographic step caused by the new, 

radically different viscous process. 

AFSPPF had an on-going contractual effort with EIKONDE Corporation, Burlington, Massachusetts 

for technical assistance in the area of systems performance analysis. In 1969, scientists from EIKONIX 

suggested that a mathematical model could be developed to linearize the effects of the viscous process. 

Initially this concept was not received enthusiastically by the various satellite reconnaissance program 

offices. Without program sponsorship, AFSPPF proceeded at a limited pace. Captain Edward Wallace, 

the RD Program Manager during this 1969 to 1971 period, monitored EIKONIX's experimental work on 

quantifying non-linea.rities. However, in late 1971, with the realization of the magnitude of the problems 

caused by the adjacency effects, a concentrated effort to develop a non-linear model was initiated by 

AFSPPF and EIKONIX. 

In 1972, Lt Barry Britton replaced Captain Wallace as Program Manager. The EIKONIX personnel, 

under the technical direction of Dr. A. Silvestri and Dr. D. Elm, produced a working one-dimensional (ID) 

model in 1973. However, the viscous process was significantly modified during the testing of the 1D model 

causing a need'for a re-establishment of the mathematical constants. Experimental work on a more advanced 

mathematical model indicated that a two-dimensional (2D) model was possible and would provide a much 

improved program. Consequently, work was redirected toward the 2D model under Dr. A. Devaney. 

In the fall of 1974, the 2D ("one-shot") model software was installed on the AFSPPF IBM 380/40 

Computer for use in support of the Evaluation Directorate's systems performance evaluation function. The 

specific parameters of the Non-Linear Model can be found in the users handbook89 published by EIKONIX. 

Since viscous processing chemistry and methods change periodically, which require new mathematical 

constants within the model, work was continued to develop a method for determining these constants each 

time Eastman Kodak changed their processing formulas. A sophisticated method of determining these 

89 Report, EIKONIX, 3 June 1975, A Users Manual for Determining EIKONIX's Diffusion Model 

Parameters. (U) 

BYE 15254-76 

410P-ONGENals+PMEXAGON /GAMBIT 

4-37 Controls Only 
..TOIA-43000114rir HEXAGON / GANHI 

OVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

constants was implemented in late 1974/early 1975. The Non-Linear Model, in various forms, has been 

and is being utilized by several NRO organizations. The following is a listing of those organizations and 

a brief explanation of their utilization of the model: 

A. CIA/Office of Development and Engineering (OD&E) 

The 2D model is used in conjunction with OD&E (formerly the Office of Research & Development) image enhancement tasks on the Interactive Digital Image Manipulation System for "backing out" 

process anomalies (process-induced enhancement). This information is extremely valuable when studying 

digital enhancement schemes. OD&E is also using the Non-Linear Model in their studies of the effects of 

process non-linearities on the shape of objects. 

B. NPIC/Applied Photographic Sciences Division (APSD) 

The former Evaluation function at AFSPPF is now being accomplished by the same Air Force 

technicians assigned to APSD. They use this model extensively in their operational tasks of HEXAGON 

Acceptance and Readiness testing and in community microdensitometer support of the GAMBIT, HEXAGON, 

IIIIIIIIPrograms. The model has also been employed in NPIC mensuration studies to assess the 

distortions induced by process non-linearities. NPIC was responsible for the requirement levied on EK 

to routinely generate process-specific constants for each original negative production run. This is a 

tremendous asset to users of the Non-Linear Model since even slight changes in processing parameters 

affect the accuracy of the model. 

C. 

The Non-Linear Model was used as a diagnostic tool to aid in the characterization/solution of 

rastering problems in scanning laser printers. However, the ultimate utility of the model in this role has 

yet to be established. Thus far, indications are that some adaptation of the model may be required to 

accommodate these types of unconventional systems. 

D. SAF/Special Projects 6 (SP-6) 

Efforts by this office are continuing in an attempt to derive two-dimensional system transfer 

functions from operational photography via analysis of the Double Annulus Target. This effort is being 

aided significantly by use of the Non-Linear Model. It is the goal of this work to establish a technique that 

will provide accurate estimates of in-flight optical aberrations of the GAMBIT and HEXAGON cameras. 

E. AFSPPF/Evaluation Directorate (EV) 

The Non-Linear Model was successfully employed in the evaluation of HEXAGON preflight 

chamber Line Targets at various focus positions. The results of this evaluation were most significant 

because they showed that transfer function estimation via image evaluation is a valid and reliable approach. 

F. EK/BRIDGEHEAD 

The model was successfully employed for analysis of the Five-Step Gray Scale Target anomalies 

BYE 15254-76 

TOIP•'101EINFEE6. HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

4-38 

ilpflffio via firrnan / 

Controls Only 
HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

VED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

in GAMBIT and HEXAGON CORN photography. The use of the model resulted in significant corrections to 

the density data. As a result of the value of this model, EK now places special edge targets at each end of 

the roll being processed to determine the consistency of constants within the processing operation. 

The Non-Linear Model will continue to be modified to meet the changes in processing (presently being 

modified for the 391 Viscous Method), and new applications will be found for the evaluation of each new 

photographic system. 

- Advancement Efforts in Printing - 

Throughout the history of the organization, RD has investigated many printing concepts in an effort to 

improve the image quality transfer and/or fulfill a formating requirement which could not be accomplished 

by existing equipment. 

In the early 1960s, it was thought that improved image quality transfer could be achieved by enlarging 

the original negative image. Consequently two contracts, one with the Morse Instrument Company and the 

other with Eastman Kodak were negotiated for the design and manufacture of two 2.6X Continuous Enlargers. 

However, these machines did not prove successful and the effort to improve printing quality was redirected 

to investigate various light sources and better methods of exposing the duplicate film. Several studies and 

experiments were entered into utilizing various laser light sources, but they proved to be impractical. A 

failure due to the lack of exposure uniformity was the Houston Fearless High Resolution Printer, Model 100 

(HFtP-100) which utilized a high energy plasma arc light source inside a quartz glass drum. The duplicate 

would then be placed on the original and exposed around the rotating drum. 

Another attempt involved a modified Niagara that used a hard wired computer-type logic connected to 

an optical fourier transform frequency sensing device for on-line control of the Niagara's printing light 

source. The film passed the sensor and the logic measured selected fourier transform frequency contents 

to determine the printer light setting. Although this effort by Technical Operations Incorporated was an 

approach similar to the Eastman Kodak density sensing technique used in the later developed Cayuga, it was 

not as successful, mainly due to the presence of pelloids in original films. 

In 1968, as the decision was being made to support the reproduction requirements of the new, larger 

payload HEXAGON System, emphasis was transferred from ways to improve the image transfer to efforts 

that would maintain the present transfer quality but produce multiple duplicates in new formats, i.e., 

5 inch by 6 inch chips, short strips, etc. 

Two efforts were made under this new goal. The first by Perkin-Elmer Corporation consisted of 

modifying a Niagara Printer with three printing stations. These stations would provide the following: 

Station 1 would produce a contact 4 inch by 6 inch chip; Station 2 would produce a two-times enlarged 4 inch 

BYE 15254-76 

*1341-66Clisr..HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

1.‘"4„,,4,4 ..w T.Lanf -Kayla 

4-39 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

IF410...GOGIIGN... HEXAGON /GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

by 6 inch chip; and Station 3 would produce contact strips from 1 to 12 feet in length. The second effort by 

Baird-Atomic (BA) Incorporated was the development of a high speed chip printer which had the capability 

to produce multiple copies of individual 5 inch by 6 inch chips at the rate of 120 feet per minute or produce 

a strip by printing chips adjacent to each other. 

Both the Perkin-Elmer modified Niagara and the BA Step and Repeat Printer performed according to 

specification but because the NRO community could not agree on the format (chip or strip), they were not 

used operationally for neither instrument had significant advantages over the standard Niagara Printer. 

This BA Printer was shipped to Eastman Kodak for study of its unique method of exposing chips and the 

Perkin-Elmer machine was stored in the warehouse where it was later "cannibalized" for repair parts for 

the Niagara/Redondo Printers. 

This next effort was the investigation of a new Airgate Printing concept developed by Airborne 

Instruments Laboratories (AIL) Information Systems (formerly FMA, Incorporated), Los Angeles, 

California. This study was performed to determine if image quality transfer could be improved over that 

produced from the Niagara. The Airgate concept consisted of two flat, porous, ceramic "rocks" through 

which clean air was forced. The "rocks" were separated by approximately an inch and the original and 

duplicate films were pulled through the gate formed by the "rocks." As the material passed through the gate 

the air pressure forced the films together so the exposure could be made under high pressure. The lamp 

house was situated in the middle of the upper gate. Working breadboards were fabricated and evaluated 

but the resolution transfer never proved significantly better than the existing Redondo or Niagara Printers. 

It was not until 1974, when the informed AFSPPF of a major formating 

problem 

that AFSPPF got started on a totally successful effort in the printing area. 

Upon a thorough review, RD began to evaluate possible methods of solving this problem. Two previous 

programs, the BA Step and Repeat Printer and the AIL Information Systems Airgate Printing concept were 

revaluated. As a result, the BA Printer was recalled from Eastman Kodak and a program undertaken with 

Baird Atomic, Incorporated to modify this machine to meet the requirements of the 

Mr. N. Julian from RD was assigned as the Program Manager of the new Automatic Compositing Step 

and Repeat (ACSAR) Printer. A contract forillivas signed in September 1974 between AFAL and BA. 

The AFAL Project Engineer was Mr. William Benz and the BA Project Manager was Mr. Rocky Gulla. 

The original BA Printer had the following significant features: 

A. Drive systems which could precisely feed and position the original and raw stock materials 

within five-thousandths of an inch. 

BYE 15254-76 

IMIG64NBGBET....HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

Noadiwoia.awamaral.i.alaraLte41212... 

4-40 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

-TOP-916011160-- HEXAGON/GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

B. A flash tube light source which was synchronized to the optimum film-to-film air bladder 

pressures at the platen to allow near-static exposure conditions. 

C. Manual control of step and repeat roll-to-roll printing or multiple copy select frame printing. 

D. Resolution transfer potential better than the Redondo Printers. 

To accomplish the compositing printer objectives required by thelillithe following additional subsystems were added to the basic printer: 

A. Frame Mark/Code Reader System 

This subsystem detected frame marks and read the frame Binary Coded Decimal (BCD) 

numbers on the original negative subframes at a position just ahead of the printing station; monitored the 

progression of these subframes; stored frame length information; and precisely positioned the subframes 

in the compositing process. 

B. Frame Length Servo System 

Once the length was determined for a subframe to be printed, a servo controlled shutter 

located above the platen gate automatically set to the required aperture. 

C. Flash Detection System 

Although the flash lamp light source in the printer was extensively pretested for reliability, a 

flash detector was included in the ACSAR Printer as an error precaution to ensure against any possibility 

of missed exposures. In the event of a lamp misfire, a series of additional flashes would be initiated for 

the given frame; if an exposure flash were still not detected, the printer would shut down and a diagnostic 

signal would sound. 

D. Automatic Operation System 

An automatic instruction inputting and printer control system were added to permit the printer 

to operate at its maximum speed rate. The heart of this automatic system was a PDP-11/05 Minicomputer. 

This computer would receive initial and continuous instructions during all printer operations. Specifically, 

it received inputs from the frame mark and code reader systems, the precise feed capstans, the flash 

detector, and other print cycle interlocks. Based on these inputs, the computer outputs instructions to the 

printer. The input/output time of the computer is always shorter than the printer cycle of one exposure 

per second. In addition to the computer, this automatic system included a high speed paper tape reader, a 

teletypewriter, interface electronics, and a situation control panel. 

Each of the above subsystems was designed, bench tested, and implemented into the basic printer system. 

Special attention was taken by properly shielding, decoupling, and filtering to avoid undesirable interactions. 

The versatility of the printer is basically limited only by the storage capacity of the computer. Inputs 

to the system can be quickly modified via the high speed tape reader programs or through the teletypewriter. 

BYE 15254-76 

VOSP-410011B1P- HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

Nmokevipayepasolw-Tiosows.004aim 

4-41 Controls Only 
4M/9-6661101161- HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

VED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

System output formats can be varied from multiple copies of complete subspool composites to multiple 

copies of selected single frame composites, or to any combination of both. The composites are outputted 

in continuous roll form with teletypewriter copy confirmation of frame numbers and numbers of copies 

printed. This continuous roll output with its frame marks and BCD code frame numbers, and after completion of duplicate recompositing processing, can be the basis for extracting chips or flats if desired. 

This Automatic Compositing Step and Repeat Printer successfully met all developmental requirements 

on or ahead of schedule and was accepted as the prototype for the baseline compositing component in the 

II'production cycle. The ultimate impact of this ACSAR was the significant increase in speed of 

compositing and the elimination of the requirement to cut and splice the original negative numerous times 

to produce the desired composite. Figure 4-14 is a photograph of the Automatic Compositing Step and 

Repeat Printer. 

This prototype ACSAR Printer will be shipped to theillupon closure of AFSPPF. As a result of 

this work three production models have been ordered by CIA to support These 

ACSAR Printers will be installed and operationally activated in in the 

spring of 19'77. 

- Non-Conventional Photographic Materials Evaluation Capability - 

In 1963, AFSPPF began its involvement in the development, test, and evaluation of non-conventional 

photographic duplicating materials to replace the conventional silver halide films. During this early 

period, there was only limited knowledge in this field and a very small number of instruments to process 

these types of films. However by 1968, AFSPPF had developed and continued to expand its capability to 

test and evaluate non-conventional materials. The Facility built this function into the first and most unique 

test and evaluation (T&E) capability unit within the United States Government. 

This development program began as an effort to find duplicating films which would: (1) eliminate the 

need of a water supply for processing and (2) reduce the requirement for silver, which had become in 

scarce supply. However, as both the GAMBIT and HEXAGON systems performance improved, the major 

goal of the non-conventional duplicating film program centered on finding a duplicate film capable of 

retaining as much of the original's information as possible. 

In October 1964, AFSPPF began an evaluation of a material called Free-Radical. This film was 

produced by Horizons, Incorporated (HI) and was a dye-molecular material which contained no silver 

and had a high resolution transfer capability. The film was processed/fixed by immersion in a solvent. 

Although this Free-Radical system appeared to have great potential, it was unacceptable in a volume 

production environment because of the toxicity of the solvent. In November 1966, AFSPPF began the 

second of five contractual efforts with HRI for an improved Free-Radical duplicating film which was to be 

11311-11ErriMP+ HEXAGON / GAMBIA. 

4-42 

BYE 15254-76 

KtmOrioglmwerm‘Tetem04400,1e— .

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

-areirtreiterAFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

AUTOMATIC COMPOSITING STEP AND REPEAT (ACSAR) PRINTER 

FIGURE 4-14 BYE 15254-76 Per-geelltel"- 

4-43 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

'""TOSI.•9414NEGS.... HEXAGON / GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

a completely dry neutral system. The system proposed using hot air at 120 to 160 degrees Celsius to 

process the film. This, as with each of the succeeding efforts, provided improved Free-Radical films 

under laboratory conditions, but HRI could never succeed in making a duplicating film which would meet 

operational production requirements. In total the Facility spent 10 years pursuing this concept at a cost 

of only to find that more research was required into the processing mechanism of this material. 

This program was discontinued in December 1974. 

Other AFSPPF efforts in studying/researching non-conventional materials and processing techniques 

during this period included: 

A. Reviewed the work done by Kalvar, Incorporated, New Orleans, Louisiana, on a vesicular 

light refracting film but it did not meet the resolution requirements. 

B. Invested over research by Tecnifax, Incorporated, Holyoke, Massachusetts on a 

molecular dry processed film called Diazo. This associated research started back in 1963. Two printer/ 

processors were developed by Tecnifax for handle Diazo and other dry chemistry films. This 

effort was not successful because no duplication system could be found to transfer the high resolution 

capabilities of the Diazo original. This was because of Diazo's low sensitivity which required a very long 

printing gate. The length of processing time ("creep") apparently destroyed the resolution transfer. 

In 1968, AFSPPF's Evaluation Directorate performed an important study90during evaluation of 

GAMBIT missions which revealed that 20 - 25% of the resolution measured on the original negative was 

being lost in the duplication process. This was traced to the poor modulation transfer finction (MTF) of 

the standard duplication material (Film Type 2430) furnished to the community. AFSPPF further showed 

that expected improvements in GAMBIT performance, on which millions of dollars were invested, would 

increase the resolution loss to 40 - 50%. This exposeiled to other major programs in an effort to develop 

better duplication films, processes, and printers. 

Also in 1968, AFSPPF learned of another promising film system called Reduced Silver (RS), a viscous 

processed film developed by Itek Corporation. Itek was given approximately funding to perform 

RS material research and build a full scale printer/processor to test the feasibility of using Reduced Silver 

on an operational mission production basis. The major factor in terminating this effort was that RS had a 

very rapid latent image decay factor. The film had to be processed immediately after exposure. A 

printer/processor was developed, delivered, and used in RD for work on other programs. 

The Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company (3M) developed a dry processed photographic film 

called Dry Silver (Type 784). The research of this material was co-sponsored by NPIC and AFSPPF. This 

90 IBID, Footnote 57, page 2-83. 

BYE 15254-76 

ENBIL.MEGOBB.mHEXAGON / GAMBIT 

4-44 —Nereliewse4iveamolid.laisi‘alayibsii6. 

Controls Only 
HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

VED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

film had its processing chemistry built into the coating of the film. Processing was activated by a tempered 

air heat process. AFSPPF conducted evaluations on 3M films and two generations of heat processors from 

1970 to 1975. The Dry Silver material did not perform consistently at fixed processing temperatures and 

the processors had cyclical variations in uniformity during heat processing. This effort was discontinued 

in March 1975. 

AFSPPF continued to brief the CCB on all studies and efforts being pursued by RD to develop a nonconventional substitute for the silver halide duplicating films. By the end of six years of work in printing, 

processing, and analyzing, AFSPPF had become recognized for its technical capability in evaluating nonconventional systems. Additions to the RD T&E Laboratory included equipment to measure densitometry, 

sensitometry, and a microcamera to test the resolution and noise characteristics of these new films. As 

the CCB was aware of AFSPPF's proficiency, in July 1970 they directed that this organization conduct a 

comprehensive test and evaluation program of the most promising non-conventional and conventional 

duplication systems. A portion of this program was designed to be performed as near to high speed production conditions as possible. Consequently in February 1971, a piece of mission original negative film was 

taken to Itek and Perkin-Elmer for exposure and processing on their production equipment. Itek used its 

printer/processor and Perkin-Elmer utilized the modified Niagara they developed for Free-Radical film 

processing. The study was concluded in late 1971 and a report written on the results of both conventional 

and non-conventional film systems. The conclusions showed that the RS had the most promise for reaching 

100% resolution transfer at 200 lines per millimeter (the goal of the HEXAGON Program). However, it 

was Eastman Kodak's new silver halide duplication stock (SO-192) that demonstrated the best resolution 

(it reached a 90% transfer level). This report was distributed in a TK classified version,91and in a Confidential edition.92 The CCB weighed the results of this study and a similar evaluation performed by NPIC and 

decided that the conversion of all production to the RS film system was too costly compared to the adoption 

of SO-192. Therefore, SO-192 became the standard duplication film for GAMBIT and HEXAGON mission 

production. 

During the 1970s, other series of equipment were developed to improve the evaluation•of non-conventional 

films, i.e., the High Intensity Precision Sensitometer, the Free-Radical Printer, the Free-Radical 

Processor, the ultra-violet exposure capability of the Advanced Microcamera Systems, etc. The NRO 

community continued the research and development of Free-Radical, including the support of acquisition 

films. In this effort, AFSPPF was tasked to provide T&E support to Photo Horizons (a subdivision of HI), 

—41-71teport, AFSPPF, 23 November 1971, Evaluation of Conventional/Non-Conventional Films, 

TCS 354007-71. (TS) 

92IBID Footnote 61, page 2-84. 

BYE 15254-76 

rer-ellearrIP-111EXAGON /GAMBIT 

4-45 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

-1101P•41NOIFE41-- HEXAGON /GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

NPIC, and the CIA . 

In February 1975, the Facility funded for the research and application of an innovative, non-conventional 

duplicate material called Amorphous which was developed by Energy Conversion Devices, Troy, Michigan. 

This new technology offers both latent and developed image stability and is processed thermally. Another 

effort being pursued by AFSPPF at the time of the Facility phasedown was an electrostatic film called 

Transparent Electrostatic Photographic (TEP) material made by Scott Graphics, South Hadley, 

Massachusetts. This effort was undertaken as it showed great potential as a recording film for theTo assist in this evaluation the RD engineers became part 

of a team that developed ensitometer which could be attached to an optical table for the 

evaluation of the TEP System. These last two efforts will be carried on by the RD function now assigned 

to CIA. 

The test and evaluation facilities, equipment, and expertise accrued by AFSPPF over approximately 

12 years became an important asset to the NRO community. The capabilities of this organization were 

unique in that production, system evaluation, photoscience, and T&E specialists were available at one 

location and dedicated to the improvement of photographic reconnaissance equipment and techniques. The 

major contributors in the contractual, research, test, and evaluation of non-conventional materials at 

AFSPPF were: Mr. Nelson Julian (an RD Research Engineer), Mr. Milton Worwood (Chief of the PD 

Materials Analysis Laboratory), Mr. George Myers (the Facility's Technical Director), and Technical 

Sergeant Allan Scott (an RD Research Technician). Every effort was made to ensure that unbiased, scientifically sound analyses were provided to all users of the T&E facilities at AFSPPF. Many of the CCB 

decisions, which impacted on choices of films, processes, and directives to contractors, were based on 

results achieved by AFSPPF. 

DIRECTORATE OF EVALUATION (EV) 

The primary mission of the Evaluation Directorate was to maintain and operate an independent and 

unbiased Government evaluation unit for performing the analysis of operational and proposed reconnaissance 

imagery and duplicating systems; to provide data processing technical assistance, programming, and 

computer support to the image evaluation mission and the Facility's management information requirements; 

and to operate a printing plant for publishing classified technical reports, briefings, and visual graphics. 

EV was similar to the Production Directorate in that it was primarily operated as a, mission-oriented 

services directorate. The majority of accomplishments were in support of the CORONA, GAMBIT, and 

HEXAGON Programs. EV's major achievements must be attributed to the innovative and dedicated nature 

of the physical scientists, data programming analysts, the Chief of the Technical Repdrte Division, and 

the knowledge and foresight of some of the Directors. These people worked closely with the engineers from 

BYE 15254-76 

MOZL4IGGGSHFIrHEXAGON / GAMBIT 

4-46 Controls Only 
AMMLASCIUME+41EXAGON/GAMMUT 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

RD in accomplishing these operational improvements. The achievements were associated with expanding 

the scope, improving the techniques, and/or increasing the processing/mensuration speed. The most 

significant of these were: (1) the evolution of microdensitometry; (2) the management of the Controlled 

Range Network (CORN); (3) the establishment of image quality analysis techniques and software, and (4) 

the design and implementation of the Automated Resolution Data Terminal (RDT) System. 

- Evolution of Microdensitometry - 

The Drell Committee, which later became thelliCommittee, was assembled in 1963 to debate the 

state-of-the-art of image analysis and provide guidance for the future. One of the major results of these 

deliberations was the recommendation that the analysis of edges and lines on satellite photography could 

provide reliable objective measures of on-orbit camera system performance. Theoretically, the spread 

function of the optical system can be obtained from the derivative of an edge trace. The Fourier transformed 

spread function then provides a Modulation Transfer Function (MTF) for the system. This is true if the 

dimensions of the input forcing function (ground target) are known and the system is reasonably linear. 

However, the critical factors in implementing this technique were the development of a precision machine 

capable of measuring microdensities on film and the development of a method for obtaining the MTF of the 

actual film material used. 

The scientific firm called Data Corporation, Dayton, Ohio, was originally formed to pursue contract 

research and development in the aerial reconnaissance field. Data Corp was one of the organizations that 

worked very closely with AFSPPF management during the physical building and development of the Facility 

and was very instrumental in equipping it for photographic film duplication. Data Corp had for some years 

been experimenting with microdensity measurement systems and, because of this knowledge, was awarded 

a contract to develop the first precision microdensitometer. 

The design of the first microdensitometer was based upon a precision microcomparator stage available 

from the David W. Mann Company. Data Corporation was the prime contractor and performed the system 

design and specification. The final product was built by D. W. Mann Company except for portions of the 

photometric and electronic system which were built by Data Corporation. The first machine delivered to 

the Facility was the Model 1032 ("A" Machine), see Figure 4-15. This machine was completed in August 

1962. Up to this time, little use had been made anywhere of microdensitometric data other than as a 

qualitative descriptor of image structure. However, it became apparent that the quality of the new film 

materials now being used would require better means of collecting and processing data. In December 1983, 

the Facility accepted delivery from Data Corporation of the first Digital Data Acquisition System designed 

for microdensitometry. This system produced a paper tape compatible to the IBM 1620/1710 Computer 

paper tape readers at this Facility and provided the capability necessary for automated data analysis. The 

BYE 15254-76 

?1,10-11111411irse-- HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

4-47 

Newelie-,,e4iyeerpormi-Tekot-Keyhele— 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

-rersrexrix— 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

THE FIRST MANN-DATA MICRODENSITOMETER, MODEL 1032 

BYEE 15254-76 

Controls Only 

FIGURE 4-15 

4-48 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

HEXAGON /GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

ALOP—Iir.Giliria6. 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

Digital Data Acquisition System was interfaced onto the Maim-Data Microdensitometer "A" Machine. In 

February 1964, the "A" Machine with its automatic data collection capability was used to collect data on 

CORN targets from CORONA Mission Segment 1004-1. 

With the improvements of the CORONA and GAMBIT camera systems, acquisition films, and processing, 

it was soon realized that an additional analytical and machine capability was required. In September 1965, 

two of the Model 1140 ("B" and "C" Machines) Mann-Data Microdensitometers were delivered, complete 

with paper tape data recording equipment, see Figure 4-16. These improved capability machines were 

smaller and lighter than the Model 1032. In late 1966, these machines were modified to incorporate 

force-feed oiled nuts for driving the stage, which allowed higher speed scanning. In May 1967, a Magnetic 

Tape Recording System was developed for the "A" Machine, along with a solid state logarithmic amplifier of 

improved stability and range. The paper tape recording equipment was used continuously until late 1969, 

and the "A," "B," and "C" Machines were in operating condition until transferred to other standards 

laboratories. 

Ironically, the means of expediting the development of an operational measuring system by having Data 

Corp perform the work led to the main system deficiency. The customized circuitry of the mid 1960 

electronic era proved to be erratic and difficult to align and maintain. The microdensitometers were in 

demand because more technical analysis was being made as the satellite systems were improved and more 

knowledge learned about image analysis. After four years of operational experience with the three instruments, 

representing over n investments, AFSPPF decided improvements had to be made. The down 

time on the equipment had become so excessive that it was no longer possible to meet EV's stringent 

suspense deadlines and, therefore, provide data in time to affect the next system's launch parameters. 

The first decision made was to have some local contractor or AFSPPF maintain the instruments. A 

crash program was initiated to redesign and convert the electronic measuring and data collection 

systems to commercially available, high quality electronic units which could be aligned and maintained by 

AFSPPF military electronic personnel. The best available regulated power supplies, logrithmic amplifiers, 

and analog-to-digital converters were procured. The photomultiplier light sensor was redesigned using 

the best PMT available to optimize noise, range, and stability. Approximately =Id miscellaneous 

electronic equipment was purchased to modify the three systems at AFSPPF. In addition to the upgrading 

of the Photometric System, improvements were made to the Position Measuring System and the Data 

Collection System. Optical shaft encoders were added to the "X" & "Y" drives for position sensing. A 

minicomputer (Digital Equipment Corporation, Model PDP-8) was configured with magnetic tape decks to 

provide high speed data collection from two microdensitometerS simultaneously. Another feature added 

was a means for automatic insertion of header information (operation, rev, date, operator, etc.). The 

TIIENGIFIFT-- HEXAGON / GAMBIT 4111111 BYE 15254-76 

4-49 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014. 

—3131X-Sarrit-FA-- 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

MANN-DATA MICRODENSITOMETER, MODEL 1140 

FIGURE 4-16 TOP SECRET BYE 15254-76 

-1=6•4€44.446043+0eamaapi—Ta;€44-1414•340— 

Controls Onl y 

4-50 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

....BOIX-SEGIITAP•. HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

data reduction and analysis were reduced considerably by this automation. The "B" and "C" Machines were 

used to support the mission until the phasedown occurred. The "A" Machine was used for in-house film 

studies and will be shipped to DIA/DC-6 upon closure of AFSPPF. The men most responsible for the 

development of these machines at AFSPPF were Mr. M. Worwood and Sergeant J. Weinert. 

During the period when the Mann-Data machines were causing so many maintenance problems, the RD 

engineers and EV scientists kept researching for a more production oriented machine. In the spring of 1969, 

AFSPPF gained knowledge and was briefed on a new microdensitometer developed by Photometric Data 

Systems (PDS) Incorporated, Webster, New York. Although the design did not include roll film handling, 

there were the following interesting features: (1) fast scanning, (2) direct viewing of the scanned area, and 

(3) minicomputer control (PDP-8) of the scanning and data collection. AFSPPF requested the PDS Company 

to present a proposal on building a machine with modifications to meet the mission requirements of the 

Evaluation Directorate. Negotiations were successful and two systems were purchased at a total cost of 

approximately The machines as manufactured by PDS would not meet the requirements of 

AFSPPF, which made close coordination essential during design and development. Even after delivery, 

information supplied by EV to PDS was responsible for continued improvement in the microdensitometer 

system and in the system control software. These two machines, backed by the Mann-Data systems, 

enabled the Evaluation Directorate to meet the new mission challenge of analyzing each HEXAGON camera 

system. Full loads of original film were run during chamber tests at Perkin-Elmer's (the camera contractor) 

East Coast Acceptance Plant and their West Coast Preflight (Readiness) Facility. Thousands of test targets 

had to be analyzed from this chamber film before the HEXAGON camera could be certified for launch. Even 

the mission postflight payload analysis was a much greater workload than expected, as many more target 

acquisitions were made during the early stages of this program in order to fully characterize the HEXAGON 

System. The PDS machines, with their automated data collection and reduction capability, proved to be 

invaluable assets when additional mensuration requirements, such as repeated scanning of a large list of 

targets on each mission, were requested in order to optimize exposure settings on-orbit. 

However, as more experience was accrued with the exceptionally high resolution (on the order of 200 

lines per millimeter) of the HEXAGON products, severe technical limitations began to appear with the 

microdensito meters at AFSPPF. Foremost was the optical phenomenon called partial coherence which 

causes measurements to become object-dependent when the resolution level reaches the coherence interval 

of the optical system's illuminating source. The effects of this problem are the widely variable results 

from traces of imagery from the same camera system as if the MTF of the microdensitometer were 

constantly changing. The problem is difficult to isolate because it is compounded by any other machine 

variation such as retrace errors, focus variation, noise fluctuations, etc. AFSPPF had been researching 

BYE 15254-76 

60P—SSCRES.. HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

ttamdisAi 

4-51 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

-imep-seemeiinEXAGON/GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

this phenomenon and suggested a solution to develop an optical system completely different from the classical 

microdensitometer. This system would be designed with a laser light source to scan the image with an 

intense spot of light, thus allowing all the transmitted light to be collected in a manner similar to that of an 

integrating sphere. This idea was first proposed by Drs. Thomas Skinner and George Parent of Technical 

Operations, Incorporated, Burlington, Massachusetts in consultation with AFSPPF. The theoretical 

soundness of the idea was researched and evaluated by Mr. Richard Swing and Ms. Diana N. Grimes of 

the National Bureau of Standards. 

A contract was sought in 1969 to build a laser scanning microdensitometer to evaluate these theories. 

The Columbia Broadcasting System (CBS) Laboratories, Incorporated, Stamford, Connecticut submitted a 

proposal to build the instrument applying their expertise gained in laser scanning on the 

Unfortunately, another company formed by dissident engineers from CBS, 

called Image Systems, Incorporated, located in Stamford, also submitted a proposal. AFSPPF was ready 

to award the contract to CBS when the two companies got into litigation and rather than getting into the 

legalities of the situation, the decision was made to cancel the program. As a result, two years were lost 

before any further development work would be undertaken. 

Operational experience with the PDS Microdensitometers began to indicate that reliability and repeatability were no better than with the Mann-Data systems. Even when operational, the data produced was 

suspect due to the failure to maintain absolute focus control and positive positional accuracy. Although 

these problems had been or were being attacked individually (e.g., development by Technical Operations 

of the pneumatic focus control servo in August 1972), it was apparent that stopgap measures would not 

suffice and that a new generation instrument was required. After much review and debate about advanced 

scientific instruments versus rugged, reliable production instruments, a decision was made to let a contract 

for the research and development of a 'New Generation Microdensitometer" (NGM). The requirements for 

this instrument encompassed the ideas of the leading Government and industrial scientists in this field. 

AFSPPF received 40 responses in answer to their advertisement placed in the Commerce Daily. Of these, 

eight firms submitted proposals and three were deemed satisfactory. A unique approach was taken when 

two of these firms were funded to perform parallel research studies for one year. These two companies 

were Technical Operations (Tech Ops), Burlington, Massachusetts, and Cornell Aeronautical Laboratories 

(CAL), Buffalo, New York. It was felt that the long range interests of the Government would be best served 

by this competitive study. Key personnel in this effort were: Mr. G. Reynolds and Mr.. J. Fallon at Tech 

Ops; Mr. R. Kinzly at CAL; Mr. G. Myers, Major J. Johnson (Project Engineer), and Major M. Pollard 

at AFSPPF; and Mr. R. Swing and Ms. D. Grimes at NBS. 

In October 1972, the contractors submitted reports of their research, detailed design plans, and a 

Jpeal-ascarbz... HEXAGON /GAMBIT BYE 15254-76 

4-52 Controls Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

amee-15011411PPE HEXAGON/GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

breadboard mock-up for the NGM. A large team of experts from NPIC, AFSPPF, EK, NBS, RADC, and 

AFAL conducted an in-depth study and recommended award of the fabrication contract to Tech s. The Oim. 

CCB felt the design was so promising that two instruments were contracted for at a total cost of 

one for EK/BRIDGEHEAD and the other for AFSPPF. 

It should be noted that the Pneumatic Focus Servo Control designed by Tech Ops for the NGM worked 

so well in the laboratory that a decision was made to retrofit the PDS machines with that system. Three 

machines were modified and as a result were able to gain focus control to ± 0.5 micrometer over the full 

focus range of the optics for the normal scanning distances. 

Tech Ops did an excellent job building the New Generation Microdensitometer (NGM), also known as the 

Linear Microdensitometer (LMD). Technically, the system exceeded some of the specifications. The first 

NGM (SN-001) was delivered to AFSPPF for operational T&E in March 1975. This machine was then shipped 

with other equipment from the Evaluation Directorate to NPIC in August 1975, where it has been available 

for operational mensuration and continued T&E. Figure 4-17 shows a picture of the New Generation 

Microdensitometer (SN-001). The second instrument (SN-002) was installed at Eastman Kodak in April 

1976. This unit was funded for EK to support research programs and systems evaluations tasked by the 

CCB. Thus far, some problems (laser reliability, maintaining precise optical alignment, and a defect in 

the stage servo) have surfaced during the test and evaluation of both machines. The operational evaluation 

was not completed by the end of 1976, but the following major features had been successfully demonstrated: 

A. Repeatable measurements in density and position on both color and black and white films. 

B. Measurement latitude of 4.0 optical density with a daily precision of * 0.01 density. 

C. Positional precision of * 0.5 micrometer for scans up to 100,000 micrometers. 

D. Apparent linearity to over 400 lines per millimeter, the limit of the testing. 

E. Scan velocities up to 8 millimeters per second and data rates of 8 kilohertz. 

F. Focus control within ± 0.5 of a micrometer. 

G. Solid state detectors with low noise due to the energy of the laser sources. 

H. Complete computerized scan control, data collection, scan display, and readout; also, 

computer monitoring of instrument status, error notification, and maintenance diagnostics. 

I. Maximized operator convenience and comfort. 

The major problem, which delayed acceptance and delivery of the second unit, was a serious defect 

in the Positional Servo System. Repeated scans showed the * 0.5 micrometer precision was not being 

obtained. Compounding this problem was the fact that the Advanced Technology Division of Tech Ops made 

the decision to go out of business on 30 September 1975. This greatly hampered efforts to resolve the 

servo problem. Part of the technical staff from Tech Ops who worked on building the NGM remained 

—qp.064kganirgat HEXAGON /GAMBIT filla 

BYE 15254-76 

4-53 Controls Only 
THENEW GENERATION MICRODENSITOMETER (NGM) 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

A FSPP F HISTORY 

Volume I 

FIGURE 4-17 

TO10-9ffeit641-- 

BYE 15254-76 

46i.04e)-4fseo4ye4RE1474,-T&10404— 

4-54 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

--44141•••BeNelt= HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

together and joined Aerodyne Research, Incorporated (ARI), Bedford, Massachusetts. Although ARI spent 

a great deal of time trying to solve this problem, it was to no avail. Finally, at the suggestion of AFSPPF, 

ARI consulted with the Draper Laboratory of MIT on the problem. Dr. Shaoul Ezekiel was assigned to the 

system. Under the guidance of Dr. Ezekiel, the ARI engineers isolated the problem as a design error in 

the servo itself. Modifications to both machines were effected and some improvement was observed. 

Erratic scan behavior still exists and is presently being evaluated by NPIC/APSD. 

Although these two machines were well constructed by Tech Ops, the estimated cost was grossly 

underestimated. This program, including the parallel study phase, cost_However, the 

management (NRO, CCB, and AFSPPF) kept faith in this development and was able to secure the additional 

funding support. Although the final characterizations of performance have not been completed, it is certain 

that an advance in the state-of-the-art of microdensitometry has been achieved. Special credit must 

be given to the following people who have conducted their respective T&E programs: Captain Stephen Noland 

(EV Scientist who now is assigned to NPIC), Mr. David Richards (a Research and Development Scientist at 

Eastman Kodak), and the man who has continued to monitor the acceptance of this entire program, Major 

Jay Johnson (RD Engineer who now is assigned to the NRO Staff at SAFSS). 

- The Controlled Range Network (CORN) - 

One of the most successful and the longest running contractual efforts in which AFSPPF was involved 

was the Controlled Range Network (CORN) Program. AFSPPF was responsible for the operational, contractual, and financial management of this program from its implementation on 15 October 1963 until the 

NRO managerial responsibility was transferred to SAFSP in the summer of 1974 due to the pending closure 

of the Facility. 

CORN is a system of Government owned mobile and fixed site reconnaissance targets within the 

continental United States, which is utilized by various Federal agencies and their contractors to test and 

evaluate photographic, radar, and infrared reconnaissance systems. The primary use of CORN has been 

to support the folio 

experimental era 

NRP Programs: CORONA, GAMBIT, HEXAGON, IDEALIST, and during its 

DoD winged reconnaissance aircraft including the RF-4C, RF-111, SR-71, 

and RA-5 as well as the NASA winged and satellite programs have also been supported. Additionally some 

experimental CORN Five-Step Gray Scale (5GS) and tribar resolution targets made out of paper were 

utilized at for the operational evaluation of RF-4C Camera performance. The CORN 

Program has made a significant contribution of providing otherwise unobtainable data to the various program 

offices for their engineering and design studies and, in the case of HEXAGON, for the determination of fees 

on an incentive based contract. 

The management, technical services, and materials necessary to operate the CORN Program have 

BYE 15254-76 

.-411011-GOGIEGGI.- HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

4-55 

Rrowne. / 17.te.re■ t4t.k..19 

Controls Only 
-6400-4•E HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

VED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

been provided by a single contractor, Mead Technology Laboratories (formerly named Data Corporation), 

Dayton, Ohio, under yearly Air Force contracts with AFSPPF from 15 October 1963. CORN evolved from 

a need to provide objective ground truth data on reconnaissance systems performance for NRO Programs. 

The original concepts for operational resolution targets and the evaluation of the recorded imagery were 

developed by the Drell Committee. The services of the Mead Technology Laboratories (MTL) for target 

development and deployment were procured because of their involvement_ ith systems performance 

analysis. The original CORN Statement of Work authorized the establishment, management, and support 

of photographic reconnaissance sites which included a teletype communications network. Provisions were 

also made for the development, test, and fabrication of advanced target types and the establishment of 

mobile field station engineering and technical services. The contractor was directed to formulate "operations 

plans" which would include the selection and effective use of geographic target locations and outline the 

procedural details for target display/instrumentation operations, site alerting, site reporting, personnel 

training, and target maintenance. 

The majority of users were informed about the capability and services of this program through a 

reference book called the CORN Manual,93which was published by MTL. The CORN Manual described the 

unclassified operation of the program, each fixed site, each type of mobile target, the mobile multisensor targets, and the different target ranges (photogrammetric, radar, and infrared). This manual was 

distributed to all probable Government users. On several occasions CORN symposiums were held in order 

to bring interested parties together to be briefed on the current operational procedures, capabilities, and 

funding. In July 1965, a large symposium was held at Wright-Patterson AFB, Dayton, Ohio which in reality 

was held to establish a cover for the national satellite reconnaissance aspect of the CORN operation. Over 

250 people from the different military services; Government agencies; photometric, infrared, and radar 

equipment manufacturers; as well as the operational users attended. The group was briefed that the CORN 

network was going to be used to test equipment on fixed wing and helicopter aircraft systems. A Manual94 

was handed out to all attendees fully describing the CORN Program. Another symposium was held at AFSPPF 

in August 1968 for security indoctrinated users only. This meeting was called to establish priorities and 

schedules, and to resolve problems in the targeting encountered within the NRO community. 

When CORN started in 1963, only fixed resolution target arrays were available. These were located 

at: 

93Vanual, Data Corporation, 15 September 1973, Controlled Range Network. (U) 

94Manual, Reconnaissance Division, Reconnaissance Applications Branch, AFAL, July 1965, 

Controlled Range Network. (U) 

BYE 15254-76 

>fiXAGON/GAMBIT 

4-56 

-marvek—ze-13yosimi4431eigthIlaylagle 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

MEXAGON / GAMBI 31 July 2014 

-10.11.-8FreiRelktrI T 11111111 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

However, the need to increase the number and location of target arrays to facilitate systems evaluation 

resulted in the expansion of this network to a mobile target display system. 

By April 1964, the first ground mobile units were established. They were located a 

Each unit consisted of a rental 5 ton truck (the prime target vehicle), 

and a pickup truck with a small trailer for temporary housing for the personnel in the field. The 24 hour 

operating range for a two-man field crew was 200 nautical miles. This meant that from assignment of the 

target area, the crew could travel a maximum of 200 nautical miles with their equipment. 

The ground mobile units were supplemented by an air mobile target unit in May 1964. This unit utilized 

a chartered C-47 Aircraft to transport targets and crew to remote locations, providing quick response to 

display requirements that could not be met by ground mobile units because of time and distance. Air mobile 

target display operations were discontinued in early 1966 as an economy measure. The targets from that 

unit were transferred to a supplemental ground mobile unit designated Table 4-1 provides a 

summary of the number of mobile crews and primary fixed sites utilized by CORN over the 1963 - 1974 

time period. 

TABLE 4-1 

SUMMARY OF THE NUMBER OF MOBILE UNITS AND FIXED SITES 

Year Mobile Units Fixed Sites 

1963 1 4 

1964 5 3 

1965 6 2 

1966 12 2 

1967 9 1 

1968 9 0 

1969 9 0 

1970 9 0 

1971 9 0 

1972 9 1 

1973 9 1 

1974 9 1 

BYE 15254-76 

4114341-15154111GT— 111XXAGON / GAMBIT 

4- 57 

Oltsvielle-vereryerritm."faierrl-Ileyherle-- 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

ver-seel HEXAGON /GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

Since 1963, concepts for using the targets as well as target designs have continually evolved to meet 

each new requirement of the various program offices. The original mobile target complement was comprised of the Military Standard 150A (Mil Std 150A) Resolution, 74 foot diameter Bullseye, and Gray Scale 

Targets. The targets consisted of portable sections which could be assembled in a two hour time period. 

Other targets developed during the early period of this program were the High Contrast Tribar ("T"), the 

Tri-Color, and the Point Source. The High Contrast "T" Bar Target had uniform bar lengths and decreasing 

bar widths, in a sixth-root of two progression, and was designed to measure ground resolutions from 17 to 

8 feet. Design reflectances were 88% for the bars and 4% for the background. The Tri-Color Target 

consisted of three (red, white, and blue) 20 x 20 foot patches, and the Point Source was a 19 inch diameter, 

highly polished spherical reflection target. 

The remainder of 1964 witnessed additions and modifications to the mobile target inventory and formal 

management control of many fixed target sites. The High Contrast "T" Bar was redesigned with the bar 

length-to-width reduced to a 5:1 aspect ratio. Medium Contrast (9:1) and Low Contrast (5:1) "T" Bar 

Targets were fabricated from resulting salvage materials. Additional Mil Std 150A, designed to measure 

ground resolutions were added. Bullseye Targets were deleted from the inventory 

in September 1964. The materials from the Bullseye Targets were later used to fabricate the Eight-Step 

Gray Scale Targets which were put into the inventory in April 1965. A new mobile target for the microdensitometric evaluation of edge gradients was conceived in April 1964 and added to the inventory in 

September of that year. Originally designated the Controlled Scene Brightness Target and nicknamed "Acres 

and Acres," it was later renamed the Edge Analysis Target (Edge Target). This target included one hundred 

and two 40 x 20 foot panels of vinyl coated canvas. When fully deployed, the target presented both 200 

foot cross-track and a 200 foot in-track edge of 37% (gray) and 3% (black) reflectances. The deployment 

of this target could be varied to display edges of 160, 120, 100, 80, or 40 feet in length. 

In 1966, the 51/51 Tribar Target (5T) was developed. This proved to be the most significant target 

designed for measuring tribar resolution ever used in this program. This 5T had bars with a 5:1 aspect 

ratio and a bar to background contrast ratio of 5:1. The bar widths decreased in a sixth-root of two 

progression and provided ground resolution of Design reflectances were 33% for the 

bars and 7% for the background. The target consisted of two 381 foot legs, each with 9 panels, which were 

displayed with one leg parallel to the line-of-flight and the other perpendicular to it. Figure 4-18 illustrates 

a typical target array displayed after development of the 51/51 Tribar Target. 

It was not until 1970 when CORN started to provide data to support the engineers of the HEXAGON Program that a need for vastly different target designs was evident. As an outgrowth of a HEXAGON engineering 

meeting at AFSPPF, two targets were developed. These were the Reversible Line Target (RLT) and the 

-441,111—S1cCREZ. HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

4-58 

BYE 15254-76 

• ataraiiiwrieaterreow4elerft-14eyheie 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31.July 2014 

TOP ctC IT 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

TYPICAL MOBILE TARGET ARRAY lN 1966 

(Edge, Gray Scale, Tri-Colori Point Source, and 51/51 Tribar Targets) 

BYEE 15254-76 

.Uaadie.1•404,0em407‘..Te. ,,,t.--14erlirtlr— 

Controls Oni y 

FIGURE 4-18 

4-59 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

7012 HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

Two-Step Gray Scale (2GS) Target. The RLT consists of two legs of 84% reflectance material, which varied 

fro nillIll1111111m • width depending upon the requirement. These lines were deployed on 150 

x 75 foot, 4% reflectance background panels. The RLT was used to evaluate the line spread function and the 

modulation transfer function of the camera system. The 2GS consisted of two 50 foot square panels, one 

with a 7% reflectance value and the other 21%. These targets were used to augment the RLT analysis by 

providing a means of determining image contrast. 

Other targets were developed in the 1971 - 1973 time frame to provide data not obtainable with existing 

CORN targets. The following targets were designed by Eastman Kodak: Log Periodic, Six-Color, and 

Twelve-Color; while the Double Annulus and the Two Dimensional Dirac Comb Targets were originated by 

MTL. Although these last five targets provided the engineers with some valuable data, they did not have 

the impact on the CORN Program or program offices that targets like the 5T or RLT had. The specific 

dimensions, contrast ratio, reflectance, and descriptions of the majority (not the EK designs) of targets 

can be found in the current CORN Manual. 

As important to accurate data acquisition as the target design and fabrication are, of equal importance 

is the geographic location and the precise method of displaying the target. Therefore, each field crew was 

highly trained to ensure the proper deployment of targets, to operate the site instrumentation (scene 

brightness meter and photometer), to record weather, and to describe any unusual environmental situation 

in the target display area. By the time AFSPPF transferred the management responsibility of CORN to 

SAFSP, the field operations for HEXAGON, which in the early 1970s required constant communication 

between AFSPPF, MTL, the Program Office, the SAFSP Operations Center, the Satellite Control Facility, 

and the Contractor's Field Units, had become routine. AFSPPF never had a single manager who was 

responsible for all functions of the CORN Program. The contractual and financial aspects were always 

assigned to an R&D Engineering Officer. The operational control was for a short time a PD responsibility; 

it was officially transferred to the Evaluation Directorate in the late 1960s. This move was made because 

of the projected close involvement in engineering requirements which would be coordinated between EV 

and HEXAGON Program scientists. 

Basically the Facility's contractual and financial management changed little until the HEXAGON 

Program Office (HPO) began to utilize CORN resources at an unprecedented high level. Until that time 

AFSPPF budgeted annually for an estimated usage as forecast by the various program offices. These 

forecasts were usually accurate to within 10 - 15%. However, as there was no data base to forecast the 

requirements for HEXAGON, it was difficult to fund for support. As the HEXAGON engineers realized the 

potential of the CORN Program for characterizing their camera system, their use of CORN doubled from 

the original estimate forwarded to AFSPPF for budgeting. The impact of the HEXAGON Program on CORN 

BYE 15254-76 

Tan awriml" q. HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

4-60 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

-110P-1111,112T-TINEXAGON /GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

was not merely one of an increased number of displays but also included the rapid fabrication of new target 

designs, site preparation procedures, and deployment configurations. The magnitude of the effect of 

HEXAGON on funding showed as this program increased in operational and management costs from 

approximately_in 1964 to over in 1972. 

Under PD, the operational control function consisted primarily of receiving requirements from the 

CORONA and GAMBIT Program Offices, declassifying the information, and retransmitting this CORN 

display tasking to MTL. However when EV assumed this responsibility, the requirements increased 

significantly. EV had a representative in the premission engineering group. This group had as one of 

their main responsibilities the planning of all CORN target designs and display configurations. This 

representative was Captain Harold Gordon who became so thoroughly familiar with the field operations of 

CORN and the GAMBIT and HEXAGON camera systems that he was able to guide/suggest options to the 

program offices which resulted in the maximum technical benefit with a minimum of expenditure in resources. 

Since the Satellite Control Facility did not know the locations of the CORN crews or the weather in the 

display area, there were times when CORN crews were dispatched but displays could not be made or, if 

made, they were not acquired because of adverse weather conditions. Because of the heavy use of CORN 

resources, many of which were in photographic series for HEXAGON requirements, the Program Office 

could not afford to waste valuable engineering film on poor acquisition percentage targets. Therefore, a 

meeting was requested by AFSPPF with the HEXAGON Program Office CORN Manager, and operations 

personnel from the Satellite Control Facility and MTL to devise a better method of forecasting and cancelling 

CORN requirements. The new operations plan included: (1) providing the Satellite Control Facility with the 

programmed display locations on a daily basis, and (2) establishing a minimum cancellation notification 

time to prevent the field crew from incurring display costs for a deployment that could not be acquired. 

This method ensured maximum successful utilization of CORN financial and material resources. 

The following is a summary of the contributions of CORN, while under the management of AFSPPF, to 

each NRP program: 

A. CORONA 

Initially, CORN was the only performance measure used for this program. As this was the 

first program to use CORN, no experience existed for this resource to support a satellite reconnaissance 

system, thus operating procedures, targets, and analysis methods had to be developed and tested. CORN 

provided system performance data for CORONA, which consisted primarily of tribar resolution readings. 

B. GAMBIT 

Support of this program again was primarily for system performance evaluation although the 

methods for collecting the data were improved by refining the tribar resolution targets and introducing the 

HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

BYE 15254-76 

4114)D-SOCAISS6. Mil 

4-61 Controls Controls Only 
-sap-seesET-- HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

VED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

Edge, Line, and Point Source Targets. CORN also was used for engineering tests such as focus (Defocus, 

Best Photograph Focus, and Best Electrical Focus), lens astigmatism experiments, factory-to-orbit 

resolution comparison, system resolution statistics, color versus black and white film studies, stereo 

mirror settling analysis, etc. Figure 4-19 shows a GAMBIT CORN display on Film Type SO-255 from 

Mission 4337, 11 January 1973. 

C. HEXAGON 

This program made the most extensive use of CORN for engineering analysis, and was the 

only program to use CORN resolution data for evaluation of on-orbit performance to determine the camera 

contractor's fee. Besides the use of the standard CORN display which included the 5T, Edge, and 5GS 

Targets for resolution and contrast studies, the Program Office needed a means to provide data to answer 

questions on focus, field curvature, platen tilt, cross-track/in-track smear at different scan angles, 

in-track skew, lens MTF, optical bar "dither," and film synchronization. For these reasons, the 

Reversible Line Target was developed. However, the target itself, as displayed under existing procedures, 

would not provide the desired data. To resolve this, a new field deployment procedure was devised. The 

procedure was called Multiple Line Displays (MLD) and was implemented on Mission 1202. This procedure 

was further refined with each successive mission. Figure 4-20 shows a sketch of a Multiple Line Display 

used on Mission 1202. The top drawing depicts an in-track array which consisted of 18 standard RLTs 

displayed parallel along the flight azimuth, one nautical mile apart, near the nadir of the camera system. 

This enabled the engineers to map the focal plane as a function of field angle in the in-track direction and also 

to measure smear at/or near nadir. The bottom drawing illustrates the type of array configured to measure 

smear at high scan angles. It consisted of nine 12 inch wide Line Targets, each 300 feet long on a 300 x 

75 foot 4% reflectance background, spaced two nautical miles apart. This is an excellent example of the 

planning and innovative flexibility of the CORN Program capability. These MLDs required that a number 

of RLT legs be displayed over an area up to 40 miles at precise one or two mile increments. Consequently, 

the contractor reviewed maps of the Southwest United States and proposed site locations. Once the sites 

were tentatively selected by the. Program Office, they were surveyed and, if acceptable, cleared and 

leveled. Figure 4-21 shows the locations of the cleared MDL sites. Figure 4-22 shows examples of MLD 

Arrays. Figure 4-23 shows a picture of an MLD acquired on Operation 306, Frame 005 of Mission 1202. 

CORN provided the HEXAGON Program Office with data which helped to solve many problems which could 

only be addressed with the vehicle on-orbit. Without CORN, particularly the flexibility of the MLD, it is 

highly unlikely that HEXAGON would have been as successful as it is today. 

D. IDEALIST (Red Dot) 

The Red Dot Program, managed by Eastman Kodak, used the U-2 Aircraft to serve as a high 

altitude test bed for acquisition film product research and development. As a direct result of the data 

BYE 15254-76 

a/M/B—OGGELLITm HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

tiaagablaleit,40004-- 

4-62 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

CORN DISPLAY ON MISSION 4337 

(Tri-Color, Point Source, Five-Step Gray Scale, 51/51 Tribar, Vernier Tribar, 

80 Foot Edge, and 3 Inch Reversible Line Targets) 

FIGURE 4-19 BYE 15254-76 

f-irmetit-re-Byernerri-We424--KeipSe4— 

4-63 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

ar041-018ONIPP- HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

EXAMPLES OF SPECIFIC MULTIPLE LINE DISPLAY DEPLOYMENTS USED ON MISSION 1202 

IN-TRACK LINE TARGET ARRAY 

EE:I CROSS-TRACK 

-4415014- 

IN-TRACK 

EE3 

IN-TRACK LINE TARGET ARRAY - HIGH SCAN ANGLE 

FIGURE 4-20 BYE 15254-76 

faciu-sscar.x..- HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

4-64 Controls Only 
4P43.411e1RIET-- HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

FIGURE 4-21 aPella— HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

BYE 15254-76 

.121aaGefiterwi4elegirliceylielcr 

4-65 Controls Only 
- HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

LU 

o 

w '4" 

< c\I 

CL 

O ("-) 

LL 

0 

L1J 

0 

cc 0 

0 

cc 

z 

- Do

uble Row East West "L" 

a 

0 

1-1 

N/S "L" ARRAY 

N/S SPLIT ARRAY 

Jill 

iui 

a

a k

_J 

6 

.5_13 

co 

co a) 

0 

f., 

0 

z r.T4 zA

g

a JJJJJ 

1 

JJJJ I.J 1J 

a J_JJJ 

Inorder tomakea300 foot lineorlegof an "L" array, twolegs of anRLTwerep

uttogether. 

FIGURE 4-22 BYE 15254-76 SOB-61 11EXAGON /GAMBIT 

4-66 Controls Only 
AFSPPF HISTORY 

cO Volume I 

w 

< 

L11 c\J 

_J 

LU 

CC 

CC .— 

O'''' 

LL 

0 

L1.1 

0 

a_ 

0 0 

z 

FIGURE 4-23 BYE 15254-76 

fA 

cd 

ca 

ca 

O 

4t13 

02 

0 

F•I 

al 

0 

cii 

O z 

-IziaaattipoieZyvaigyaitgeo4-1480e;e-- 

4-67 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

= HEXAGON / GAMBI 31 July 2014 

--sesa-asegerr T 111111 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

provided by CORN displays new black and white and color films were developed for use in the GAMBIT and 

HEXAGON Programs. Red Dot utilized a very small percentage (less than 10%) of the yearly number of 

CORN displays. These displays were deployed in the Southwest United States and consisted of a standard 

configuration of the Five-Step Gray Scale, Tri-Color, 51/51 Tribar, and Edge Targets. All Red Dot 

requirements were fulfilled on a non-interference basis with displays for the satellite programs. Figure 

4-24 is a Red Dot Program picture taken of Frame 384 on Mission GT 73-031. 

E. 

In a move to reduce the amount of funding to operate the CORN Program, AFSPPF took the initiative 

of looking into various options to economize spending, which in late 1971, was projected to exceedThe Evaluation Directorate did a study on the operational details and costs that would be required should the 

Air Force assume the full management and operation of the CORN Program. This study showed that 

although it was feasible, there was not enough time to coordinate, fund, establish, and train an Air Force 

unit in time to support the on-going GAMBIT and HEXAGON Programs. A parallel phase of this study was 

to open up the bidding to a preselected group of reconnaissance-oriented contractors. This step was taken 

and proposals were received from six contractors. Although Mead Technology Laboratories (Data Corp) 

was again eventually selected, this competitive bidding resulted in an approximate savings to 

the Government for the FY 72 CORN Contract. 

Through the miles of nylon and canvas materials, vinyl and painted coatings, quality control, communications, operations and deployment procedures, and required reports, the management and cooperation 

between MTL and AFSPPF were excellent. This was true from 1963 with the first team of key individuals 

consisting of Captain G. Woods/TSgt J. Strobel (RD) and Mr. E. Ricci (MTL) up to the peak years in the 

early 1970s with Captain M. Riley (RD), Captain H. Gorclon/TSgt D. Voller/Colonel V. Stanley (EV), and 

Mr. R. Zimmerman (MTL). However, when speaking of the CORN Program at AFSPPF, one immediately 

thinks of the dedicated and innovative role of Captain Harold Gordon for it was he with Mr. R. Zimmerman 

who was responsibld for implementing the highly complex Multiple Line Displays in support of the then 

fledgling HEXAGON camera system. 

It should be noted that although the original inventory of the Controlled Range Network included mobile, 

fixed, and multi-sensor targets, AFSPPF's use in support of CORONA, HEXAGON, and GAMBIT was 

primarily with mobile target arrays. The Fixed Sites never reached their potential because the military 

HEXAGON / GAMBIT BYE 15254-76 -119.11-45NOMM16- EMI 

Vim r,e11. .,;" Arm:an / Tal,anf Kayllnis5 

4-68 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

-111,-SfelterAFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

CORN DISPLAY FOR RED DOT PROGRAM 

(51/51 Tribar, Six-Step Color, Five-Step Gray Scale, Point Source, and Log Periodic Targets) 

BYE 15254-76 

4alsodis via ailagalliaJla#1111— 

469 Controls Only 

FIGURE 4-24 

--1101P-SECR2T— 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

-4100.410elerr6-11EXAGON /GAMBIT Ma 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

organizations responsible for the maintenance of these locations allowed the surface of the Fixed Targets 

to deteriorate. The mobile multi-sensor targets (passive and active infrared and coherent and noncoherent 

radar targets) were discontinued as part of this program in 1970, and added to the responsibilities of the 

Directorate of Reconnaissance Engineering at Aeronautical Systems Division, Wright-Patterson AFB Ohio. 

The mobile targets from the CORN Program have continued to support the NRO Programs since the transfer 

of the contractual management to SAF/SP-6 and the operational management to SAF111111 in June 1974. 

- Image Quality Analysis Techniques and Software - 

In the early 1960s, several papers were published on the application of linear system analysis to 

photographic systems. However, the practical problems (accurate linearization to intensity, treatment 

of grain noise, automatic data collection and production, etc.) were being ignored. It was at this time 

that AFSPPF entered into contract with Mead Technology Laboratories (renamed from Data Corporation 

in 1968) and later EIKONlX Corporation (renamed from Information Technology Corporation in 1971) to 

study, review, and then formulate a practical inventory of techniques, software, and hardware designed to 

perform meaningful analysis on a production basis. 

Photography is unique in its noise properties, and operational photography imposes severe constraints 

on target energy. It was therefore necessary, over the years, to develop targets and analysis methods 

which made best use of the imagery and its extraction potential. In the early 1960s, analysis was carried 

out by largely manual means, i.e., the Visual Reciprocal Edge Spread (VRES) Technique, visual sharpness 

from microdensitometric chart records, PI readings of tribar targets, 50% Amplitude Technique, etc. with 

very mixed results. However, by 1975, automated analytical techniques and precise mensuration/hardware 

had been developed to handle large volumes of system data on a production basis. 

In the period from 1964 to 1975, new types of microdensitometers were developed. Procedures and 

software were prepared for computer calibration of these machines on a routine basis, using a standardized 

machine setup procedure. Analytical software was built into disk file storage and methods existed for 

collection, pre-processing, editing, processing, reporting, and transmission of data to the program offices 

and system contractors. Techniques were derived for the extraction and annotation of targets of opportunity 

from operational film as well as for utilization of the expanded CORN target inventory. An atmospheric 

contrast reduction program from Line Target areas and observed edges (called 2:1 Program) was written 

and incorporated into the image quality programs. The quality and reflectance characteristics of the mobile 

CORN targets were monitored at monthly intervals by photometric mensuration of the properties of each 

operational target. This information was then stored in computer files for ready access during mission 

data processing. 

During the 1968 - 1975 period, the image analysis and computer support program library expanded 

BYE 15254-76 

110.11-11110311649.. HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

411#09402.1—Toie popikey* e 

4-70 Controls Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

-rer.-0801135.7.- HEXAGON / GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

to several hundred programs, covering the field from preflight Acceptance (HEXAGON) to the postflight 

analysis and duplication of the CORONA, GAMBIT, and HEXAGON. This sophisticated software incorporated 

the analysis of both color and black and white films. 

In the 1970s, a concerted effort was undertaken to totally standardize program input and documentation. 

Existing programs were internally documented and operating instructions were prepared in detail. All 

data programming contractors were given specifications for program documentation which required narrative 

description, models, flow charts, and operating instructions on all work being performed for AFSPPF. An 

internal work order system was instituted which allowed orderly transition of complex mission phases 

through the EV cycle of system performance analysis. Mission data was transmitted to AFSPPF from the 

primary contractors (Eastman Kodak and Perkin-Elmer) and the GAMBIT and HEXAGON Program Offices 

for reduction, analysis, and file storage. Similar procedures were in existence for the collection of test and 

basic data during HEXAGON Acceptance and Readiness preflight testing. By 1975, a complete and efficient 

production system existed in the Evaluation Directorate. 

This same production system lent itself well to efforts to improve evaluation methods. For example, 

in the early days of image evaluation technology, interest focused on edges as target sources. Edges were 

used primarily because of their relative abundance in municipal complexes. Man-made Edge Targets were 

designed and manufactured by Mead Technology Laboratories and put into the CORN inventory. The edge 

target has a unique place in Modulation Transfer Function (MTF) measurement in that it presents a discontinuous input to an imagery system. If the system can be linearized, then the edge response can be 

mathematically treated to yield an MTF. No information about the target is required other than the fact 

that it represents a discontinuity in intensity space. Unfortunately, the photographic process is noisy due 

to the graininess of the recording medium, and much effort was expended over the years in developing 

statistical methods (derived from communications theory) which could be used for the treatment of such 

noise. However, the results tended to be unreliable at high spatial frequencies. The joint capabilities of 

AFSPPF and EIKONIX were used to solve this problem. Analysis showed that lines were a better source 

for deterministic targetry than edges. Field experiments were undertaken using temporary "throw-away" 

paper lines of varying width deployed on standard CORN edges as background. Data was collected and 

processed by AFSPPF and analyzed by EIKONIX. An interim solution to the adjacency problem was 

developed and line widths were varied over several GAMBIT missions. Acceptable results were found down 

to a 2 inch line width, The 3 inch line was finally adopted as a good compromise because it offered freedom 

from distortion and high signal-to-noise ratio. By 1970, computer programs and measuring techniques 

had matured to the point where reliable MTF data was being collected and processed routinely from Line 

Targets. 

BYE 15254-76 

1/60P6-SEGOSO— HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

4-71 Controls Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

-1,0P—SHOINVILIr HEXAGON /GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

In 1970, AFSPPF became involved in collecting data from HEXAGON preflight testing, primarily for 

the purpose of determining why contractor results were not meeting specifications. At that time, focus 

testing was being performed by means of edge targets on a tilted object plane. After extensive testing of 

the targets at AFSPPF, it was proved conclusively that this method of testing being performed by the 

camera contractor was based on a weak hypothesis. Drawing from past experience, the AFSPPF-EIKONIX 

Team recommended the design of a target which led to the 33-line tilted reticle Focus Target. Each line 

of this target was analyzed during test data reduction by methods drawn from the existing operational line 

analysis programs at AFSPPF. 

Such efforts fell into a pattern which repeated itself many times during the history of this Facility. The 

Materials Analysis Laboratory, Production Directorate photographic processing, data collection, and data 

processing capabilities of AFSPPF were used to support many analytical and conceptual efforts from outside 

agencies and contractors. During these efforts technological fall-out from the operational and developmental 

work done in EV was common. Figure 4-25 is a graphical description of a summary of the image evaluation 

analysis system as it was in 1972. This graph shows how various parts of the on-going activities contributed 

to each other and to the improvement of the final product. 

In addition to performing mission mensuration and analysis support for the CORONA, GAMBIT, and 

HEXAGON satellite reconnaissance systems, the Evaluation Directorate also supplied microdensitometric, 

computational, analysis, and publication support to a continuous stream of special investigative projects. 

These included duplication materials tests, image collection system analysis, image motion experiments, 

atmospheric contrast reduction, NRO Color Task Force support, Free-Radical Non-Conventional Study, 

documentation of NPIC's National Imagery Interpretability Rating Scale (NIERS), development of the Visual 

Edge Matching (VEM) technique, and many others. With relation to the solution of these types of study 

projects, many of which were adopted operationally, software was written, documented, and inventoried 

on such subjects as granularity, power spectrum, film MTF, etc. This work pioneered many of the 

analytical programs and techniques used in evaluating the new operational requirements. 

When the Dual Gamma Viscous Process was implemented by Eastman Kodak in the late 1960s, previous 

methods of linearization failed as this type of processing introduced an appreciable amount of Eberhard 

(adjacency) effect. Since Line Targets were of prime importance, an interim small object sensitometric 

approximation was developed and tested by EIKONIX and EV in order to allow production to proceed during 

the diffusion model development. The joint investigative, data collection, and analysis capability of these 

two organizations were often used in a cost-effective and productive manner for the pursuit of short and 

long range image analysis problems. 

—1P00-416GBEN... HEXAGON /GAMBIT MN BYE 15254-76 

4-72 Controls Controls Only 
CEPTANCE TESTS 

E1 

a, 

TEST PROCEDURES 

RES

EARCH STUDIES 

a, 

a 

• 

• 

DUPLICATION 

44 

0 

-.X.O1P-SIMOBT- HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

FIGURE 4-25 mota-srrgailiWPm HEXAGON /GAMBIT BYE 15254-76 

..tlaculle-whiwateme,+04erleni-•Keyhete4-73 Controls Only 
N APP VED FOR RELEASE 

-414,11-01801/1646• HEXAGON /GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

The bulk of this work can be attributed to the long association AFSPPF has had with Mr. Jack Finley, 

the foremost expert in photographic image system performance analyses. This contractual consultant 

(1962 - 1976) has been the individual most instrumental in the development of the image quality analysis 

capability at this organization. Other principal contributors were: Captains C. Bush, G. Holliman, 

H. Gordon, and S. Noland, all of whom served a tour in some staff position in the Technical Analysis 

Division during a period from 1963 to 1975; Captains R. Massarini, W. Jackson, and Master Sergeant 

R. Swetavage all assigned to the Data Division Staff in the 1970s; and Colonel V. Stanley, Director of 

Evaluation from March 1970 to May 1973, who was a strong proponent of automation during the preparation 

for and operation of the many new tasks required to support HEXAGON. Another influential figure within 

AFSPPF in building this capability was Captain Dale Watson who served as Chief of the Data Division from 

September 1968 to July 1973. His long and dedicated efforts resulted in the complete reorganization and 

documentation of AFSPPF's mission data processing facility. 

- The Automated Resolution Data Terminal (EDT) System - 

In the early 1970s, as AFSPPF became more deeply involved in the HEXAGON Acceptance and Readiness 

testing, it was realized that the method for collecting resolution data had to be upgraded. Up to that time, 

collection was performed by a laborious, manual method. Each resolution reading station required two 

personnel, one to measure or read the targets, and the other to record the data on an 80 column AF Form 

1530, Punch Card Transcript. After this step, at least two individuals were employed in key punching the 

recorded data and editing the results for accuracy and reasonableness. 

In the spring of 1971, Major V. Stanley initiated the concept of an automated system of recording the 

resolution readings which would employ a dedicated terminal at each reader station. This would allow the 

reader to record his own data, and perform some simple edit routines to reduce the repetitive correction 

steps. Captain Stephen Noland, a reconnaissance development engineer assigned to the Technical Analysis 

Division, Directorate of Evaluation, offered to design a system which could be fabricated in-house, thereby 

saving significantly on development, contract fees, labor costs, and time of delivery. 

The final design and operating concepts of this resolution data collection system consisted of the 

following major parts: 

A. Four Reader terminals with displays, keyboards, and associated power supplies. 

B. A PDP-8 Minicomputer with associated disk storage and 9 channel magnetic tape drive. This 

component was the data recording unit. 

C. Terminal interface unit, which provided the necessary control signals and line interfacing 

between the terminals and the PDP-8 Minicomputer. 

D. Medium speed line printer which operated at 120 characters per second. This unit allowed 

--TON-SHENNTv HEXAGON / GAMBIT BYE 15254-76 

klanae-maztme‘aaa.hzalant...a4-74 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

HEXAGON / GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

the operators to have a listing of their data buffer at any time for edit and correction. 

E. Control program software. 

Captain Noland's design of the terminal included two basic parts: (1) the memory/display module and 

(2) the operator's keyboard. The memory/display module was mounted where the operator could look at the 

numbers currently in the terminal buffer without losing his infinity adaptation in the microscope. The 

keyboard, which contains all the operating controls for the terminal, was located at the operator's side so 

that he could enter data without taking his eyes from the microscope. 

The terminal data was formatted specifically for the arrangement of data used in the Acceptance/ 

Readiness analysis programs. The operator entered the data one frame at a time, and had the capability 

to perform simple editing while the data was still residing in the terminal. This allowed him to perform 

a reasonableness check on the data merely by glancing at the numerical display. If the data Were acceptable, 

he would then transmit the data to the PDP-8 by pushing a button on the keyboard. During the transmission 

process, the terminal frame counter is incremented, so that the terminal was automatically ready for the 

next frame. 

Once the data is in the computer, the operator could request a printout of his data buffer for edit purposes. 

This appears on the line printer, whereupon the operator could examine the data for sequence accuracy. If 

errors were detected, he could return to the terminal and enter corrections. Access to the data buffer was 

keyed by frame number, so the operator need only manipulate one frame at a time. When he was satisfied 

with the information stored in the buffer, the operator then commanded the computer to write the data on 

magnetic tape. At this point, the buffer was cleared, and the terminal reset for the next sequence. 

After approval of the initial design concepts, Captain Noland proceeded with the design and fabrication 

of a prototype terminal. In July 1970, AFSPPF acquired a surplus PDP-8 Minicomputer from a CIA 

program which was terminated. ApproximatelyllIllwa.s required to purchase the peripherals to 

update this minicomputer system. These components included a 4K memory extension board, an external 

interface, a TTY interface, a paper tape reader/punch, and four terminal interfaces. The first prototype 

was placed into operation in December 1971. After a period of debugging and operational testing, approval 

was granted for the fabrication of four "production" versions of the terminal. Mr. Robert Kohler, the 

HEXAGON Program Operations Chairman, was briefed on the RDT and highly endorsed the implementation 

of this system. Drawing upon the experience learned with the prototype, Captain Noland proceeded with 

the repackaging of the prototype into the final configuration. 

The original concept was to fabricate the production terminals in-house, but due to EV's increasing 

requirements to support HEXAGON, it was decided to have the circuit cards wire wrapped by a local 

BYE 15254-76 

..T.031-INGOBBAF-s HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

klaargli-wa-lavegaam.t-Teiso4-44erhele—• 

4-75 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

.mst-Ilkssawrs HEXAGON /GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume 

contractor, Springfield Audio & Electronics, Incorporated. However, the remaining fabrication was 

performed by the RD Feasibility Shop (Mr. R. Meunier) and the Logistics Electronics Maintenance personnel 

(Sergeants Monroe and Boulware). The final production configuration was complete and operating in 

August 1973 for support of GAMBIT and HEXAGON resolution data collection and analysis. 

The total cost for each of these customized terminals, including parts and contractor labor, was 

OM approximately $2 500. In addition, the cost for the PDP-8 Minicomputer System and accessories was 

approximately The estimated savings in man-hours for the function of collecting resolution data 

was about 50%. This savings resulted from: (1) the elimination of the requirement to have two people at 

the reading stations, (2) greatly reduced human errors in the recorded data due to the terminal edit 

capabilities, and (3) increased efficiency in entering and recording the data. The RDT was shipped in 

June 1975 to be used in the evaluation function at NPIC/APSD. 

This accomplishment is an excellent example of demonstrating the inner workings of AFSPPF and 

points out the advantages of having multi capabilities (human and support services) assigned to one organization. Specifically, the talent and expertise of the designer and project manager, Captain Noland; the 

electronics technician, who wired and interfaced the terminals and computer, Sergeant Boulware; the Logistic 

Manager, Captain Wilkinson, who was able to secure the funding for the terminals and the modifications 

to the PDP-8; and the Feasibility specialist, Mr. R. Meunier, who was able to build the frame and hardware 

for the terminals. 

BYE 15254-76 

-411642-8411011616••11EXAGON / GAMBIT 

4-76 Controls Only 
NO: 116.2 

BATE: December 15, 1960 

SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE 

ORDER 

SUBJECT: Organization and Functions of the Air Force 

Satellite Photographic Processing Laboratory 

1. There is hereby established the Air Force Satellite. 

Photographic Processing Laboratory (AFSPPL) at Westover Air 

Force Base, Massachusetts. 

2. The Laboratory will be under the command of the 

Director of the SAMOS Project, 2400 East El Segundo Boulevard, 

El Segundo, California. It will be attached to the Air Force 

Command and Control Development Division, Air Research and 

Development Command, L. G. Hanscom Field, Massachusetts, for 

administrative, logistic, and contractual support. 

3. The mission of the AFSPPL will be to conduct the 

research and development necessary to provide the best possible 

equipment, techniques, and knowledge applicable to satellite 

photography, to insure that the processing and duplication of 

photography obtained from satellite vehicles is of the highest 

possible quality, and to process, duplicate, and distribute 

this photography to designated users. 

4. Physical space and some resources and manning for the 

AFSPPL will be taken from the 8th Reconnaissance Technical 

Squadron. The 8th Reconnaissance Technical Squadron Will 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

EXAGON /GAMBIT 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

CONFIDENTIAL 

APHID NAN 041141. IV JUN ON CONFIDENTIAL 

Item 1 BYE 15254-76 

,111045-0110.161P-.411EXAGON /GAMBIT 

A-1 Controls Only 
11LOP-.65 HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

CONFIDENTIAL 

NO: 116.2 

DATE: December 15, 1960 

remain as a separate unit, with the AFSPPL having, priority over 

all resources. Actual transfer of spaces, manpower, and other 

resources will follow approval of a detailed plan to be submitted 

to the Secretary of the Air Force by the Director of the SAMOS 

Project. ' 

2 

CONFIDENTIAL 

BYE 15254-76 

COD °4"" • HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

A-2 LaAllewaAagaakaTaim4-1404•149— 

Controls Only 
NO: 116.3 

DATE: August 25, 1964 

SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE 

ORDER 

SUBJECT: Organization and Function of the Air Force Special 

Projects Production Laboratory 

1. There is hereby established the Air Force Special 

Projects Production Laboratory (AFSPPL) (U) at Westover 

Air Force Base, Massachusetts. 

2. The Laboratory will be under the command of the 

Director of Special Projects, OSAF, 2400 East El Segundo 

Boulevard, El Segundo, California. It will be assigned 

organizationally to the 6594th Aerospace Test Wing (AFSC), 

Sunnyvale, California. Host base will provide support in 

accordance with AFR 11-4. 

3. The mission of the AFSPPL will be to conduct the 

research and development necessary to provide the best 

possible production equipment and techniques in support of 

special projects specified by the Secretary of the Air Forces 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

aNalii—GINFIENIP- HEXAGON / GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

FOR OFFICIAL USE MU 

AFRO 1,0411 0.11111. 17 JUN II FOR OFFICIAL. USE ONO 

Item 2 -106P—OBEIPBT-r. HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

A-3 

BYE 15254-76 

Controls Only 
NO: 116.3 

DATE: November 10, 1965 

SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE 

ORDER 

SUOJEGT: Organization and Function of the Air Force Special 

Projects Production Facility 

1. There is hereby established the Air Force Special 

Projects Production Facility (AFSPPF) (U) at Westover Air 

Force Base, Massachusetts. 

2. The Facility will be a named unit under the command 

of the Director of Special Projects, OSAF, 2400 East El 

Segundo Boulevard, El Segundo, California. It will be 

assigned organizationally to the Space Systems Division 

(AFSC), Los Angeles Air Force Station? California. Host 

base will provide support in accordance with AFR 11-4. 

3. The mission of the AFSPPF will be to provide production services and conduct necessary research and development in production and evaluation techniques in support of 

special projects specified by the Secretary of the Air Force. 

4. Secretary of the Air Force Order No.'116.3, dated 

August 25, 1964, is hereby superseded. 

HAROLD BROWN 

Secretary of the Air Force 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

.X.OP•400101rTir HEXAGON/GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

FOR OFFICIAL USE uNLY 

WM MN 41.1141. IT Jem FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY 

Item 3 EOB—SECIET..... HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

A-4 

BYE 15254-76 

Controls Onlyrg 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

—6811—GAGI.HEXAGON /GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

DEPARTMENT OF THE AIR FORCE 

HEADQUARTERS AIR FORCE EYETEMSCOMMAND 

ANDREW AIR FORCE SASE. WARRINGTON. D.C. 201131 

SPECIAL ORDER 

0-6 • 

1. The Headquarters, Air Force Special Projeots Production Facility (AFSPPF), having been 

constituted and activated by the Department of the Air Force and assigned to the Air Force 

Systems Command, with further assignment to the Space Systems Division, is organized at 

Westover Air Force Base, Massachusetts, effective 10 November 1965. 

a. Personnel Accounting Symbol Lxero sub command code V/ will be utilized for personnel 

reporting and MAIr identification and control purposes. 

b. Personnel will be furnished by Headquarters, Space Systems Division and as directed by 

Hq AFSC. 

c. Equipment is authorized under SAID 0000 9379 0000. 

d. Authority: Secretary of the Air Force Order No. 116.3, dated 10 November 1965; DAT 

AMMO Letter No. 508n, Subject: Organization and Ponction of the Air Force Special Projects 

Production Facility, 12 January 1966; and AYM 26-2. (SCOO) 

2. The 6594 Test Squadron (AFSITL),_IAILAglpe Satellite Control Facility) located at Westover 

Air Force Base, Massachusetts, is discontinue d effective iv november 

a. Personnel Accounting Symbol LEHBEID is voided as of date of discontinuance. 

b. Personnel will be reassigned in accordance with instructions provided by Headquarters 

AFSC. 

c. Organization records and funds will be disposed of in accordance with the instructions 

of the Commander, SSD. 

d. SAID Code 6594 5665 0000 is voided as of date of discontinuance. All supplies and 

equipment transferred to Headquarters, Air Force Special Projects Production' Facility, SAID 

Code 0000 9379 0000. (S000) 

FOB THE COMMANDER 

JOHN F. BASH, Colonel, USAF DISTRIBUTION: "A, B & C" 

Director of Administrative Services 

FORGING MILITARY SPACEPOWER 

Item 4 41MID—SECHEX— HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

A-5 

BYE 15254-76 

waimile•oirillemeerre-Teier4-44e7INele 

Controls Only 

24 January 1966 
NO: 116.2 

DATE: January 26, 1962 

SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE. 

ORDER 

SUBJECT: Organization and Functions of the Air Force 

Satellite Photographic Processing Laboratory 

1. There is hereby established the Air Force Satellite 

Photographic Processing Laboratory (AFSPPL) at Westover Air 

Force Base, Massachusetts. 

• 

2. The Laboratory will be established as a named activity 

under the command of the Director of Special Projects, 2400 . 

East El Segundo Boulevard, El Segundo, California. It will be 

assigned organizationally to the 6594th Aerospace Test Wing 

(AFSC), Sunnyvale, California. Host 'base will provide support 

in accordance with AFR 11-4. 

3. The mission of the AFSPPL will be to conduct the 

research and development necessary to provide the best possible 

equipment, techniques,And knowledge. applicable to satellite 

photography, to insure that the processing and duplication of 

photography obtained from satellite vehicles is of the highest 

possible quality, and to process, duplicate, and distribute 

this photography to designated users. 

4. Physical space and some resources and manning for the 

AFSPPL will be taken from the 8th Reconnaissance Technical 

Squadron. The 8th Reconnaissance Technical Squadron will 

remain as a separate unit, with the AFSPPL haying priority 

over all resources. 

5. Secretary of the Air Force Order No. 116.2, dat 

January 26, 1961, is hereby superseded. 

57-62-> NE M. ZU t i RT 

-Secret of the Force 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

Arer-teelerrt HEXAGON /GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

CONFIDENTIAL 

"" "IS "IIC(3173Y1146$' -=-1-1"' CONFIDENTIAL 

Item 5 drIMI—GOGINEAP-• HEXAGON/GAMBIT 

A-6 

Sr99L 

62..0113 

BYE 15254-76 

Controls Only 
CL'• 

--.04P—GOGANFT+41EXAGON / GAMBIT 

VED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

NO: 116.2 

DATE: January 26, 1961 

SECRETARY OF THE A!R FORCE 

ORDER. 

SUBJECT: Organization and Functions of the Air Force 

Satellite Photographic Processing Laboratory 

1. There is hereby established the Air Force Satellite 

Photographic Processing Laboratory (AFSPPL) at.Westover Air 

Force Base, Massachusetts. 

2. The Laboratory will be established as a named activity 

under the command of. the Director of the SAMOS Projecr, 2400 

East El Segundo Boulevard, El Segundo, California. It will be 

assigned organizationally to the 6594th Test Wing (Satellite) 

(ARDC), Sunnyvale, California. Host base will provide support 

in accordance with AFR 11-4. 

3. The mission of the AFSPPL will be to conduct the 

research and development necessary to provide the best possible 

equipment, techniques, and knowledge applicable to satellite 

photography, to insure that the processing and duplication of 

photography obtained from satellite vehicles is of the highest 

possible quality, and to process, duplicate, And distribute 

this photography to designated users. 

4.. Physical space and some resources and• manning for the 

AFSPPL will be taken from the 8th Reconnaissance Technical 

Squadron. The 8th Reconnaissance Technical Squadron will 

Copy # -5- of '2 0 eopys. 

Pate # a/ of Z pages. 

Series p 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

CONFIDENTIAL 

MOS OWN MSS. 07 41110 CONFIDENTIAL c;"pioc.-, l03 

Item 6 -wess....,sratisw— HEXAGON /GAMBIT ME 

BYE 15254-76 

A-7 Controls Only 
AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

"160,0-9. HEXAGON / GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

CONFIDENTIAL 

NO:. 116.2 

DATE: January 26, 1961 

remain as a separate unit, with the AFSPPL having priority over 

all resources. Actual transfer of spaces, manpower, and other 

resources will follow approval of a detailed plan to be submitted 

to the Secretary of the Air Force by the Director of the SANDS 

Project. 

5. Secretary of the Air Force Order No. 116.2 dated December 15, 

1960, is hereby superseded. 

2 5"-- on • 

Copy # of 

2. sepys. 

Page f of pages. 

Series # -- 

CONFIDENTIAL .5/9,1- era 1 03 

...mas-seensmr-- HEXAGON /GAMBIT BYE 15254-76 

tiaadiwasaiyamom,i4OeriNdeeyhele— 

A- 8 Controls Only 
SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE 

ORDER 

SUBJECT: Organization and Function of the Air Force Special 

Projects Production Facility 

1. The Air Force Special Projects Production Facility 

(AFSPPF) at Westover Air Force Base, Massachusetts, is under 

the Command of the Director of Special Projects, OSAF, 2400 

East El Segundo Boulevard, El Segundo, California. It is 

assigned organizationally to the Space and Missile Systems 

Organization (AFSC), Los Angeles Air Force Station, California. 

Host base provides support in accordance with AFR 11-4. 

2. The mission of the AFSPPF is to provide production 

services and conduct necessary research and development in 

production and evaluation techniques in support of special 

projects specified by the Secretary of the Air Force. 

3. Secretary of the Air Force Order No. 116.3, dated 

November 10, 1965, is hereby superseded. 

4. This Order is issued in accordance with AFR 11-18, 

dated July 18, 1963, subject: "Delegating or Assigning 

Statutory Authority." 

712 

SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE 

NO: 116.3 

DATE: SEP 2 B 1971 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

HEXAGON/GAMBI 31 July 2014 -gper-frEenvir- TS= 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

&PIM FOAM 0./117. 17 Jun SS 

Item 7 --aiesa-freelewr= HEXAGON/GAMBIT BYE 15254-76 

A-9 Controls Only O
BY ORDER OF THE SECRETARY OP THE AIR FORCE 

CURTIS E LaWAr 

Chief of Staff 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

4100-4154116116.41EXAGON /GAMBIT 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

MARTI= OF THE Ark FORCE 

WASHINGTON 

SPECIAL ORDER 

G3-252 

1. .DP, CAPT RICHARD D BOSS. A03019058, is awarded the Distinguished Flying Cross 

for heroism while participating in aerial flight on 12 Jul 64 (POSTHWAGUE). 

2. The 6594th Aerospace Test Wing is awarded the Air Force Outstanding. Unit Award 

for exceptionally meritorious service in support of military operation. from 1 Kay 62 

to 31 Dec 63. The units listed below also share in the award: 

6594th Recovery Control Gp 

6593d Test Sq (Special) 

6593d Instrumentation Sq 

6594th Test Sq (AFSPPL) 

6596th Instrumentation Sq 

6594th Instrumentation Sq 

15 September 1964 

R J PH DISTRIBUTION 

Colonel, USAF CO 

Director of Administrative Services' 

Item 8 "r0P-IINGIBE.T... HEXAGON / GAMBIT BYE 15254-76 

A-10 Controls Controls Only 
-TO1P—SHG*181161. HEXAGON /GAMBI 

ED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

4-41-46-9-t—e—R-t--7-021818Z JUN 72 CITE CHARGE 3037. 

IMMEDIATE WADDY 

CORONA 

FOR COL CALLANAN FM MAJ GEN ALLEN 

I. CAL, YOU AND YOUR ORGANIZATION HAVE NOW COMPLETED 

PROCESSING THE FINAL PORTION OF THE FILM LOAD FROM 

THE LAST CORONA FLIGHT. IN MY JUDGMENT, THIS 

HISTORIC OCCASION IS WORTHY OF NOTE. THE CORONA 

PROGRAM MARKED THE BEGINNING OF SPACE RECONNAISSANCE 

AND HAS BEEN A MAINSTAY OF NATIONAL INTELLIGENCE 

FOR WELL OVER A DECADE. THE TECHNICAL SKILLS 

CREATED DURING THE TIME SPAN OF THIS PROGRAM HAVE 

CONTRIBUTED DIRECTLY TO THE SECURITY OF OUR NATION 

AND TO WORLD PEACE. THE STRATEGIC ARMS LIMITATION 

TREATY JUST SIGNED REFLECTS GREAT CONFIDENCE IN 

SATELLITE RECONNAISSANCE. 

2. IT IS FITTING THAT THE ORIGINAL NEGATIVE PROCESSING 

OF FINAL CORONA IMAGERY BE DONE BY THE SPPF, WHICH 

HAS CONSISTENTLY CONTRIBUTED IN A MAJOR WAY TO THE 

SUCCESS OF THE NATIONAL RECONNAISSANCE PROGRAM. 

ON THE OCCASION OF THIS SIGNIFICANT PROCESSING MILESTONE, 

PLEASE EXTEND MY CONGRATULATIONS AND GRATITUDE TO 

ALL OF YOUR CERTIFIED PEOPLE FDR A JOB WELL DONE. 

3. AS WE GO FORWARD WITH NEW TASKS AND INCREASED 

CAPABILITIES, I KNOW THAT THE SPPF WILL CONTINUE TO 

JUSTIFY MY CONFIDENCE AND THAT OF THE NRO. 

SIGNED LEW ALLEN. 

BT 

Item 9 ALOW.-INSGAGE HEXAGON /GAMBIT BYE 15254-76 

A-11 Controls Controls Only 
72 TE PILOT 40 

CHARGE 

E, WAD 

WHIG, 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

•44346.011 HEXAGON / GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

FROM: THE DIRECTOR 

1. WITH THE LAUNCH OF THE LAST CORONA SYSTEM, 

AN ERA COMES TO AN END. AS YOU ARE AWARE, THIS SYSTEM IS THE 

PROGENITOR OF SATELLITE PHOTORECONNAISSANCE SYSTEMS. THE 

PROGRAM PIONEERED THE DEVELOPMENT OF PANORAMIC, STEREOSCOPIC 

CAMERAS FOR USE IN SPACE AND THE CAPABILITY TO RECOVER OBJECTS 

FROM EITHER OBRIT. DESPITE INITIAL DISCOURAGING FAILURES, 

PERSISTENCE AND DEDICATION BROUGHT ABOUT SUCCESS. SINCE 1960, 

MORE THAN ONE HUNDRED MISSIONS HAVE BEEN FLOWN SIGNALING CORONA 

AS THE WORKHORSE OF PHOTORECONNAISSANCE SYSTEMS. DURING THIS 

PERIOD, THE SYSTEM INCREASED IN MISSION DURATION FROM A DNE DAY, 

SEVENTEEN REVOLUTION ORBIT TO CURRENT EIGHTEEN/NINETEEN DAY 

COVERAGE. THE RESOLUTION PROVIDED BY THE CORONA SYSTEM 

IMPROVED FROM GREATER THAN TWENTY-FIVE FEET TO LESS THAN 

SEVEN FEET. FURTHER, ITS DEVELOPMENT AND OPERATION PROVIDED 

THE BASIS AND CONFIDENCE FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF INCREASINGLY 

SOPHISTICATED SYSTEMS. IT IS INTERESTING TO RECALL SOME OF THE 

PROGRAMS'S "FIRSTS," AMONG WHICH WERE: 

A. FIRST SATELLITE RECONNAISSANCE SYSTEM PUT INTO ORBIT. 

B. FIRST OBJECT RECOVERED FROM SPACE. 

C. FIRST USE OF PANORAMIC AND STEREOSCOPIC CAMERAS IN 

SPACE FLIGHT. 

D. FIRST DUAL BUCKET RECONNAISSANCE SYSTEM. 

E. FIRST SATELLITE SYSTEM TO EMPLOY STELLAR, INDEX, AND 

PANORAMIC CAMERAS IN COMBINATION. 

2. THE ABOVE TESTIFIES TO THE TECHNICAL ACHIEVEMENTS MADE 

DURING MORE THAN A DECADE, AND ALL OF YOU MAY BE JUSTLY PROUD 

OF THE PART YOU PLAYED IN THESE ACCOMPLISHMENTS. ALTHOUGH 

ONE CAN CALCULATE THE MANHOURS AND DOLLARS DEVOTED TO 

DEVELOPING AND OPERATING THE SYSTEM, IT IS NOT POSSIBLE TO 

DERIVE IN FINITE TERMS THE VITAL IMPACT THE SYSTEM HAS HAD ON 

OUR NATIONAL SECURITY. IT IS CLEAR, HOWEVER, THAT CRUCIAL 

INTELLIGENCE HAS BEEN COLLECTED THROUGHOUT THE YEARS AGAINST 

TARGETS OF THE HIGHEST NATIONAL INTEREST WHICH, UNTIL VERY 

RECENTLY, COULD NOT HAVE BEEN COLLECTED BY OTHER MEANS. I WANT 

TO EXTEND TO ALL OF YOU MY DEEP APPRECIATION FOR THE PART YOU 

PLAYED IN THE SUCCESS OF THIS TRULY HISTORIC INTELLIGENCE 

COLLECTION PROGRAM. 

BT 

Item 10 ..1.011—BAGREir-r HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

BYE 15254-78 

140001•416A4006°-"Tol"-"Y""" 

A-12 Controls Only 
AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

•mallEEIBRIEm HEXAGON /GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

TOP3CCRET022120Z JUN 72 CITE WHIG 0761. 

PRIORITY ADIC CHARGE , 

PILOT, 

SPECTRE, WADDY, 

CORONA 

FROM DR. MCLUCAS 

WITH THE SUCCESSFUL RECOVERY OF THE FINAL BUCKET 

OF THE CORONA PROGRAM ON 31 MAY 1972, I ADD MY CONGRATULATIONS TO THOSE OF THE DIRECTOR OF CENTRAL 

INTELLIGENCE. THE PROUD RECORD OF THE CORONA SYSTEM 

COULD ONLY HAVE BEEN ACHIEVED THROUGH THE UNIQUE 

COOPERATION AND SUPPORT OF ALL YOUR ORGANIZATIONS. 

WELL DONE. 

TOPSECRET 

Item 11 IM/441116401646■,HEXAGON / GAMBIT.= BYE 15254-76 

1.1 .rstiin vin FlyanInn To irxrit . Kelyhnha 

A-13 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

AGON / GAMBI 31 July 2014 APOP-604HIBTNIP-EHEIC T flail 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

r R r i 191510Z JAN 73 CITE WHIG 0068. 

PRIORITY CHARGE, WADDY 

GAMBIT 

FDR GEN ALLEN AND COL CALLANAN FROM DR. MCLUCAS 

I. I WOULD LIKE TO EXTEND MY CONGRATULATIONS ON THE 

OUTSTANDING PROCESSING TASK RECENTLY COMPLETED AT 

AFSPPF. THE RESULTS WERE DIRECTLY INDICATIVE OF THE 

FINE PROFESSIONALISM WHICH IS CONSISTENTLY DISPLAYED 

AT THE FACILITY AND ALSO READILY VISIBLE EVERY TIME 

I VISIT THERE. 

2. PLEASE EXPRESS MY GRATITUDE TO ALL INVOLVED 

PERSONNEL FOR A FIRST RATE JOB. E-2 IMPDET. 

Item 12 ...T033-116631BEL- HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

BYE 15254-76 

WalidiWilaahlialOr44mierrtOtleyhtflr•- 

A-14 Controls Only 
BYE 15254-76 

imaiie++4644egatia.daikoWte040.- 

A-15 Controls Only 

Item 13 TSLEJLACOBT"- HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

REXAGON / GAMBIT 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

CHARGE 0864 7 FEB 73 # 386 

WADDY FOR CALLANAN 

FROM L. ROBERTS/L. NEUNER 

SUBJ: GAMBIT MISSION 4337 

THE SUCCESS OF GAMBIT MISSION 4337 SURPASSES ALL 

EXPECTATIONS. SUBJECT TO PET CONFIRMATION, THIS 

FLIGHT RESULTED IN THE ACQUISITION OF THE BEST 

GAMBIT RESOLUTION TO DATE. TO SAY THE LEAST, 

DR. MCLUCAS AND MEMBERS OF THE INTELLIGENCE 

COMMUNITY WERE DELIGHTED WITH THE RESULTS OF THIS 

OUTSTANDING MISSION. THEY WERE SPECIFICALLY IMPRESSED 

WITH THE SAMPLE ENLARGEMENTS FROM 4337-1 WHICH 

REFLECTED THE PROCESSING QUALITY OF YOUR FACILITY. 

CONGRATULATIONS TO YOU AND YOUR PEOPLE FOR A JOB 

WHICH DEMONSTRATED A HIGH DEGREE OF TECHNICAL 

COMPETENCE AND PROFESSIONALISM -- "EXTREMELY WELL DONE". 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

.T.OH-GEGIBEIE-w-HEXAGON /GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

27 November 1973 

Lt Col H. J. Duval, Jr 

Director of Evaluation 

Air Force Special Projects Production Facility 

Westover Air Force Base, Massachusetts 

TO: All Directorate of Evaluation Personnel 

As my program with AFSPPF involvement draws to a close, I cannot let the moment pass without 

taking note of our long standing association in this effort. Most importantly, I want to salute the 

outstanding and significant contributions of the Directorate of Evaluation as a body and the people as 

individuals. 

Our direct association goes back to 1968, when it became clear to Roy Burks and myself that the 

Project Office needed a way to conduct independent evaluations of the performance of certain subsystems. 

After much discussion, we decided to employ the AFSPPF for this acceptance work. Not many realize 

that that decision was a tough one. Many of us were worried that the support we would get from AFSPPF 

would be less than adequate and, in the end, take a back seat to your other work. At the time, concentrating all our evaluation efforts at SPPF was a gamble. The gamble certainly paid off, and all of 

our early suspicions and concerns were totally unfounded to say the least. I can say without question 

that the Directorate of Evaluation has been the single most cooperative, dedicated group on this 

program with which it has been my pleasure to be associated. 

More important, however, is what we achieved. In our early acceptance efforts, we accomplished 

something the contractor was incapable of doing. Throughout the acceptance process, data collected 

by AFSPPF allowed us to isolate out-of-spec conditions and insure that the acceptances were based on 

all facts, not simply those the contractor chose to present. In retrospect, however, the single most 

important activities we undertook were the Readiness Reports. Not only was this activity unprecedented, but it was. in a major way, responsible for the outstanding performance achieved by the 

systems. The ability to run the A-2 tests, quickly evaluate the data, and readjust system parameters 

before hand was essential. I say this in full recognition of the fact that the past efforts were, without 

question, of the highest caliber and greatest meaning of any such effort conducted to date. 

It is not often that I feel insufficient, but this is one of those times; for words are cheap, but I have 

nothing else to offer. I wish I could get every man in Evaluation a medal or a promotion, for they 

certainly deserve it. The people of Evaluation are highly professional, and it has been my pleasure to 

work with them over the last five years. We all can take pride in the job that has been done, and you 

can be well assured that the contributions of SPPF/EV have been made known and are recognized at 

the highest levels. More important, however, is that each man and woman in EV can take personal 

satisfaction in the job he has done and the contributions he has made to the success of this critically 

important program. 

Please express to each member of the Evaluation Directorate staff my personal appreciation for 

his support and my best wishes for his future endeavors. 

Very sincerely yours. 

ROBERT J. KOHLER 

Project Office 

Item 14 T•OZI-SECRE.W.- HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

BYE 15254-76 

-1-landie•vieregernerrO4sient-Ideeyheie—■ 

A-16 Controls Only 
AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

-1,046-94EGIEBT-

- HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

31 July 2014 

DEPARTMENT OF THE MR FORCE 

WASHINGTON 

SPECIAL ORDER 

GB- 409 

The Air Force Special Projects Production Facility (AFSC) 

is awarded the Air Force Organizational Excellence Award 

for exceptionally meritorious achievement in support of 

military operations from 1 July 1971 to 30 June 1972. 

BY 0 OF THE SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE 

JOHN D. RYAN, General, USAF 

Chief of Staff 

DWIGHT W. COVELL, Colonel, USAF DISTRIBUTION 

Director of Administration GO 

GB-409 

Item 15 41141141-5164361IST% HEXAGON /GAMBIT BYE 15254-76 

A-17 Controls Only On

11 June 1973 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

.T.OD-4GENIET•r- HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

S E C R E T EYES ONLY 051714Z JUL 73. CITE WADDY 0668. 

IMMEDIATE: CHARGE 

INFO IMMEDIATE: WHIG 

BYEMAN/POLICY 

EYES ONLY TO GEN BRADBURN (CHARGE) FOR ACTION. 

EYES ONLY TO GEN KULPA (WHIG) FOR INFORMATION. 

SUBJECT: FUTURE OF AFSPPF. 

1. AT YOUR DIRECTION AND THAT OF SAFSS WE HAVE INPUT 

CONSIDERABLE DATA TO FACILITATE A DECISION ON THIS SUBJECT. 

AT THIS POINT IN THE SITUATION AND IN MY CAREER, I'D LIKE TO 

OFFER FOR YOUR CONSIDERATION A COURSE OF ACTION THAT I 

STRONGLY RECOMMEND. 

2. A FEW POINTS AS BACKGROUND SEEM NECESSARY. 

A. TO BE ACCEPTABLE IT APPEARS AN OPTION TO RETAIN AFSPPF 

IN ANY FORM MUST PROVIDE FOR SUBSTANTIAL REDUCTION OF MILITARY SPACES 

AND AN OPERATION INDEPENDENT OF NORMAL BASE SUPPORT. 

B. OUR SURVEY OF RELATED INSTALLATIONS, AS REPORTED TO 

YOU, SHOWS CLEARLY THAT THE PLANT AT AFSPPF IS SUPERIOR FOR 

ITS PURPOSE TO ANY IN THE UNITED STATES INCLUDING BRIDGEHEAD. 

C. I UNDERSTAND THAT A SUBSTANTIAL EFFORT IS AGAIN 

UNDERWAY TO GAIN APPROVAL FOR BREAKING SATELLITE IMAGERY OUT OF 

THE TK SYSTEM AND/OR EVEN DECLASSIFYING PORTIONS OF ZI COVERAGE. 

IF THIS SHOULD EVER HAPPEN, A SUBSTANTIAL TK DUPLICATING CAPABILITY 

WOULD BE A MUST. 

D. MILITARY IMAGERY PROCESSING CAPABILITIES HAVE BEEN 

SUBSTANTIALLY REDUCED AND EVEN SHARPER REDUCTIONS INCLUDING 

CONSOLIDATIONS, ARE BEING STUDIED, THUS DECREASING AVAILABLE 

ALTERNATIVES. 

Item 16 -4440-8001166P...IIEXAGON /GAMBIT 

BYE 15254-76 

A-18 Controls CaltdsChly 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

—B0P—GEG116116•6 HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

E. THE USAF OPERATES MANY ACTIVITIES WITH A MIX OF MILITARY, 

GOVERNMENT CIVILIAN AND CONTRACT CIVILIAN MANNING. YOUR AEROSPACE 

DATA FACILITY AT BUCKLEY AND THE DEFENSE MAPPING AGENCY, AEROSPACE 

CENTER AT ST LOUIS ARE EXAMPLES. 

3. I STRONGLY RECOMMEND THAT AFSPPF BE KEPT INTACT WITH SUBSTANTIALLY THE SAME MISSION AS AT PRESENT; BUT THAT THE MANNING 

BE RESTRUCTURED OVER THE NEXT 12 TO 24 MONTHS TO REPLACE MILITARY 

WITH GOVERNMENT CIVILIANS AND CONTRACTOR SUPPORT TO OPTIMIZE THE 

MIX AT A MILITARY LEVEL OF APPROXIMATELY 15-20 PERCENT 

(50-60 PERSONNEL). I SEE NO NEED FOR ANY MILITARY MAN ASSIGNED 

TO BE BELOW E-6, AND EVEN E-6 GRADES WOULD BE FEW. 

4. THERE ARE SEVERAL POINTS IN FAVOR OF THIS OPTION: 

A. WE SATISFY THE NEED TO REDUCE MILITARY SPACES. 

B. WE PRESERVE A UNIQUE CAPABILITY WHEREIN PHOTO 

PROCESSING AND DUPLICATION; IMAGERY ANALYSIS; AND THE 

R AND D FUNCTIONS ARE CO-LOCATED, CLOSELY INTEGRATED AND 

MUTUALLY BENEFICIAL. THIS IS A SYMBIOTIC RELATIONSHIP WHEREIN 

EACH ENABLES THE OTHER TWO TO FUNCTION MORE EFFECTIVELY. 

C. WE CONTINUE TO MAKE USE OF A SUPERIOR PLANT INSTEAD 

OF ATTEMPTING TO REPLACE IT SOMEWHERE ELSE ON A PIECE MEAL 

BASIS. 

D. WE HAVE A CAPABILITY FOR PROCESSING AND DUPLICATING IMAGERY 

WHICH WILL ALWAYS BE RESPONSIVE TO NRO REQUIREMENTS. IT WOULD BE 

RELATIVELY EASILY ADJUSTED IN STRENGTH DEPENDING UPON THE MISSION 

BECAUSE OF INCLUSION OF THE FLEXIBILITY OFFERED BY CONTRACTUAL SUPPORT 

IN KEY AREAS. 

E. THE FACILITY COULD BE MAINTAINED INDEFINITELY UNDER 

THESE TERMS REGARDLESS OF WHAT DISPOSITION WAS MADE OF WESTOVER AIR 

FORCE BASE. AS NOTED IN OUR PREVIOUS STUDY ON THIS SUBJECT, (OPTION TEN) 

—111.00-6.60151.- HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

A-19 

BYE 15254-76 

Umaillawila4eratima4e1moi-Kerheis-- 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

-414161-.1140110161r HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

SUPPORT WE NOW RECEIVE FROM WAFB COULD BE OBTAINED ELSEWHERE AND 

MUCH MORE EASILY, WITH A SMALL MILITARY COMPONENT WITH NO ONE 

UNDER E-6. IN FACT, WITH SUCH A SMALL MILITARY COMPLIMENT AND 

THE RANK STRUCTURE ENVISIONED WE COULD FUNCTION WITHOUT HOUSING, 

COMMISSARY ETC. 

S. I URGE YOU TO SERIOUSLY CONSIDER THIS OPTION ALTHOUGH 

IT IS PRESENTED HERE VERY BRIEFLY. AT YOUR DIRECTION I WILL 

FLESH IT OUT WITH SUPPORTING DATA. WE ARE ALSO READY TO DISCUSS 

IT AT ANY TIME AND PLACE YOU DIRECT. 

E-2 IMPDET 

SECRET 

BT 

DRAFTER RELEASER 

VERL R. STANLEY, COL, USAF VERL R. STANLEY, COL, USAF 

VICE COMMANDER VICE COMMANDER 

- 11414P—SGGINGS--1111EXAGON /GAMBIT 

A-20 

BYE 15254-76 

Controls Only 
erroW"P HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

VED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

T 013[CRET2414032 OCT 73 CITE WHIG 1324. 

CHARGE INFO WADDY 

FOR GENERAL BRADBURN AND COL DAVISON FROM DR. MCLUCAS 

SUBJECT: AFSPPF REALIGNMENT 

FOR DECISION TO CLOSE WESTOVER AIR FORCE BASE, AS 

YOU KNOW, CAUSED US TO LOOK AT ALTERNATIVES TO THE 

CONTINUATION OF THE AIR FORCE SPECIAL PROJECTS PRODUCTION FACILITY. HAVING CONSIDERED THE VARIOUS OPTIONS, 

I HAVE SELECTED A PLAN WHICH WILL RESULT IN THE CLOSURE 

OF THE FACILITY AT WESTOVER AIR FORCE BASE BY ABOUT 

DECEMBER 1976. 

WE WILL PROCEED AT THIS TIME TO CONTRACTUALLY 

AUGMENT THE PROCESSING CAPABILITY AT EASTMAN KODAK SO 

THAT THEY WILL HAVE A CAPABILITY TO PROCESS THE BULK OF 

THE TOTAL NRO PHOTOGRAPHIC WORK LOAD. BASED UPON 

MY DISCUSSION WITH THE CINCSAC, WE WILL PROCEED TO 

AUGMENT THE CAPABILITY OF THE 544TH ARTW AT OFFUTT 

AIR FORCE BASE TO HANDLE THE REMAINING NRO PHOTOGRAPHIC 

PRODUCTION WORKLOAD. 

THE PLAN ADOPTED CALLS FOR THE TRANSFER OF THE 

EVALUATION FUNCTION TO NPIC. IT ALSO REQUIRES CONTINUATION OF PHOTOGRAPHIC R&D. 

AS WE DISCUSSED ON OCTOBER 19, I ANTICIPATE A REALLOCATION 

OF SOME SPACES WITHIN THE NRO, AND A DRAW DOWN OF PERSONNEL 

TO PERMIT RELEASING SOME MILITARY SPACES BY EARLY FY 1975. 

SUBSEQUENTLY MANPOWER SPACES WILL BE TRANSFERRED FOR 

THE EVALUATION FUNCTION WHEN IT IS RELOCATED AT NPIC. 

AUGMENTATION OF THE 544TH ARTW TO PERFORM THE NRO 

PROCESSING FUNCTION WILL REQUIRE TRANSFERRING MORE 

MILITARY MANPOWER SPACES. AT THE TIME THE AFSPPF AT 

WESTOVER AIR FORCE BASE IS CLOSED, THE REMAINING MILITARY AND 

CIVILIAN SPACES WILL BE RELEASED. 

GENERAL BROWN AND GENERAL MEYER HAVE BEEN INFORMED 

OF THIS PLAN. PLEASE WORK CLOSELY WITH GENERAL KULPA 

IN PLANNING AND CARRYING OUT THIS REALIGNMENT. 

E-2 IMPDET TnotEcilET 

BT 

Item 17 4643411■1116611166■11EXAGON /GAMBIT 

BYE 15254-76 

/46049-0014,11949^""Teksm-AeOele" 

A-21 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

AIMMI—GOGNEPIE+41EXAGON /GAMBIT 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

SECRET08220Z NOV 73 CITE WHIG 1400 

PRIORITY CHARGE INFO PRIORITY WADDY 

SECUR 

SUBJECT: AFSPPF PHASE DOWN 

IN ORDER TO PERMIT PERSONNEL ACTIONS AT THE AFSPPF 

TO PROCEED NORMALLY, IT IS NECESSARY TO PERMIT ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF THE PHASE DOWN AT THIS TIME. WE HAVE BEEN 

WORKING WITH THE OFFICE OF INFORMATION TO ARRIVE AT A 

SUITABLE APPROACH; WE ARE PRESENTLY COORDINATING AN 

UNCLASSIFIED MESSAGE WHICH READS AS FOLLOWS. REQUEST 

YOUR COMMENTS AS SOON AS POSSIBLE. 

QUOTE: 

FROM: OSAF 

TO AFSC 

INFO: SAMSO LOS ANGELES CA 

SAC OFFUTT AFB NEBR 

WESTOVER AFB MAS 

UNCL SAFOI 

FOR INFORMATION OFFICER 

SUBJ: AFSPPF PHASE DOWN 

THE AIR FORCE SPECIAL PROJECTS PRODUCTION FACILITY 

(AFSPPF) WAS EXEMPTED FROM THE WESTOVER AFB CLOSURE ACTION 

ANNOUNCED BY THE SEC ON 73. 

HOWEVER, HAS DETERMINED

DEF 

 THAT

17 

THE

APR 

MANPOWER

SUBSEQUENT 

STRENGTH AT

REVIEW 

THE, 

AIR FORCE SPECIAL PROJECTS PRODUCTION FACILITY WILL BE 

REDUCED OVER A PERIOD OF TIME. THERE WILL BE NO FORMAL 

ANNOUNCEMENT OF THIS REDUCTION, BUT THE FOLLOWING ANSWERS 

ARE APPROVED FOR USE IN RESPONSE TO QUERY. QUESTIONS NOT 

COVERED SHOULD BE REFERRED TO SAFIOPA. ACTION OFFICER IS 

MAJ J. W. DUEMMEL, AV 227-5175. 

Q. WHAT IS THE MISSION OF THE AFSPPF? 

A. "THE MISSION OF THE AFSPPF IS TO PROVIDE SERVICES AND 

CONDUCT NECESSARY RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT IN PRODUCTION 

AND EVALUATION TECHNIQUES IN SUPPORT OF SPECIAL PROJECTS." 

Q. WHAT ARE THESE SPECIAL PROJECTS? 

A. I'M SORRY, THAT INFORMATION IS CLASSIFIED. 

Q. WHY WAS IT DECIDED TO REDUCE THE MANPOWER AT THIS 

FACILITY? 

A. PRESSURES TO REDUCE EXPENDITURES AND THE DIFFICULTIES 

OF OBTAINING SUPPORT WHEN NORMAL BASE FUNCTIONS PHASE OUT 

WERE CONTRIBUTING REASONS. 

Q. IS IT INTENDED TO CLOSE THIS FACILITY AT SOME FUTURE 

DATE, OR IS IT POSSIBLE THAT IT WILL BE CLOSED? 

A. ALL AIR FORCE PROGRAMS ARE CONTINUALLY UNDER REVIEW. 

THESE REVIEWS DETERMINE SUBSEQUENT CLOSURE ACTIONS. THUS, 

IT IS POSSIBLE THE FACILITY MAY CLOSE AT SOME FUTURE DATE. 

Q. HOW MANY PEOPLE ARE ASSIGNED THERE? 

A. ABOUT 300. 

Q. HOW MANY PEOPLE WILL REMAIN AFTER THE PHASE DOWN? 

A. ABOUT HALF. 

Q. WHERE DO THE FUNCTIONS GO? 

A. FUNCTIONS WHICH ARE NOT RETAINED OR DISCONTINUED WILL 

BE ABSORBED BY VARIOUS AIR FORCE ORGANIZATIONS AND AIR 

FORCE CONTRACTORS. 

Q. WHAT OTHER ORGANIZATIONS? 

A. I AM SORRY; THAT INFORMATION IS CLASSIFIED. 

FROM WILLIAM T. COLEMAN, SAFOI. 

UNQUOTE. 

E-2 IMPDET 

SECRET 

BT 

Item 18 1100.11-1=BLI— HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

A-22 

BYE 15254-76 

via Ryornan / Talant t4.11,,12 

Controls Cry 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

HEXAGON /GAMBI AN. 31 July 2014 

A FSPP F HISTORY 

Volume I 

S E C R E T 1318062 JUN 74 CITE WHIG 0780. 

CHARGE INFO WADDY. 

HANDLE VIA TALENT/KEYHOLE CONTROL CHANNEL. 

SECUR 

FOR GENERAL BRADBURN AND COLONEL DAVISON FROM 

MR. PLUMMER. 

SUBJECT: SPPF PHASE OUT 

I HAVE DECIDED THAT IT IS APPROPRIATE TO DECOMPARTMENT AND DECLASSIFY THE ULTIMATE PHASE OUT OF THE 

SPPF. THE PHASE OUT WILL BE COMPLETE BY THE THIRD 

QUARTER OF FISCAL YEAR 1977. BETWEEN NOW AND THAT TIME 

THERE WILL BE A STEADY DRAW DOWN OF PERSONNEL AT THE 

SPPF. I DESIRE THAT THIS ACTION NOT BE MADE A SUBJECT 

OF PUBLIC RELEASE EXCEPT IN THE CASE OF A RESPONSE TO 

QUERY. CURRENTLY RELEASED INFORMATION STATES THAT A 

PHASE DOWN IS OCCURRING; HOWEVER, A PHASE OUT HAS NEVER 

BEEN MADE A MATTER OF PUBLIC DOMAIN. YOU ARE AUTHORIZED 

TO INFORM YOUR PEOPLE THAT THEY MAY DISCUSS THE TIMING 

OF THE PHASE OUT BUT THAT SPECIFICS BEYOND THIS AS TO 

FUNCTIONS AND PURPOSES OF THE PHASE OUT STILL REMAIN 

WITHIN THE TALENT-KEYHOLE CONTROL SYSTEM. THIS MESSAGE 

HAS BEEN COORDINATED WITH SAFOI, SAFLL, AND AFPR. AFSC 

IS AWARE OF THIS ACTION. E-2 IMPDET 

SECRET 

BT 

Item 19 '14,15-0166104646-411EXAGON / GAMBIT BYE 15254-76 

waGaa.viazywaenaZigeat■Sgyke... 

A-23 Controls Only 
AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

Tarr smi..aczw - HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

TOP SECRET 081919Z SEP 72 CITE 

WADDY INFO PILOT CHARGE SPECTR 

BYE MAN GAMBIT 

WADDY FOR CALLANAN, PILOT FOR KOHLE FOR NEUNER, 

THE FOR KRIVJANSKI/SHAFER/SUCKOWEIMPOR MURPHY, 

F

OR KOCH FROM OWENS 

GAMBIT ORE AT WESTOVER 

CONGRATULATIONS ON YOUR SUCCESSFUL ACCOMPLISHMENT 

OF THE GAMBIT ORE CONDUCTED 29-31 AUG. ALL PHASES 

OBSERVED BY THE NRO REP WERE CONDUCTED IN A MOST 

PROFESSIONAL MANNER. ALSO WISH TO THANK TIGER TEAM FOR 

THEIR EXCELLENT SUPPORT AND HELP DURING THIS EXERCISE. 

A VIABLE BACK-UP CAPABILITY HAS NOW BEEN ESTABLISHED 

FOR PROCESSING ORIGINAL GAMBIT MISSIONS FOR THE NRP . 

--1451,--9-relftE6T--- 

BT 

Item 20 APOP-6111491111461. HEXAGON / GAMBIT BYE 15254-76 

Flonoilewoolileatophaaleataloolacgri.. 

A-24 Controls Only 
-dreir-seeseirr-rongxAGost /GAMBIT 

OVED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

6594TH TEST SQUADRON PHOTOGRAPHIC SCIENCE SEMINAR 

LECTURE DATE SUBJECT LECTURER 

1 24 JuI 65 Variation in Photographic System 

and Geometric Optics 

2 21 Aug 65 Emulsions and Non-Silver Systems 

3 18 Sep 65 Processing Theory 

4 16 Oct 65 Photographic Progress 

Tone Reproduction 

5 20 Nov 65 Photographic Standards 

Physical Optics 

6 18 Dec 65 Physical Optics 

Physical Optics 

7 15 Jan 66 Physical Optics 

Contamination Control and Capt W. McCabe (SPPF) 

Standards 

8 19 Feb 66 Image Evaluation; Data Analysis 

9 19 Mar 66 Camera Systems Consideration 

10 16 Apr 66 Summary: Application of Course 

Elements to Unified Approach to 

Problem Solving 

11 21 May 66 Air Force Research and 

Development Progress 

Col. T. Byington 

t-Patterson AFB 

SPPF Research and Development Mr. W. Forrester (SPPF) 

Progress 

12 18 Jun 66 Air Force Procurement 

Procedures and Problems 

g atterson AFB 

Classified and to be Determined 

as Result of Other Lectures 

Lt Col. L. Williams 

(SPPF) 

Item 21 

-TOP-40611EX.- HEXAGON /GAMBIT BYE 15254-78 

A-25 Controls Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

-.T.M1-66601:141 - HEXAGON/GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY 

DEPARTMENT OF THE AIR FORCE 

WASHINGTON 20330 

OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY January 6, 1969 

MEMORANDUM FOR MAJOR GENERAL BERG, AFOMO 

SUBJECT: AFSPPF Civil Engineering Manpower Increase 

Hq AFSC is processing a request for 19 additional civil 

engineering spaces for the Air Force Special Projects Production Facility (AFSPPF) at Westover AFB, Massachusetts. These 

additional spaces are needed to maintain the new power generation plant and water well which are under construction. The 

total requirement is for 34 spaces; however, 15 will be provided by transfer from Westover AFB, Hq 8AF and SAC. Attached 

is a listing of the remaining 19 by rank, AFSC and the date 

required. 

For your information, AFSPPF has returned ten air police 

spaces to the SAC MET at Westover AFB which will in turn return 

them to you in FY 3/69. Applying these ten spaces to our 

requirement results in a net increase of nine--four civilians 

and five military--for the total AFSPPF manning. 

As you may know, the Directorate of Special Projects 

(SAFSP) and AFSPPF are located in AFSC for administrative and 

personnel support only. These two units are, in fact, an extension of OSAF. AFSPPF should be given a separate Program 

Element Code (PEC) different from the Air Force Satellite Control Facility (PEC 3PR) in which it is now identified as has 

been done recently for SAFSP by assigning it PEC 6QP. In this 

way the OSAF manning within AFSC can be readily identified for 

control and accountability. 

When the AFSC request is received, I would greatly appreciate 

your favorably considering their proposal for the 19 additional 

spaces and your establishing a separate PEC for the AFSPPF. 

Atch /s/ RUSSELL A. BERG 

list RUSSELL A. BERG 

Brigadier General, USAF 

Director 

Office of Space Systems 

FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY Atch 1 

TAB A 

Item 22 .....TOB-66.1611?-- HEXAGON/GAMBIT BYE 15254-76 

Ilantitres139erinsw*TeleM-Keri+sko. 

A-26 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FORRELE

ASE 

HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

• 

a 

0 

0 

lk 1 ...1. 

0 rI ...4 

icD f' c) 046 ci, 

4.4 46 

. A r■ 

. 

Y 

111. PROJECT 

NUMBER 

1* 

IL 

a " 

ta 

... 

..., ,.., • C o7 .-I 0 V) 1 1 e 

0 •-■ t ..4 1/ 0 0 .. • 14 )1 4-1 

'4•• 0 JO 0 41 -..1 0 0 $4 0 0 •..1 111 o-4 

4,000.0...4.0,1 molls .t.i 00)0 .0 

-.4 3 c.1 ,--1 0 ..-I 0 

'0 0 •• 14 r4 ••• 

C M C • "I lar cm 0 

000 

el 0, . ta -.4 13 0 0 a 0 0 01 0 r• 4 

0 14 a) k op • 0 0 0 11 Ili 0004/04.,4 

 C

g 8 .5 g' ° 8 0 ... > ,-4 14 111 AGO 1-1 

$.1 6 $ 1 0 14 14 10 

t' 00 14 rl 0 •ri 14 14 0 0) Si CO 4.1 a) 

0 0 L14 44 0 44 0 04 • 1:1 0. 0 0 •-• C 

ug 00.4..4 0 ....,0.4401,0 

4,00 -1-400 0 ow - ....14,4 ww..41.4.6.0=0 

4CM WO . gas -Amu."' .v4 0 

04.1 00 .0 L0 1* , ...in, el -.4 0 0'0 Ok .4 

0.44.1 1400400P :00 004.1000 0 0 

0 )0,00v.-10-1 44 (01 of Z a) 0 0 al m4 4.4 0 

sr k" 

I. • ca 0 0-4 

PEOPeGT Y 

VOUCHER NUMBER 

0 0 

- 1- 

if 

" 

.1 -it 

4 V 

'it!" d C m 10 r) 

• esET 

0 0o 

w 1 4,-4 id 

1■- 1

4 • 

MACC EPTCO EY WEIM 

..... 

.4 

co 

P 

•: 

sa 14 

 0 'z It 

! zt= 

... 

41 , >1 „...,

t: 1-10 

E''' 

• 

0 

I ' 0 

::: 1;114 

0 

zus i", . 

4 i . 

C Z 

0 z 

I5 

0 et 

• ..-40 I-I 

" 

0 0 C•4 ri 1/1 )0 •14 • pi 

z in In o -1 c-4 0041/$4 

1 i tn al te1 0 5 0 

,40 &I tri m I I .14 0) .64 

in In •-4 4.1 k 

..4 •D •11 CO C.1 

0 0 03 CM 

:i..". 

0 

10 

f.: 

r 

: 

r_ : 1 u 

•.., T. j E 

..` e* .." • tO 

Z; /ti 1- . ; 

4 " 17: 44 

14 8 :. 1 

M na 

TR

A

NSFER AND ACCEPTANCE OF MILITARY REAL PROPERTY 

0. JOSNUMBER 

Westover72-MCAF 

4° 0 t 'V 

OFILJO 

aro 44 la. 

0 • 0 0 

tr4 11 .0 0 

tr/ to 0 0 

• 0 

rs 0 -.4 If 

441 41) 

.0 0 7. .0 

.0...141 al 03 

•

. OATt 

2 1 February74 

r 4 q"r, 

4 ,..mti I 4omaa -u4roz 

o 

E u 

6z'": I 42s 

diO3 ■WZ 

0,4 ..4 

CO 01 pl 

0 0 

• 0 0 14 r4 41 1.1 0 

0 0 0 0 •I4 

Ul 0) 

• 

CO

.. 1 11 •vt 0 

tri cn cN 4.1.0 

rs.r.40* 

4,4 0 o .-i 

rs 0 ..-I .•4,4 • m x 

. .$ 1- 

4 j: 

1" 2 " 0 4 " 1-3 

0 

4.0P1R• 

A T iNG 

AGENCY 

•

u 

61= III . 

IL • 0 1 0 4 4 

4 

e 4i 

 11 

2! . 

il• s t g . e • t. 

• p • 

d ..t, i 

-7 

--- ..0 r4 

I. *--- 

4 1,1 

° 

v.- .X 

• .20 +.• 'P. m 4 4/ 0 

0I- ° Z >4 

4 

tag 4E, 5,,, 1 

. 

_ 

I- ir• _ 

; 

3 

• 0 4.1 0 

,,,, O• Z 0 .0 0 

• 0 0 

01 c0 g 0 C 0 0 .0 

x 

; 4 

K.. 1 la - 

0 

. 

• 

z 

I- 

• 

C .idt I 

a z 

O 

- 

le 

a - l• - 

1- 

0 0 k 0 

i-4 0 

4/4 04 '0 4.I ✓ tl 

i .0' g 

I i 

i i 11 

4I: 

" a 

- 

4 

._ 

• .., 

* '' •s 

iti ' 

243 V., 

l• .11 u 10 0 g .1 g . 

t : .1 

81 

0 0 

0 i • 

V i : 

rt.; 1 

... • 

r. 

I 

r. 

+- 

t 

; 

° 

• 

4, 

• 

14 

M 

cc4 

C 

-‘ 

0 

. 

.. 0 

; 

ta 

Z 

..-i 

J 

I. Mut (/nstallallon/Aa tIvIty/serWea)an d Z ip c ode) 

D/A,US ArmyEngineerDistrict, NY 26 Federal Plaza 

New York, NewYork 10007 

I. TO,amttriathrvActirify/Sftrlee)end Z tpco de) 

Commanding Of ficer 

ATTN:BaseCivil Engineer 

Westover AFB,ChicopeeFalls, Mast 

Nona; .4cfNea) 

A 11101N1 

0 W 

0 *-4 1 00 

1 0 0 11 ..4 

0 CT •ei to 0 

14 .-4 .0 .44 0 

0 I 0 )11 k 

11 04 C 0 L0 

.-4 a./ -.4 . 

.4 • . 0 p., 0 .1., A 0 

ao C c.i 14 0 05 410 

0 1:1 0 Ir-i 0 4-t 

0 

aa

•--I al ea k 0 0 k 

co m C at at 0 a/ 

-4 o 14 5.4 V .-4 

0 0 ..-1 0 0 0 el 04 

°L 

••4 C 

4.1 g. 

0 10 1:0, 

0 0 0 4 5 

14 •-4 u co u 

••• 0 A• -e 4/ .4 

'0 P.4 $4 .1.1 gi .4- 0 0 .4 

1:1 ••• c/2 as ui go k 0 

4 4.1 A14 ...;4 •• 01 01 0 4-4 •14 L) 

). le 

.. • .. - 

1.- 11 

u 

2 

17 

0 _, .4. „cs 04 0 0 .4 I 0 .14 

C4 0 • 

0 0 C-* 

Pi r.: - • 

44 --4-14-crimr-- 

E.,, zm r-+ ... {, 4 0 z 4, 

,. 

s ... 

Item 23 BYE 15254-76 

TOP - HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

A-27 

rianoe Vo DyerIso.. f IaIC..I 

Controls Only 

iw 

ta 
AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

-44iNia■arrevaEll. HEXAGON /GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

REPLY TO 

ATTN 

SUBJECT : 

TO: 

DEPARTMENT OF THE AIR FORCE 

SAM 

Air Force Unit Post Office, Los Angeles 45, California 

4 

Col Davis/3196 10 lune 1963 

AFK Account Number K0997 

fig SSD 

Attn: SSSP (Captain Ware) 

1. A classified AFK account, No. K0997. has been assigned 

to the 6594 Test Squadron (AFSPPL), Westover AYE. Mass. 

which will replace the AFW 2047 account currently being 

utilized by the Squadron. 

Z. The account is not subject to Major Air Command jurisdiction 

and is exempt from stock balance and consumption reporting. 

3. Request you take action as is necessary, pursuant to AFM 67-1 

and A FR 67-10 to appoint Captain Frank W. Curtis. 66426A, 6594 

Tarot Squadron (AFSPP1.), as the accountable officer and further 

that direct communication between the 6594 Test Squadron (AFSPPL) 

and SMAMA be authorised to effect transfer of property from the 

AFW 2047 account to the AFK account. 

4. This communication is unclassified when disassociated from 

SA FSP. 

. 

JAMES S. SEAT Copies to: 

Colonel. USAF 6594 Test Squadron (AFSPPL) 

Deputy Director, Hq SMAMA (SMNC) 

DOWNGRADED AT 12 YEAR 

INTERVALS; NOT AUTOMATICALLY 

DECLASSIFIED. DOD D2 S.200:10 

Item 24 BYE 15254-76 

"rele-NELIRIFT'e HEXAGON /GAMBITA-28 

1:LeadJewaZfasawal—TaVastaiiiykda..., 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

-T040.4.16GBEN-EPHEXAGON /GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

QUNOTEs 

DIG 0621551 MAR 68 

FM SAF 

TO AFSC/SCSR/LTCOL HESTER 

ASD WPAFB OHIO 

RADC GRIFFISS AFB NY 

GPJIUQ/WESTOVER AFB MASS/LTCOL TAYLOR 

SECRET AFRDRG 

SUBJ: SUPPORT FOR lnE AFSPPF, WESTOVER. REFERNCE MSG 

AFRDRE 73038, 17 MAY 6). THE PUSPOSE OF THIS MESSAGE IS. 

TO RECONFIRM THE "REQUEST FOR CONTINUED ASSISTANCE FOR 

AFSPPF SUPPORT OUTLINED IN REFERENCED MSG. ALL AFSPPF 

R&D EFFORTS WILL CONTINUE TO BE FUNDED UNDER PROJECT 

698-AJ CP.E. 34111-F ADVANCED SPACE TECHNOLOGY/COMP) 

THIS PROJECT IS ASSIGNED A PRIORITY OF FAD-1, IMPORTANCE 

CATEGORY I - BRICKBAT 0-1, AND ALL SUPPORT WILL 'CONTINUE 

TO BE HANDLED ACCORDINGLY. LETTERS HAVE BEEN FORWARDED 

TO RADC AND ASD BY THE AFSPPF OUTLINING THE MAN YEARS 

OF SUPPORT REQUIRED. SCSR /S REQUESTED TO • 

INSURE THAI APPROPRIATE PRIORITY IS ASSIGNED AS REQUIRED 

WITHIN AFSC. UNQUOTE. 

GP-1 UNQUOTE 

CONFIDENTIAL 

BI 

NNH 

N 

Item 25 BYE 15254-76 

—91"010-/HREHOMP..41EXAGON /GAMBIT Nil 

A-29 

Controls Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

4431X4ISCRE.Mr HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

DEPARTMENT OF THE AIR FORCE 

Headquarters AF Sp Proj Pdn Fclty (AFSC) 

Westover AFB, Massachusetts 01022 

Budget 

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT BOARD 

This LOI establishes Logistics Directorate responsibilities pertaining to the 

monthly Financial Management Board meeting. It applies to the Director/Deputy 

Director of Logistics and the Budget Technician and it is their responsibility 

to become familiar with the directives contained herein. 

1. Procedures. 

a. LG will schedule a Financial Management Board to be held during the 

first week of, each month. The Directorate of Research and Development will 

be consulted for possible R&D fund posture input at the time the meeting is 

scheduled. 

b. Board members will be briefed on the status of Facility O&M Funds. 

Presentation format will be that deemed necessary by LG to maintain adequate 

surveillance of the approved financial program pertaining to each member's 

area of responsibility. Copies or extracts of applicable monthly and quarterly 

operating and management reports will be provided as available to the members 

of the Board for their review and analysis. 

c. Should it became apparent to the Budget Technician that re-allocation 

of funds within the approved program is necessary, LG will so advise the Board. 

Recommended adjustments to the various Elements of Expense/Investment Accounts 

(EEIC's) will be provided for the Board's approval/concurrence. 

d. Should it be deemed necessary to assume a "DEFERRED" funding posture 

during the month, LG is authorized to do so with CV approval. LG will, however, 

provide subsequent explanation for such action during monthly board meetings. 

e. LG will brief the Board on the annual Operations & Maintenance Budget 

Estimate prepared in accordance with AFR 172-1, prior to its submission to 

higher headquarters. Requirements being carried forward in the unfunded section 

of the Budget will be identified for the Board Members. To the extent possible, 

the financial implications of the Budget estimate as pertaining to the various 

directorates will be outlined. 

2. Meetings: The Facility Financial Management Board will meet at least 

once a month at the call of the Direct& of Logistics. 

3. Minutes: Minutes of the meetings will be maintained by the Director of 

Logistics. Minutes should be complete and contain a record of the members 

attending, items discussed, and actions taken. Copies will be signed by the 

chairman and distributed to the Board members. 

WILLIAM D. GAETH, Capt, USAF 

Director of Logistics 

OPR: LG 

DISTRIBUTION: X 

Item 26 BYE 15254-76 

sag-S&GIBLPT - HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

A-30 

1111214610210604141h11141464004Ale■ 

Controls Orly 

LOI 172-1 

11 June 1973 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

TilP...5160112T": HEXAGON/GAMBIT 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

Item 27 BYE 15254-76 

-111.011-4/OGNET-L HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

A-31 

Wiladiiwidaysfees+ATeeer4-1474eie-- 

Controls Only 
ataagISCarril HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

A-32 

BYE 15254-76 

I;Laiaclia.wiaAtimaam4-Iaisat-14. 

Controls Only 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

•TOP=GOGINCIE... HEXAGON /GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

HEXAGON/GAMBI 31 July 2014 -sasuarreassi.- T = 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

XOB-SEGBEJE.- HEXAGON /GAMBITS.. 

A-33 

BYE 15254-76 

0844411ewair44~W4aiii4.1:402thim. 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

...MOSI-413011rET= HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

.2.0J12-4681MT-- HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

A-34 

BYE 15254-76 

flaneltroral5yeram"felent-Merlele— 

Controls Only 
AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

zupsseartir_ HEXAGON /GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

BYE 15254-76 

•INO4agii HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

A-35 

tiantila ■Aa Ryamar, / T.Innf 14 nyknin 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

MOM—MGMIGAL.• HEXAGON /GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

RECOMMENDATION: 

BYE 15254-76 

-TOELSNMET"- HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

A-36 

RrrriNN Kayhrqz 

Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

-B041-80410164L6- HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

SECRET090044Z MAR 73 CITE CHARGE 1466. 

PRIORITY WADDY INFO PRIORITY WHIG 

SECTION ONE OF TWO 

SECUR 

SUBJECT: SECURITY GUIDELINES FOR WADDY 

1. REFERENCE: A. AFSPPF STAFF STUDY, 11 APR 72 

B. WHIG 0236, 27 FEB 1973 

2. THE QUESTION OF WADDY SECURITY AND COVER 

STORY HAS BEEN AN OPEN ACTION ITEM FOR THE PAST 

YEAR. THE SITUATION HAS BEEN BRIEFED TO GENERAL 

BRADBURN IN DEPTH AND HE HAS DIRECTED THAT SP-3 

BECOME MORE INVOLu7D IN PROVIDING SECURITY 

DIRECTION AND GUIDANCE TO WADDY. 

3. FOR THE PAST THREE DAYS A REPRESENTATIVE FROM 

WADDY, CAPT MOORMAN, AND SP-3 REPRESENTATIVES 

HAVE BEEN REVIEWING ALL ASPECTS OF THE WADDY 

INTERACTION WITH THE WHITE WORLD. THE PURPOSE 

OF THESE DISCUSSIONS WAS TWOFOLD. FIRST, TO INSURE 

A MUTUAL UNDERSTANDING OF THE DEPTH OF THE PROBLEM AND SECONDLY, TO DRAFT POLICY GUIDELINES TO 

BE USED BY WADDY IN THEIR DAY TO DAY WHITE INTERACTION. 

4. THE FOLLOWING IS A FUNCTIONAL BREAKDOWN OF THE 

RESULTS OF THESE DELIBERATIONS. WHERE APPROPRIATE, 

RATIONALE HAS BEEN PROVIDED. THE BASIC POLICY ON 

THE MAJORITY OF THESE AREAS HAS BEEN COORDINATED 

WITH WHIG DURING THE FEB 1973 MEETINGS. 

A. ORGANIZATIONAL DESIGNATION 

IN THE ORIGINAL STAFF STUDY (REF A) PROVIDED 

BY WADDY, IT WAS SUGGESTED TO CHANGE THE NAME TO A 

XXXX TEST WING DESIGNATION TO ELIMINATE THE "SPECIAL 

PROJECTS" AND "PRODUCTION" CONNOTATIONS. WITH THE 

AUSTERE TIMES AND REALIZING THAT UNIQUE DOD 

Item 28 BYE 15254-76 

saa—SEC3LE.T. HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

A-37 

Ptypn,,o, / Tqlani -Kdayhalo 

Controls Only 
AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

TO1P-IHROWer'wilEXAGON /GAMUT 

VED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

ORGANIZATIONS ARE UNDER SCRUTINY FROM BUDGET AND 

MANPOWER PERSONNEL IT IS FELT TNAT A NAME CHANGE 

WOULD DRAW UNNECESSARY ATTENTION TO THE 

ORGANIZATION. 

B. MISSION STATEMENT 

WADDY HAS PROPOSED THAT A MISSION STATEMENT 

OF THE ORGANIZATION BE REVISED TO READ "...PERFORM 

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT, TEST AND EVALUATION 

IN THE AREA OF PHOTOGRAPHIC EQUIPMENT AND 

MATERIALS." THE USE OF THE WORD PHOTO AND THE 

IMPLICATIONS IN AN UNCLASSIFIED MISSION STATEMENT 

OF AN ORGANIZATION ASSIGNED TO SAMSO/SAFSP IS UNACCEPTABLE. THE LINKING OF SPACE AND PHOTO TENDS 

TO LEND CREDANCE TO THE EXISTENCE OF A SATELLITE 

RECONNAISSANCE PROGRAM, AND EVINCES AN SAFSP 

ASSOCIATION WITH SUCH A PROGRAM. 

C. PERSONNEL . 

D. MANPOWER 

THE SAMSO MANAGEMENT ENGINEERING TEAM 

(MET) SUPPORTS WADDY IN COORDINATION WITH SP-5. 

THIS HAS NOT BEEN A MAJOR PROBLEM; HOWEVER, THE 

NET ISSUES THE WADDY UDL AND STAFFED A SIGNIFICANT 

MANPOWER CHANGE REQUEST LAST YEAR. BECAUSE OF 

111.1 , BYE 15254-76 .T.0111-11CCIZE.T.....11EximoaT /GAMER' 

tlaleyjaayggaaa1404pookerityrA-38 Controls Only 
-SON-SECHNO—HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

VED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

THESE INTERACTIONS, AND HIS DIRECT OBSERVATION OF 

THE PHOTO-INTELLIGENCE-ORIENTATION OF THE 

ORGANIZATION AND THE ASSOCIATION TO SAFSP, WE 

INTEND TO BRIEF THE CHIEF OF THE MET DET FOR BOTH 

FORMAL CONSTRAINING AND CUT-OUT PURPOSES. 

E. CONTRACTING 

IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT AN APPROPRIATE 

NUMBER OF CONTRACTING OFFICERS AND BUYERS AT 

AFAL AND RADC BE BRIEFED TO INSURE A FORMAL 

CONSTRAINT, AND A MORE EFFECTIVE CUT-OUT. 

REQUEST YOU IDENTIFY THOSE INDIVIDUALS AT THESE 

PROCUREMENT ACTIVITIES WHO SHOULD BE BRIEFED. 

IN ADDITION, DD 254 ON WHITE CONTRACTS 

WILL BE DEVOID OF INTELLIGENCE AND SI/SAO 

TERMINOLOGY. GUIDANCE ON DD 254 PREPARATION 

WILL BE PROVIDED SEPARATELY. 

F. CIVIL ENGINEERING. 

THE MAJOR PROBLEM IN THIS FUNCTIONAL 

AREA IS THE REQUIREMENT FOR WADDY ENGINEERING 

OFFICERS TO BRIEF CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS TO 

SAMSO AND AFSC BOARDS. APPROVAL OF CONSTRUCTION 

PROJECTS WILL HEREAFTER BE ACCOMPLISHED IN NRU 

CHANNELS. IF A BOARD IS NECESSARY, IT WILL CONSIST 

OF SAFSP STAFF PERSONNEL AND A BRIEFED ADVISOR. 

THE ASSISTANCE WHICH THE SAMSO D.E. STAFF PROVIDES 

IN ARCHITECTURAL AND ENGINEERING SELECTION/REVIEW 

IS NOT VIEWED TO BE A SIGNIFICANT SECURITY PROBLEM. 

AS THIS STAFF SUPPORT IS A NECESSITY AND THE 

CAPABILITY IS NOT DUPLICATED AT SAFSP, IT IS FELT THAT 

WADDY SHOULD CONTINUE TO BE SUPPORTED BY SAMSO. 

G. AWARDS 

WADDY PARTICIPATION IN THE SAMSO AIRMAN/ 

NCO OF THE YEAR AWARDS WITH THE REQUISITE JUSTIFICA- 

—2011-410eltElrt HEXAGON /GAMIN TM

BYE 15254-76 

A-39 Controls Controls Only 
AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

anD-SMIHRTrIlEXAGON/GAMBI 

VED FOR RELEASE 

31 July 2014 

TION TENDS TO AGAIN UNDERSCORE THE PHOTO/SPACE 

RELATIONSHIP. THIS POLICY SHOULD BE DISCONTINUED. 

ALL DECORATIONS SHOULD CONTINUE TO BE SUBMITTED 

IN A CLASSIFIED FORM THROUGH SP-5. 

H. REFUSE 

IT IS UNDERSTOOD THAT WADDY HAS DEVELOPED 

A TECHNIQUE TO RE-USE THE LARGE VOLUME OF PLASTIC 

FILM CANS USED IN THE PRODUCTION FUNCTION. THE 

FEASIBILITY OF RE-USING THE METAL CANS AND SPOOLS 

SHOULD BE EXPLORED. AS A POLICY, EVERY EFFORT 

SHOULD BE MADE TO ELIMINATE/RE-USE EXPENDABLES 

WHICH CLEARLY IDENTIFY WADDY AS A LARGE SCALE 

PHOTO PRODUCTION FACILITY. 

I. COMMUNICATIONS 

CHARGE IS VFRY CONCERNED OVER THE USE 

OF WORDS SUCH AS PHOTOGRAPHIC, IMAGRY, INTELLIGENCE, ETC., IN WRITTEN AND TELEPHONIC COMMUNICAFINAL SECTION OF TWO 

TIONS. 

(1) WRITTEN COMMUNICATIONS 

IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT IN THE FUTURE 

ALL CORRESPONDENCE REPEAT ALL CORRESPONDENCE TO 

CHARGE BE SENT THROUGH BLACK CHANNELS. THIS CAN 

BE ACCOMPLISHED EITHER BY MESSAGE OR BY PUTTING A 

BYEMAN COVER LETILH ON THE DOCUMENT. 

(2) TELEPHONIC 

IT IS REALIZED THAT THE TOTAL ELIMINATION OF THE ABOVE OBJECTIONABLE WORDS ISIXTREMELY 

DIFFICULT. WE ARE EXPLORING THE POSSIBILITY OF 

INSTALLING A MINIMUM OF THREE SECURE VOICE, KY-3 

BYE 15254-76 

.E.OP-116011011B+B HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

A-40 Controls Only 
NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

HEXAGON /GAMBIT 31 July 2014 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

INSTRUMENTS AT WADDY. THESE SHOULD BE USED WHERE 

THE CONTENT OF CONVERSATIONS MIGHT REVEAL YOUR 

PHOTO-ORIENTED NUSSION. IN NO INSTANCE WILL 

EXPRESSIONS BE USED IN CONVERSTION WITH CHARGE OR 

WHIG PERSONNEL. 

J. FINANCE 

THE PRESENT INTERACTION BETWEEN YOUR 

LOGISTICS FUNCTION AND BASE FINANCE IS AN EVERY 

DAY OCCURRENCE AND QUITE INVOLVED. AS IN THE 

SITUATION WITH BASE PERSONNEL THERE EXISTS A LARGE 

AMOUNT OF INDIVIDUAL INFORMATION ON WADDY 

ACTIVITIES AT BASE FINANCE. IT IS FELT, HOWEVER, 

THAT BECAUSE OF THE EXTENT AND COMPLEXITY OF 

THE DEALINGS, IT WOULD BE UNWISE TO ATTEMPT TO 

CHANGE YOUR PRESENT OPERATION. CONCEIVABLY A 

MAJOR CHANGE COULD WELL SERVE TO FOCUS ATTENTION 

ON THE ORGANIZATION RATHER THAN REDUCING THE 

VISIBILITY. 

X. STAFF VISITS 

I AS MENTIONED, CHARGE HAS NOT BEEN 

SUFFICIENTLY INVOLVED IN PROVIDING GUIDANCE ON 

SECURITY MATTERS. CONSEQUENTLY, WE INTEND TO 

VISIT WADDY AT LEAST TWICE A YEAR TO PROVIDE 

STAFF ASSISTANCE AND BRIEF ON CURRENT SECURITY 

POLICY. 

L. NEED FOR OTHER BYEMAN BILLETS ON 

WESTOVER. 

THIS MESSAGE ADDRESSES THE MAJORITY OF 

THE INTERACTIONS WHICH WERE COVERED IN REF. A 

AND B. THERE MAY BE, HOWEVER, A REQUIREMENT TO 

BRIEF OTHER PERSONNEL ON WESTOVER TO ENSURE 

SECURITY, I.E., BASE COMMANDER, PROCUREMENT 

OFFICER, OR COMPTROLLER. REQUEST COMMENTS ON 

BYE 15254-76 

-11110P-91Beller- HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

A-41 PlartkwywrIMemerrVitilent.1.4srileir•.-. 

Controls Only 
AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

—TOD—BEGNIPP• HEXAGON /GAMBIT 

31 July 2014 

THE DESIRABILITY OF ADDITIONAL CLEARANCES. 

M. CONTINGENCIES 

POTENTIAL CONTINGENCIES ARE SO VARIED 

THAT ANY ATTEMPT TO ESTABLISH PROCEDURES AT THIS 

TIME FOR ALL POSSIBILITIES WOULD BE FRUITLESS. A 

MORE REALISTIC APPROACH IS TO PROVIDE DADDY WITH 

UP-TO-DATE NAMES OF CHARGE AND WHIG PERSONNEL 

THAT CAN PROVIDE DECISIONS WHEN CONTINGENCY 

SITUATIONS THREATEN SECURITY. 

5. REQUEST YOUR COMMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 

AS EARLY PS POSSIBLE AFTER WHICH WE SHALL CODIFY 

SECURITY RULES THAT REFLECT THE ABOVE POLICY 

ACTIONS AND PROVIDE YOU WITH HARD COPY OF SAME. 

E-2 IMPDET 

SECRET 

BT 

BYE 15254-76 

AMCW—IISCar.66..11EXAGON /GAMBIT 

A-42 

Now‘komoihavanuaLlaiiatakilis 

Controls Only 
Foil TI10 COLOIAF,Diat 

6. 

o4 Colonel, SAF 

Diroctor, Systems Test 

NRO APPROVED FOR RELEASE 

EXAGON /GAMBIT 31 July 2014 glier••INDOBLIrri - I Ma 

AFSPPF HISTORY 

Volume I 

DEPARTMENT OF THE AIR FORCE 

HEADQUARTERS. AIR FORCE FLIGHT TEST CENTER ArSC) 

EDWARDS AIR FORCE BASE. CALIF. 93523 

2 5 SEP ISS7 

FTTSt 0.1r Furnish/73026) 

Updating of Custody Receipts (Ltr, PER, dtd 29 Jun 67) 

REPLY TO 

ATTN OF 

SUBJECT: 

TO Hat AFSPPF /Capt Beaver) 

Wostovor AFB, Sass 01022 

Attached aro the requested hand receipts covering the two Vorsamat 

procosning machinos and associated support equipment that are 

prosontly in U50 at the AFFTC Photography Branch in support of the 

5R-71 Flight Test Evaluation Program. 

2 Atch 

AF Form 1297 

Item 29 900-Grarl'wnr HEXAGON / GAMBIT 

A-43 

BYE 15254-76 

NeeilliomeZystisandZeiee6tiaylata. 

Controls Only